Manual DF 2009

Dir

ect

Fast

en

ing

Tech

nolo

gy

Manual

Direct FasteningTechnology Manual

www.hilti.com

Hilti=

registered

tradem

arkof

HiltiC

orp.,Schaan

|W

3479

0709

00-en

|PrintedinGermany|©2009

|Right

oftechnicaland

program

mechangesreserved

S.E

.&O.

76

13

02

35

07

64

2

Edition July 2009 | 387113

Contents

7 / 2009 1

Trade application guide 1.1–1.39

Steel and Metal, Siding and Decking 1.2–1.13Petro Chemical Industry, Shipbuilding 1.14–1.19Mechanical and Electrical 1.20–1.27Building Conctruction 1.28–1.35Interior Finishing 1.36–1.39

DX / GX fasteners 2.1–2.227

Fastener selection guide 2.2–2.6Contents DX /GX fastener 2.7–2.9Fastener program 2.11–2.211Tools and equipment 2.213–2.227

Steel and metal screws 3.1–3.159

Screws overview 3.3–3.7General information / screw designations 3.8Screws program 3.9–3.150Special items / sealing washers 3.151–3.152Screwdrivers / accessories / bits 3.153–3.157Tools and systems for steel and metal trade 3.158–3.159

Direct fastening principles and technique 4.1–4.77

Tips for users 4.3–4.75Approvals 4.76–4.77

Product index 5.1–5.3

Alphabetical list of DX/GX fasteners 5.2Alphabetical list of steel and metal screws 5.3

Contents

2 7 / 2009

Contents

7 / 2009 1.1

Trade application guide 1.1–1.39

Steel and metal, siding and decking 1.2–1.13Petrochemical industry, shipbuilding 1.14–1.19Mechanical and electrical 1.20–1.27Building conctruction 1.28–1.35Interior finishing 1.36–1.39

�

�

�

�

�

Roof decking: double skin insulated

Application overview

Steel and metal,siding and decking

Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/highst

reng

thco

ncre

teSte

el≤3m

m,p

rofiles

,inlays

HTU

)Ste

el>

3m

m,

barjoist

Ste

el≥6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em

Fastener Designation Description Approvals Page

Base material Technology Fastener / Description

Standard decking pin for structural steel> = 6 mm

Decking pin for 5–10 mm bar joist or steelconstruction / diaphragm design (USA)


Decking pin for 3–6 mm base material

Fastening with pre-drilling

Zinc carbon self-drilling screw forfastening sheet metal / sheet metal

Zinc carbon self-drilling screw forfastening sheet metal / steel framing

Zinc carbon self-drilling screw forfastening sheet metal / steel beams

Stainless self-drilling screw for fasteningsheet metal / sheet metal

Stainless self-drilling screw for fasteningsheet metal / steel framing

X-ENP

X-EDN 19

X-EDNK 22

X-ENP 2K

NPH 2

S-MD 01 Z

S-MD 03 Z

S-MD 05 Z

S-MD 51 S

S-MD 53 S

DX�

DX�

DX�

DX�

DX� � �

SF�

SF�

SF�

SF�

SF�

2.11

2.39

2.39

2.19

2.17

3.34

3.42

3.57

3.62

3.70

Zinc carbon self-drilling screw forfastening sheet metal / sheet metalS-MS 01 ZSF� 3.31

7 / 2009 1.31.2 7 / 2009

�

�

�

�

�

�

7 / 2009 1.5


1.4 7 / 2009

Roof decking: flat roof insulated

Roof decking: single skin non insulated

Standard decking pin for structural steel> 6 mm





X-ENP

X-EDN 19

X-EDNK 22

X-ENP 2K

NPH 2

DX�

DX�

DX�

DX�

DX� � �

2.11

2.39

2.39

2.19

2.27

Standard decking pin for structural steel> 6 mm, with SDK2 ceiling capX-ENPDX� 2.11

Stainless self-drilling screw



Stainless self tapping screw(member thickness > 3 mm)

Stainless self tapping screw(depth of engagement > 1.25 mm)

S-MD 51 S

S-MD 53 S

S-MD 55 S

S-MP 53 S

S-MP 52 S

SF�

SF�

SF�

SF� �

SF� �

3.62

3.70

3.79

3.120

3.124


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/highst

reng

thco

ncre

teSte

el≤3m

m,p

rofiles

,inlays

HTU

)Ste

el>

3m

m,

barjoist

Ste

el≥6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



7 / 2009 1.7


1.6 7 / 2009

Roof decking: sandwich panel

Stainless steel screwfor sandwich panel fastening


Coated stainless steel screwfor sandwich panel fastening to wood

S-CD 63 S

S-CD 65 S

S-CDW 61 S

SF�

SF�

SF�

3.130

3.134

3.138


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/highst

reng

thco

ncre

teSte

el≤3m

m,p

rofiles

,inlays

HTU

)Ste

el>

3m

m,

barjoist

Ste

el≥6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



�

�

�

Application on the wall: double skin insulated

Standard decking pinfor structural steel > 6 mm



Zinc carbon self-drilling screw forfastening sheet metal / sheet metal

Zinc carbon self-drilling screw forfastening sheet metal / steel framing


Stainless self-drilling screw for fasteningsheet metal / sheet metal

Stainless self-drilling screw for fasteningsheet metal / steel framing

X-ENP

X-ENP 2K

NPH 2

S-MD 01 Z

S-MD 03 Z

S-MD 05 Z

S-MD 51 S

S-MD 53 S

DX�

DX�

DX� � �

SF�

SF�

SF�

SF�

SF�

2.11

2.19

2.27

3.34

3.44

3.57

3.62

3.70


7 / 2009 1.9


1.8 7 / 2009

Steel and Metal,Siding and Decking

Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/highst

reng

thco

ncre

teSte

el≤3m

m,p

rofiles

,inlays

HTU

)Ste

el>

3m

m,

barjoist

Ste

el≥6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



�

Application on the wall: Single skin non insulated

Standard decking pin for structural steel> 6 mm, with SDK2 ceiling capX-ENPDX� 2.11




Stainless self-tapping screw(member thickness > 3 mm)

Stainless self-tapping screw(depth of engagement > 1.25 mm)

S-MD 51 S

S-MD 53 S

S-MD 55 S

S-MP 53 S

S-MP 52 S

SF�

SF�

SF�

SF� �

SF� �

3.62

3.70

3.79

3.120

3.124

Application on the wall: Sandwich panel



Coated stainless screw for sandwichpanel tastening to wood

S-CD 63 S

S-CD 65 S

S-CDW 61 S

SF�

SF�

SF�

3.130

3.134

3.148

7 / 2009 1.11


1.10 7 / 2009

�

�

�

�

�

Application: Tacking of composite decks


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/highst

reng

thco

ncre

teSte

el≤3m

m,p

rofiles

,inlays

HTU

)Ste

el>

3m

m,

barjoist

Ste

el≥6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Standard decking pin for structural steel> 6 mm




Step shank fastener

Zinc carbon steel self-drilling screwfor fastening sheet metal / steel

Zinc carbon steel self-drilling screwfor fastening sheet metal / steel framing


X-ENP

X-EDN 19

X-EDNK 22

X-ENP 2K

X-U15

S-MD 01 Z

S-MD 03 Z

S-MD 05 Z

DX�

DX�

DX�

DX�

DX�

SF�

SF�

SF�

2.11

2.39

2.39

2.19

2.91

3.34

3.44

3.57

�

Composite floor decking: with shear connectors

X-HVB +X-ENP 21 HVBDX� 2.31


2.91

2.43

2.107

2.55

2.49

2.143

7 / 2009 1.13


1.12 7 / 2009


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/highst

reng

thco

ncre

teSte

el≤3m

m,p

rofiles

,inlays

HTU

)Ste

el>

3m

m,

barjoist

Ste

el≥6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



�

�

�

�

Application: Fastening metal brackets, clips, metal tracks, etc. to steel

Pin length: 16–22 mm,4 mm shank diameter

Pin length: 22–27 mm,4.5 mm shank diameter

Outdoor applictions, corrosion-resistantfastener required;pin length: 14–22 mm, 3.7 mm shank dia.

Threaded connection

Threaded connection, corrosion-resistantfastener required, through penetration ofbase steel not mermitted

Threaded connection, corrosion-resistantfastener required

X-U

EDS

X-CR

X-EM_H

X-BT

X-CRM

DX�

DX�

DX�

DX�

DX�

DX�

�

�

1.15 .15


Application: metal / fiberglass grating to steel for upstream and high cossosive environment

1.141.14 7 / 2009 1.151.14 7 / 2009

Petrochemicalindustry,shipbuilding

Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:

Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:

Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em


Basematerial Technology Fastener / Description

Stainless steel stud for “not for through-penetration”; steel thickness > 8 mm, coat-ed and uncoated steel, high strength steel

Stainless steel grating disc

X-BTM8

X-FCM-R

DX�

DX

2.49

2.61

�

�

Application: metal / fiberglass grating to steel for downstream / Industrial applications and medium corrosive

Stainless steel stud

Grating disc, hot dip galvanized

Non-removable grating fastener

Removable grating fastener

Removable grating fastener

X-CRM8

X-FCM-M

X-GR

X-GR-RU

X-MGR

DX�

DX

DX�

DX�

SF� �

2.107

2.61

2.69

2.75

2.81

�

�

Application: fastening steel plate (chequerplate) 5–13 mm to steel / high corrosive resistance


Stainless steel disc

X-CRM8

X-FCP-R

DX�

DX

2.107

2.85

�

1.171.17


1.161.16 7 / 2009 1.171.16 7 / 2009

Application: mechanical and electrical for petro chemical industry, shipbuilding, etc.Stainless steel stud for “not for through-pe-netration”; steel thickness > = 8 mm, coat-ed and uncoated steel, high strength steel

X-BTM10X-BTW10DX� 2.49

�

Application: grounding and bondingStainless steel stud for “not for through-pe-netration”; steel thickness > = 8 mm, coat-ed and uncoated steel, high strength steel

X-BTM10X-BTW10DX� 2.49


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:

Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:

Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



�

�

Application: fastening steel plate (chequerplate) 5–13 mm to steel / medium corrosive resistance


Disc hot dip galvanized

X-CRM8

X-FCP-M

DX�

DX

2.107

2.85

1.191.19


1.181.18 7 / 2009 1.191.18 7 / 2009


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:

Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:

Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Application: tagging

DX� � �Step shank fastenerX-U15 2.91

1.21 .21


Application: plastic / flexible pipes and metal pipes

1.201.20 7 / 2009 1.211.20 7 / 2009

Mechanical andelectrical

Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:

Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:

Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Single conduit fastener collatedfor 16–50 mm diameter

Single conduit fastener premountedfor 16–50 mm diameter

X-FB

X-FB

DX GX� � � � �

DX GX� � � � �

2.189

2.189

Double conduit fastener collatedfor 16–50 mm diameterX-DFBDX GX� � � � � 2.189

Double conduit fastener premountedfor 16–50 mm diameterX-DFBDX GX� � � � � 2.189

Conduit clipsfor 16–25 mm diameterX-EKSDX GX� � � � � �

DX GX� � � � � �

DX GX� � � � � �

2.127

Conduit clipsfor 16–25 mm diameterX-EKSC 2.127

To use with cable tieX-ECT 2.127

Application: metal pipes

Metric threaded studsfor use with pipe ring

X-M6X-M8M10

DX� � 2.131

�Whitworth threaded studsfor use with pipe ring

X-W6X-W8W10

DX� � 2.131

�Metric threaded studsfor use with pipe ring

X-EM6X-EM8X-EM10 H

DX� � 2.55

�Whitworth threaded studsfor use with pipe ring

X-EW6X-EW8X-EW10 H

DX� � 2.55

1.231.23


1.221.22 7 / 2009 1.231.22 7 / 2009

Application: trunking

Fasteners for electrical cable trays andjunction boxes, collated versionX-ETDX GX� � � � � 2.201

Fasteners for electrical cable trays andjunction boxes, collated versionX-ETDX GX� � � 2.201

Fasteners for electrical cable trays andjunction boxes, premounted version

X-ET UKDX� � 2.201

Application: junction boxes


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:

Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:

Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Application: electrical cables

Electrical cable tie,collated versionX-EKBDX GX� � � � � 2.181

Electrical cable tie,premounted versionX-EKBDX GX� � � � � 2.181

Electrical cable tie,premounted version for up to 35 cableseach 10 mm diameter

X-ECHDX GX� � � � � 2.181

Electrical cable tie,premounted versionX-ECHDX GX� � � � � 2.181

1.251.25


1.241.24 7 / 2009 1.251.24 7 / 2009


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:

Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:

Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Application: cable trays

Threaded hangerX-HSDX� � � � 2.163

Threaded hangerfor light electrical applicationsX-HSMXDX GX� � 2.169

Application: lightening

DX� � � �

DX� � � �

Loop hanger

Loop hangerfor light electrical applications

X-CC

X-CCMX

2.163

2.169

Application: sprinkler

X-M6X-M8M10

DX� � � 2.131

Whitworth threaded studsW10DX� �

�Threaded studs, metric

Threaded studs, metric

X-EM6X-EM8X-EM10 H

DX 2.55

Threaded hangerfor light electrical applicationsX-HS-WDX GX� � � 2.175

� 2.131

Threaded hangerfor light electrical applicationsX-HS-WDX GX� � � 2.175

1.271.27


1.261.26 7 / 2009 1.271.26 7 / 2009


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX:

Pow

der

actu

ated

syst

em

GX:

Gas

actu

ated

syst

em

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Application: air ducts

Threaded hangerX-HSM6, M8X-HSW6, W8DX� � 2.163

X-M8M10DX� � 2.131

�Threaded studs, metric

Threaded studs, metric

�X-W8W10DX� � 2.131Whitworth threaded studs

X-EM8X-EM10DX� � 2.55

�

1.29 .29


Application: formwork positioning

1.281.28 7 / 2009 1.291.28 7 / 2009

Buildingconstruction

Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX

:P

owde

rac

tuat

edsy

stem

GX

:G

asac

tuat

edsy

stem

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Pin length 22–72 mm,4 mm shank diameterX-UDX� � � � 2.91

�Pin length 22–72 mm,3.7 mm shank diameterX-CDX� �

DX�Temporary, removable,pin length 47–72 mm,3.7 mm shank diameter

X-CT

2.101

2.127

DX Form stop to use with X-U,X-DNI, X-ZFX-FS 2.159

Application: safety barriers / generic wood fastenings

�Pin length 22–72 mm,4 mm shank diameterX-UDX� � � � 2.91

�Pin length 22–72 mm,3.7 mm shank diameterX-CDX� � 2.101

Application: hardwood flooring



1.311.31


1.301.30 7 / 2009 1.311.30 7 / 2009


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX

:P

owde

rac

tuat

edsy

stem

GX

:G

asac

tuat

edsy

stem

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Application: wall-tie (Facade wall)



�DX�Stainless steel, pin length 14–54 mm,3.7 mm shank diameterX-CR 2.107

Application: wire mesh



Application: window and door frames



1.321.32


1.321.32 7 / 2009 1.331.32 7 / 2009


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX

:P

owde

rac

tuat

edsy

stem

GX

:G

asac

tuat

edsy

stem

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Application: termal insulation

Wall insulationfor 25–120 mm thicknessX-IEDX� 2.151

Application: water drainage membrane



Soft washer fastenerX-SWDX 2.155

Application: water sealing / swelling strip



1.351.35


1.341.34 7 / 2009 1.351.34 7 / 2009


Gre

en/

fres

hco

ncre

te

Con

cret

e

Old

/hig

hst

reng

thco

ncre

teS

teel

≤3

mm

,pro

files

,in

lays

HTU

)S

teel

>3

mm

,ba

rjoi

st

Ste

el≥

6m

m,b

eam

s

San

dlim

est

one,

mas

onry

Woo

d

DX

:P

owde

rac

tuat

edsy

stem

GX

:G

asac

tuat

edsy

stem

SF:

Scr

ewfa

sten

ing

syst

em



Application: water sealing / injection hose



For fixing pipes,to use with X-U, X-DNI, X-ZFX-FBDX 2.189

�

1.37 .37


Application: metal track (hat track)

1.361.36 7 / 2009 1.371.36 7 / 2009

Interior finishing

Green

/freshco

ncrete

Con

crete

Old/h

ighstreng

thco

ncrete

Steel

≤3mm,p

rofiles,

inlays

HTU

)Steel>3mm,

barjoist

Steel

≥6mm,b

eams

San

dlim

eston

e,mason

ry

Woo

d

DX

:Pow

der

actuated

system

GX

:Gas

actuated

system

SF:

Screw

fasten

ingsystem



Pin length 22–72mm,4mm shank diameterX-UDX� � � � 2.91

�Pin length 22–72mm,3.7 mm shank diameterX-CDX� � � 2.101

GX� � Pin length 18–20mmX-GHP 2.121

�GX� Pin length 14mmX-EGN 2.121

�GX� � Pin length 20–39mmX-GN 2.121

Application: wood track

�Pin length 22–72mm,4mm shank diameterX-UDX� � � � 2.91

�Pin length 22–72mm,3.7 mm shank diameterX-CDX� � 2.101

�GX� � Pin length 20–39mmX-GN 2.121

1.391.39


1.381.38 7 / 2009 1.391.38 7 / 2009

Interior finishing

Green

/freshco

ncrete

Con

crete

Old/h

ighstreng

thco

ncrete

Steel

≤3mm,p

rofiles,

inlays

HTU

)Steel>3mm,

barjoist

Steel

≥6mm,b

eams

San

dlim

eston

e,mason

ry

Woo

d

DX

:Pow

der

actuated

system

GX

:Gas

actuated

system

SF:

Screw

fasten

ingsystem



Application: suspended ceilings and ceiling grid


�Pin length 22–72mm,3.7 mm shank diameterX-CDX� � 2.101

�DX� �Ceiling clipfor suspention with wireX-CC 2.163

�DX� �Ceiling hangerwith suspention for threaded rodsX-HS 2.161

�� DX Kwik, single fasteningwith pre-drilling

DNHDKH 2.137

Application: perimeter wall / exterior wall


�DX� �Pin length 19–27mm,4.5 mm shank diameterEDS 2.43

�DX� � Pin diameter 4.5 mmX-ENP 2.11

Contents

7 / 2009 2.1

DX / GX fasteners 2.1–2.227

Fastener selection guide 2.2–2.6Contents DX / GX fastener 2.7–2.9Fastener program 2.11–2.211Tools and equipment 2.213–2.227

Fastener selection guide

2.2 7 / 2009


There are five fastener selection charts corresponding to five trade groups:• Steel metal (e.g. siding and decking, cladding, grating)• Petrochemical and industrial (e.g. installations, off-shore)• Interior finishing (e.g. drywall, suspended ceilings)• General construction (e.g. concrete forming, insulation)• HVAC, plumbing and electrical

To find a DX- or GX fastener for an application, enter the appropriate trade group chart withthe application:

Selecting the right fastener

Applicationor material tobe fastened

�� Base materialEnvironmentalconditions

Other conditions orrequirements

DX fastenerGX fastener

Detailed technical information for the selected fastener family is found on its product infor-mation sheet.

For some applications, two or more fastener families are listed as suitable. The final selectionis influenced by technical data found on the product sheets.

Regional differences in building methods, materials, trade preferences, available tools, etc.also influence fastener selection. Therefore, designers and specifiers are advised to consultthe current Hilti catalogue and make use of the local Hilti technical advisory service.

Corrosion

Corrosion has a major influence on the suitability of a fastener and therefore also on fastenerselection. In order to provide a basis for judging the suitability of fasteners, it is useful to cat-egorise applications in three classes:• Safety relevant, permanent applications: (e.g. profiled metal sheet fastenings in roofs andwalls)

• Non-safety relevant, permanent fastenings (e.g. metal track fastenings for drywall)• Non-safety relevant, temporary fastenings (e.g. fastenings of wooden sills, kickers, etc. inconcrete forming).

For non-safety-relevant applications, zinc-plated fasteners made of normal carbon steelcan be used without restriction.

7 / 2009 2.3


Powder- and gas-actuated fastener:Fastened part Zinc-plated carbon steel X-CR stainless steel

Construction steel (uncoated) � �

Galvanized steel sheet � �

Aluminum alloy � �

Stainless steel sheet � �

� Negligible or no corrosion of fastener� Heavy corrosion of fastener

The accelerated corrosion of a fastener due to contact corrosion can take place only in thepresence of an electrolyte (moisture from precipitation or condensation). Without this elec-trolyte – e.g. in dry inside rooms – zinc-plated fasteners can be used in connection with morenoble metals.

For safety-relevant, permanent fastenings the restrictions described below apply:• In any case there is a restriction to the use of galvanized carbon steel fasteners if they areexposed to weather or if they are inside and subject to repeated wetting as from conden-sation. The galvanization (typically in a range from 5 to 20 microns of Zn) provides corro-sion protection during transport and construction, during which exposure to weather cannever be completely prevented. If the fastenings are exposed to repeated wetting orweather during their service life, the use of galvanised carbon steel fasteners is prohibitedand stainless steel fasteners must be used. This safety measure must be observed withoutexception because the corrosion of galvanized steel fasteners leads not just to materialloss but also to hydrogen embrittlement. Hydrogen embrittlement can easily result in frac-ture of the fastener at very low load.

• Referring to the above-mentioned example of profiled metal sheet fastening for roofs andwalls, the use of galvanized steel fasteners is allowable only where wetting of the fasteneris not to be expected. This applies in general to inside skins of two skin, insulated roofsand walls enclosing dry and closed rooms. This is the classic application area for ENP(H)2galvanized fasteners.

Contact corrosion is taken into consideration by observing common rules concerningacceptable material combinations. Parts made of less noble metals are subject to increasedcorrosion if they are in electrochemical contact with a larger part made of a more noble met-al, provided of course that an electrolyte is present. Fasteners that are used in wet areasmust be at least as noble or better, nobler than the fastened part. The effect of contact corro-sion is shown in the table below. This information is especially applicable to stainless steel X-CR fasteners because only the X-CR is suitable for safety-relevant, permanent applicationoutdoor areas or otherwise exposed to corrosion.


2.4 7 / 2009

The recommended working loads (Nrec and Vrec) are suitable for use in typical working loaddesigns. If a partial factor of safety design method is to be used, the Nrec and Vrec values areconservative when used as NRd and VRd. Exact values for NRd and VRd can be determinedby using the safety factors where given and/or by reviewing test data. Design loads (charac-teristic strength, design resistance and working loads) for the X-HVB shear connector arelisted and ordered as per design guideline.

Worldwide the designer may encounter three main fastening design concepts:

Design concepts

Working load concept

NS ≤≤ Nrec =

where γγGLOB is an overall factor of safetyincluding allowance for:• errors in estimation of load• deviations in material and workmanship

and NS is, in general a characteristic actingload.NS ≅≅ NSk

NRkγGLOB

Partial factors of safety

NSk ×× γγF == NSd ≤≤ = = NRd

where:γγF is a partial factor of safety to allow forerrors in estimation on the acting load.γγM is a partial factor of safety to allow fordeviations in material and workmanship.

NRkγM

Structural analysis of the fastened part (e.g. roof deck panel or pipe hung from a number offastenings) leads to calculation of the load acting on a single fastening, which is then compared to the recommended load (or design value of the resistance) for the fastener. In spite of this single point design concept, it is necessary to ensure that there is sufficientredundancy that the failure of a single fastening will not lead to collapse of the entire system.The old saying “one bolt is no bolt” can also be applied to DX- and GX fastening.

7 / 2009 2.5


Nomenclature / symbolsFollowing is a table of symbols and nomenclature used in the technical data.

N and V Tensile and shear forces in a general senseF Combined force (resulting from N and V) in a general senseNs and Vs Tensile and shear forces acting on a fastening in a design calculationFs Combined force (resulting from Ns and Vs) in a design calculationNu and Vu Ultimate tensile and shear forces that cause failure of the fastening; sta-

tistically, the reading for one specimenNu,m and Vu,m Average ultimate tensile and shear forces that cause failure of the fas-

tening, statistically, the average for a sample of several specimensS The standard deviation of the sampleNtest,k and Vtest,k Characteristic tensile and shear resistance of test data, statistically, the

5 % fractile. NRk and VRk Characteristic tensile and shear resistance of the fastening used for fas-

tening design; statistically, the 5 % fractile. For example the character-istic strength of a fastening whose ultimate strength can be describedby a standard Gauss type distribution is calculated by:NRk = Nu,m – k ×× Swhere k is a function of the sample size, n and thedesired confidence interval.

Nrec and Vrec Recommended tensile and shear force on the fastener shank

Nrec = and Vrec = where γGLOB is an overall factor ofsafety

Mrec Recommended working moment on the fastener shank

Mrec = where MRK is the characteristic moment resistance ofthe fastener shank and γGLOB is an overall factor of

safety. Unless otherwise stated on the product data sheets, the Mrec

values in this manual include a safety factor of “2” for static loading and“1.3” for cyclic loading.

MRkγGLOB

VRkγGLOB

NRkγGLOB

Fastener test data and performance


2.6 7 / 2009

Fastening details

hET Penetration of the fastener point below the surface of the base materialhNVS Nailhead standoff above the surface fastened into (with nails, this is the

surface of the fastened material, with threaded studs, the surface of thebase material).

tll Thickness of the base materialtl Thickness of the fastened materialΣtl Total thickness of the fastened material (where more than one layer is

fastened)

Characteristics of steel and other metals

fy and fu Yield strength and ultimate tensile strength of metals (in N/mm2 or MPa)

Characteristics of concrete and masonry

fc Compressive strength of cylinder (150 mm diameter, 300 mm height)fcc Compressive strength of cube (150 mm edge length)fc,100 / fcc,200 Compressive strength of 100 mm diameter cylinder / cube with 200 mm

edge

In some cases building material grades are used to describe the suitable range of applica-tion. Examples are the German B25, B35, B55 etc. and the ISO 3893/ENV206/EC2 concretegrades C20/25, C30/35, C50/55.

Approvals, technical assessments and design guidelines are given on the product informa-tion sheets as abbreviations of the names of the issuing institutes or agencies. Following is alist of abbreviations:Abbreviation Name of institute or agency / description Country

FM Factory Mutual (insurers’ technical service) USAUL Underwriters Laboratories (insurers’ technical service) USAICC International Code Council USASDI Steel Deck Institute (technical trade association) USACSTB Centre Scientifique et Technique du Bâtiment

(approval agency) FranceDIBt Deutsche Institute für Bautechnik (approval agency) GermanyUBAtc Union belge pour l’Agrément technique

dans la construction BelgiumSOCOTEC SOCOTEC (insurers’ technical service) FranceÖNORM Österreichische Norm / Austrian National Standard AustriaSCI Steel Construction Institute Great BritainSZS Schweizerische Zentralstelle für Stahlbau Switzerland

Contents DX/GX fastener

7 / 2009 2.7

Contents DX / GX fastener

Profiled metal sheeting

X-ENP Siding and Decking Nail 2.11

X-ENP2K Siding and Decking Nail 2.19

SDK2 Sealing Caps for Cladding Fastening 2.25

NPH Siding and Decking Nails to Concrete 2.27

X-HVB Shear Connectors 2.31

X-EDNK22 THQ12,X-EDN19 THQ12 Diaphragm Decking Nails 2.39

Fix to steel

EDS Heavy duty Nail for Steel 2.43

X-BT Stainless Steel Threaded Studs 2.49

X-EM6H/X-EW6G,X-EF7H,X-EM8H,X-EM10H/X-EW10H Threaded Studs 2.55

X-FCM Grating Fastening System 2.61

X-GR Grating Fastening System 2.69

X-GR-RU Grating Fastening System 2.79

X-MGR Grating Fastening System 2.81

X-FCP Checker Plate Fastening System 2.85

Fix to concrete

X-U General Purpose Nails for Concrete and Steel 2.91

X-C General Purpose Nail for Concrete andSandlime-Masonry 2.101

X-CR Stainless Steel Nails for Concrete,Sandlime Masonry and Steel 2.107

X-DW,X-C,X-U,ESD DX Drywall Fasteners 2.115

X-EGN,X-GPH,X-GN GX Drywall Fasteners 2.121

Designation Description Page


2.8 7 / 2009

X-CT Nails for Forming and Other Temporary Uses 2.127

X-M6 / X-W6/X-F7,X-M8,M10 / W10 Threaded Studs for Concrete 2.131

X-M6H,X-M8H,DNH,X-DKH DX-Kwik Threaded Studs and Nails 2.137

X-CRM Stainless Steel Threaded Studsfor Concrete and Steel 2.143

Special purpose

X-IE Wall Insulation Fastener 2.151

X-SW Soft Washer Fastener 2.155

X-FS Form Stop 2.159

HVAC, Plumbing and Electrical

X-HS,X-CC Threaded Hanger and Loop Hanger Systems 2.163

X-HS MX ,X-CC MX Electrical Hanger Systems 2.169

X-HS-W Hanger System 2.175

X-EKB,X-ECH Electrical Cable Fasteners 2.181

X-FB (X-BX/X-EMTC),X-EFC Electrical Conduit Fasteners 2.189

X-ECT MX,X-EKS MX,X-EMTSC Electrical Cable Tie 2.195

X-ET Fastening Plastic Electrical Cable Trays 2.201

Stainless steel fasteners for steel

X-CR Stainless Steel Nails for Fastening to Steel 2.207



7 / 2009 2.9


Tools and Equipment

DX460 General Purpose Tool 2.213

DX 351 Interior Finishing Tool and forX-BT Studs (DX 351-BT) 2.217

DX-E 72 General Purpose Tool 2.219

DX 36 General Purpose Tool 2.220

DX 76 PTR Heavy Duty Tool for Siding and Decking,HVB, Grating 2.221

DX-860 Tool for Decking 2.224

GX 100 Gas Tool for Interior Finishing andGX 100-E for Electrical Applications 2.225

GX 120 Gas Tool for Interior Finishing andGX 120-E for Electrical Applications 2.226

Cartridges 2.227

2.10 7 / 2009

4 / 2009 2.11

X-ENP

X-ENP Siding and Decking Nail

General informationMaterial specifications

Carbon steel shank: HRC 58

Zinc coating: 8–16 µm

Fastening tools

Single nail:DX 76 PTR with X-ENP-19 L15X-76-F15-PTR fastener guide

Collated nails:DX 76 PTR X-ENP-19 L15 MX,

white magazine stripDX 860-ENP X-ENP-19 L15 MXR,

grey magazine stripSee fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

ETA-04/0101 (Europe), UL R13203, FM 3021719,ICC ESR-2197 (USA), MLIT (Japan), ABS

Dimensions

Examples

yellow

o 4.5

o 7.4

23.8

o 15

Product data

Applications

Roof decking Floor decking Wall liners

The intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to externalweather conditions or moist atmospheres. For out-door applications that can be ensured byusing SDK 2 sealing caps, see relevant chapter of this manual. Fastening of aluminumsheeting is generally recommended only for indoor conditions.

X-ENP

2.12 4 / 2009

Characteristic loads – steel sheetingSheeting Trapezoidal profile Liner trays 1)

thickness (symmetric loading) (asymmetric loading)tI [mm] Char. resistance Char. resistance

according to ETA-04/0101 keeping to ETA-04/0101Shear Tension Shear Tension

nominal VRk [kN] NRk [kN] VRk [kN] NRk [kN]

0.75 4.70 6.30 3.30 4.40

0.88 5.40 7.20 3.80 5.00

1.00 6.00 8.00 4.20 5.60

1.13 7.00 8.40 4.90 5.90

1.25 8.00 8.80 5.60 6.20

1.50 8.60 8.80 6.00 6.20

1.75 8.60 8.80 6.00 6.20

2.00 8.60 8.80 6.00 6.20

2.50 8.60 8.80 6.00 6.20• NRk and VRk are valid for steel sheet with minimum tensile strength ≥ 360 N/mm2 (≥ S280 EN 10326).• For intermediate sheet thicknesses, use recommended load for next smaller thickness or linear interpolation.1) Required load reduction is taken into account in accordance with EN 1993-1-3: 2006, section 8.3 (7) and

fig. 8.2. See also construction rules under spacings and edge distances.

Recommended loads – steel sheetingSheeting Trapezoidal profile Liner trays 1)

thickness (symmetric loading) (asymmetric loading)tI [mm] Recommended loads Recommended loads

Shear Tension Shear Tensionnominal Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN]

0.75 2.50 3.35 1.75 2.35

0.88 2.90 3.85 2.00 2,70

1.00 3.20 4.25 2.25 3.00

1.13 3.75 4.50 2.65 3.15

1.25 4.25 4.70 3.00 3.30

1.50 4.60 4.70 3.20 3.30

1.75 4.60 4.70 3.20 3.30

2.00 4.60 4.70 3.20 3.30

2.50 4.60 4.70 3.20 3.30• Nrec and Vrec are valid for steel sheet with minimum tensile strength ≥ 360 N/mm2 (≥ S280 EN 10326).• For intermediate sheet thicknesses, use recommended load for next smaller thickness or linear interpolation.• Recommended loads Nrec and Vrec are appropriate for Eurocode 1 wind loading design with a partial safety

factor γF =1.5 for wind load and a partial resistance factor γM = 1.25 for the fastening.1) Required load reduction is taken into account in accordance with EN 1993-1-3: 2006, section 8.3 (7) and

fig. 8.2. See also construction rules under spacings and edge distances.

Load data

4 / 2009 2.13

X-ENP

Recommended loads – aluminum sheeting1) with fu ≥≥ 210 N/mm2

Trapezoidal profile (symmetric loading)Thickness Shear TensiontI [mm] Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN]

0.60 0.75 0.35

0.70 0.90 0.50

0.80 1.00 0.65

0.90 1.20 0.80

1.00 1.30 0.95

1.20 1.55 1.30

1.50 1.85 1.45

2.00 2.55 1.901) Constraint forces and corrosion aspects have to be considered.• For intermediate sheet thicknesses, use recommended load for next smaller thickness.• Recommended loads Nrec and Vrec are appropriate for Eurocode 1 wind loading design with a partial safety

factor of γF =1.5 for wind load and a partial resistance factor γM = 1.25 for the fastening.

Recommended loads – other applicationsVrec [kN] Nrec [kN]

4.6 2.4• Fastened parts: clips, brackets, etc.; thick steel parts (tl,max = 2.5 mm).• Redundancy (multiple fastening) must be provided.• The possibility of prying effects has to be considered• Failure of the fastened part is not considered in these values of Nrec, Vrec.• Valid for predominantly static loading• Global factor of safety is ≥ 2 based on 5% fractile value

DesignDepending on the verification concept, the corresponding design criteria are given as following.Working load concept Partial safety concept

Tensile loads NSk ≤ Nrec NSd ≤ NRd

Shear loads VSk ≤ Vrec VSd ≤ VRd

N-V InteractionFor combined tensile and shear forces on the fastener, a linear function has to be used.

( ) + ( ) ≤ 1 ( ) + ( ) ≤ 1

with: with:VSk, NSk unfactored characteristic load acting VSd, NSd Design load with γF = 1.5

on the fastening (= working load) VRd, NRd Design resistance of the fasteningVrec, Nrec recommended (allowable) load with with γM = 1.25

γGLOB = 1.875 VRd = VRk / 1.25NRd = αcycl NRk / 1.25αcycl = 1.0 according to ETA-04/0101

NSdNRd

VSdVRd

NSkNrec

VSkVrec

X-ENP

2.14 4 / 2009

Test Data Testing and evaluation of design data have been done in accordance to European TechnicalApproval ETA-04/0101 which refers to EN 1993-1-3. The test procedure is described in detailin the Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section of this manual.

Thickness of base material

Application requirements

t II

Steel thickness tII

Thickness of fastened material

Sheet thicknesses and overlap types

Σtl, tot ≤ 4.0 mm

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap

(d)side lap and end overlap

Nominal sheeting thickness tI [mm] Allowable overlap types

0.63–1.00 a, b, c, d

> 1.00–1.25 a, c

> 1.25–2.50 aWith the above recommended sheet thickness and overlap types, it is not necessary to takeinto account the effect of constraints due to temperature for steel grades up to S320 (EN 10326). For steel grade S350 (EN 10326) it shall be considered for design. Sheets ofgrade S350 on base material tII ≥ 8 mm have been verified by Hilti, forces of constraint can beneglected.

tII ≥ 6 mm

4 / 2009 2.15

X-ENP

Corrosion information The intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to external weatherconditions or moist atmospheres. For outdoor applications that can be ensured by using SDK 2sealing caps, see relevant chapter of this manual. Fastening of Aluminum sheeting is generallyrecommended only for indoor conditions. For further detailed information on corrosion see relevant chapter in the Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section.

Spacing and edge distances (mm)

7

15

7

10

Steel base material

Trapezoidal profiles

2020

45

Centre fastenings in ribs

Clearance to end ofsheet

Double fastenings (asymmetric)Note:Reduce tensile resistance per fastener to 0.7 NRk / 0.7 Nrec.

Liner trays

c

90°75

(1)c

c

20 80

Clearance to side ofsheet



Fastener spacing alongsheet

When driving the fastener, the tastening tool needs tobe positioned perpendicular to the surface. If c > 75 mm, it is recommended to drive an additionalfastener at the other side of the tray. This additionalfastener is indicated with (1) in the graph above.

X-ENP

2.16 4 / 2009

6350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

10

20

21

22

Ste

el th

ickn

ess

t II [m

m]

Steel strength Rm [N/mm2]

Applicablerange of base

materials

S 235

S 275

S 355

X-ENP-19 with DX 76 PTR and DX 860-ENP

Application limit

Fastener selection and system recommendation

Fasteners Tools Fastener guideDesignation Item no. Designation Designation

Single nail: X-ENP-19 L15 283506 DX 76 PTR X-76-F15-PTR

Collated nails: X-ENP-19 L15 MX, 283507 DX 76 PTRwhite cartridge stripX-ENP-19 L15 MXR, 283508 DX 860-ENP grey cartridge strip

4 / 2009 2.17

X-ENP

Fine adjustment by installation tests on site.Note for S275: Start with recommendation for S355. In case of too much energy: reduction of tool energysetting or change of cartridge colour till correct nail head stand-offs hNVS are achieved

Cartridge selection and tool energy setting

DX 860-ENP DX 76 PTR

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

10

>20

Ste

el th

ickn

ess

t II [m

m]

Red 4or

Black 2

Red 3or

Black 1

Blue 4 orRed 2

Blue 3 Red 3

Red 4 orBlack 2

Black 4

Black 3

S 235 S 355 6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

10

>20

Ste

el th

ickn

ess

t II [

mm

]

Red 4or

Black 2

Blue 4

orRed 2

Blue 3

orRed 1

Red 3

Red 4

Black 4

S 235 S 355S 275

X-ENP

2.18 4 / 2009

h NV

St II

ΣtI,tot ≤ 4 mm

hNVS = 8.2–9.8 mm for tI,tot ≤ 4 mm

Fastening inspection

Fastening quality assurance

X-ENP-19 L15

Max

Min

X-ENP-19 L15

Max

Min

X-ENP-19 L15

Max

Min

hNVS = 8.2–9.8 mm hNVS > 9.8 mm(washers are not compressed)

hNVS < 8.2 mm(washers are strongly damaged bythe tool piston)

Visible inspection:Properly driven fastener. Piston mark clearly visible on thewasher.

7 / 2009 2.19

X-ENP 2K

X-ENP 2K Siding and Decking Nail


Carbon steel shank: HRC 55.5


Fastening tools

Single nail:DX 76 PTR with X-ENP2K-20 L15X-76-F15-PTR fastener guide

Collated nails:DX 76 PTR X-ENP2K-20 L15 MX

(green magazine strip)See fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

CSTB (France),BUtgb (Belgium)Note: technical data presented in these approvals and designguidelines reflect specific local conditions and may differfrom those published in this handbook.

Dimensions

Examples

o 3.7

o 7.425

.5

o 15

Product data

Applications

Roof and floor decking Roof and floor decking Wall liners

Thickness of fastened materialSheet thicknesses and overlap types

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


X-ENP 2K

2.20 7 / 2009

Recommended loadsSheeting thickness Trapezoidal profile Liner traystI [mm] (symmetric (asymmetric)nominal minimum Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Vrrec [kN]

0.63 –– 1.20 1.40 –– ––

0.75 0.65 1.80 1.70 1.25 1.20

0.88 0.77 2.10 2.00 1.50 1.40

1.00 0.89 2.70 2.20 1.90 1.55

1.13 1.02 3.00 2.60 2.10 1.80

1.25 1.13 3.00 3.00 2.10 2.10

1.50 1.36 3.00 3.00 2.10 2.10

1.75 1.60 3.00 3.00 2.10 2.10

2.00 1.84 3.00 3.00 2.10 2.10• Recommended working loads valid for steel sheet minimum tensile strength ≥ 360 N/mm2.• For intermediate sheet thicknesses, use recommended load for next smaller thickness.• Recommended loads include safety factor 2.0 applied to characteristic loads NRk and VRk and are appropriatefor EC1 (or similar) wind loading designs.

• For steel thickness, tII = 3–4 mm, reduce all recommended loads to 0.9 kN.

Load data



t II=

4-6

mm

t II=

2.7

-3.3

mm

tII = 4.0–6.0 mm for general shapes tII = 2.7–3.3 mm for concrete inlays

7 / 2009 2.21

X-ENP 2K

Nominal sheeting thickness Overlap typestI [mm] tII = 3–4 mm tII ≥ 4 mm

0.75 a, b, c, d a, b, c, d

> 0.75–1.00 a, c a, b, c, d• The recommendations apply if the supporting structure sufficiently flexible enough so that forces of constraintfrom temperature differentials can be neglected.

• These recommendations are valid for sheets up to S350GD.


tII = 4-6

10

bx**

10

tII =4 -6*

Rolled I or wide flange shapes Angels

Trapezoidal profiles

2020

45

Centre fastenings inribs


Double fasteningsNote:Reduce tensile resistance per fastener to 0.7 NRk /0.7 Nrec.

* For tII = 3 to 4 mm, restrictions on application. See approval or contact Hilti.** Maximum recommended bx ≤ 8 x tII however, jobsite verification advisable.

X-ENP 2K

2.22 7 / 2009

Corrosion informationThe intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to externalweather conditions or moist atmospheres. For further detailed information on corrosion seecorresponding chapter inDirect Fastening Principles and Technique section.

Liner trays

c

90°75

c

c

20 80




Fastener spacing alongsheet

350 450 550400 500 600 650

4

2.7

5

6

7

8

9

S 235S 275

S 355

Stee

lthi

ckne

ss,t

II[m

m]

Steel strength Rm [N/mm2]

Application limits


Fasteners Tools Fastener guideDesignation Item no. Designation Designation

Single nail: X-ENP 2K-20 L15 385133 DX 76 PTR X-76-F15-PTR

Collated nails: X-ENP 2K-20 L15 MX 385134 DX 76 PTR

When driving the fastener, the fastening tool needs tobe positioned perpendicular to the surface.If c > 75 mm, it is recommended to drive an additionalfastener at the other side of the tray. This additionalfastener is indicated with (1) in the graph above.

7 / 2009 2.23

X-ENP 2K


DX 76 PTR

Stee

lthi

ckne

ss,t

II[m

m]

Blue 4

Green 4

Cartridge selection

6

5

4

2.7-3.3

hNVS



X-ENP2K-20 L15

Max

Min

X-ENP2K-20 L15

Max

Min

X-ENP2K-20 L15

Max

Min

hNVS = 7–11 mm hNVS > 11 mm hNVS < 7 mm

hNVS = 7–11 mm

Fine adjustment by installation tests on site.

2.24 7 / 2009

4 / 2009 2.25

SDK 2

SDK2 Sealing Caps for Cladding Fastening

General informationCompatible DX fasteners

X-ENP-19 L15 Base material thickness tII ≥ 6 mm

Fastening tool

SW/SDK2 setting tool

Dimensions

Examples

22.5

14.7

stainless steel(DIN 14404,)ASTM 316)

neoprene

Product data

Applications

A

A

A A

Stainless steel cap not affected byatmospheric corrosion

Pressure on the washer seals the gapbetween the sheet and the base steel

Space under the cap isolated fromthe atmosphere

Neoprene washer insulates againstcontact corrosion and seals the spaceunder the cap-off from the atmosphere

Roof and wall cladding on singleskin buildings

Corrosion protection

SDK2 sealing cap

SDK 2

2.26 4 / 2009

Fastening inspectionFor detailed information on X-ENP-19 L15 please see the according product pages.


hNVS

X-ENP-19 L15

Installation

≤10°

90°

≤10°

90° ≥ 38 mm

≥ 6°

Position the DX tool so that nail inclination islimited to max. 10° from perpendicular to surface

Centre fastening in val-ley.38 mmmin. valley width

Minimum roof slope 6°

hNVS = 8.2–9.8 mm

Note:It has to be ensured, that the fastened sheet is properly compressed to the base materialand no gap remains at fastening point location.

4 / 2009 2.27

NPH

NPH siding and decking nails to concrete




Fastening tool

Cartridges:DX 76 PTR 6.8/18M bluewith X-76-F-Kwik-PTRfastener guideSee fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

SOCOTEC (France)

BUtgb (Belgium)

City of ViennaNote:Technical data presented in these approvals and designguidelines reflect specific local conditions and may differfrom those published in this handbook.

Dimensions

Examples

o 7.4

o 4.5

o 15

46.8

Product data

Applications

Roof decking Wall liners


Sheet thicknesses and overlap types

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


Nominal sheeting thickness tI [mm] Allowable overlap types

0.63–1.13 a, b, c, d

> 1.13–2.50 a• With the above recommended sheet thickness and overlap types, the effects of temperature induced forces ofconstraint during construction can be neglected.

• These recommendations are valid for sheets up to S350GD.• With other sheets or overlaps or when unusually large forces of constraint are expected, analyse the structuralsystem to ensure that the shear force acting on the nail does not exceed Vrec.

NPH

2.28 4 / 2009

Recommended loadsSheeting thickness Trapezoidal profile Liner traystI [mm] (symmetric (asymmetric)nominal Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN]

0.75 1.80 1.20 1.30 1.20

0.88 2.10 1.50 1.50 1.50

1.00 2.40 1.80 1.70 1.80

1.13 2.70 2.20 1.90 2.20

1.25 3.00 2.50 2.10 2.50

1.50 3.00 3.00 2.50 3.00

1.75 3.00 3.00 2.50 3.00

2.00 3.00 3.00 2.50 3.00• Recommended working loads valid for steel sheets with a minimum tensile strength of ≥ 360 N/mm2.• For intermediate sheet thicknesses, use recommended load for next smaller thickness.• Recommended loads are appropriate for EC1 (or similar) wind loading designs.• The safety factor included is at least 2.0 applied to the static 5 % fractile value and 1.3 to the cyclic (5000cycles) 5 % fractile value

Load data



Minimum thickness of concrete member hmin = 160 mm

4 / 2009 2.29

NPH


90

20 150

90180

12

20

300

200

200

100

100

75

75

100

10

0

30

03

00

90∞

Trapezoidal profiles to girders or purlins

Liner trays to columns

Corrosion informationThe intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to externalweather conditions or moist atmospheres. For further detailed information on corrosion seerelevant chapter in Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section.

Types of concrete • Precast and cast-in-place pre-stressed concrete• Precast and cast-in-place reinforced concrete

Concrete design strength • Minimum C20/25 (fc = 20 N/mm2, fcc = 25 N/mm2)• Maximum C45/55 (fc = 45 N/mm2, fcc = 55 N/mm2

• The NPH/DX-Kwik system has been successfully used inconcrete having an in-place cube strength of 70 N/mm2

Minimum strength/age at • C20/25 concrete must be 28 days oldtime of fastening • C45/55 concrete must be 15 days old

Minimum dimensions • Minimum width = 180 mmof concrete member • Minimum thickness = 160 mm

Application limits

NPH

2.30 4 / 2009

Fastener selection

Fasteners ToolDesignation Item no.

NPH2-42 L15 40711 DX 76 PTR with X-76-F-Kwik-PTR fastener guide

Cartridge selection and tool energy settingCartridges 6.8/18 M blueTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site

7.5

-11

mm


Installation


23

Pre-drill with TX-C-5/23 drill bit(Item no.: 291934)

Place fastener with DX 76 PTR

Check for conformity with recommendations(detailing spacing and edge distances for fastening)

Check the nailhead standoff of completed fastenings

NPH2-42 L15

3 / 2009 2.31

X-HVB

X-HVB shear connectors


X-HVBCarbon steel: Rm = 295–350 N/mm2

Zinc coating: ≥ 3 µm

X-ENP-21 HVBCarbon steel shank: HRC58Zinc coating: 8–16 µm

Fastening tools and equipment

Tool DX 76 PTR

Fastener Guide X-76-F-HVB-PTR

Piston X-76-P-HVB-PTR

Cartridges 6.8/18M black, red(for details seeapplication limitX-ENP-21 HVB)

See fastener selection for more details.

Approvals and design guidelines

SOCOTEC (France)

DIBt (Germany)

SCI (UK), TZÚS (Czech)Note: technical data presented in these approvals anddesign guidelines reflect specific local conditions andmay differ from those published in this handbook.If the fastening is subject to an approval process orwhere a design guideline must be used, technical datain the approval or design guideline has precedenceover data presented here. Approval copies are avail-able from your Hilti technical advisory service.

Dimensions

2.5

63 3120.651

142.

5

20.651

127.

5

2.5

3163

Product data

X-HVB 140 X-HVB 125

20.651

2

112.

5

3163

24.350

95

2

60

X-HVB 110 X-HVB 95

24.350

802

60

24.350

52

2

88

X-HVB 80

yellow

o 4.5

o 7.4

25.8

o 15

X-ENP-21 HVB

X-HVB 50

X-HVB

2.32 3 / 2009

Solid slabsCharacteristic shear Design shear Allowable horizontal Allowable resistanceresistance resistance shear (working load)

Nominal PRk [kN] 1) PRd [kN] 2) q [kN] 3) RD [kN] 4)

X-HVB 50 23 18 N.A 13

X-HVB 80 28 23 14 16

X-HVB 95 35 28 17.5 22

X-HVB 110 35 28 17.5 22

X-HVB 125 35 28 17.5 22

X-HVB 140 35 28 17.5 221) As defined in ENV 1994-1-1 (Nominal strength in AISC-LRFD; unfactored shear resistance in CISC, Qk in BS

5950:3:3.1:1990)2) As defined in ENV 1994-1-1 (Qp in BS 5950:3:3.1:1990)3) Allowable shear in AISC-ASD4) Allowable shear for working load design

Design data

Examples

Applications

Shear connectors forbuilding construcions:• composite beam action• end anchorage of

composite decking• floor diaphragm• resist lateral buckling

3 / 2009 2.33

X-HVB

Reduction factors for profile metal decks

Engineering advice

Connector placement along the beamThe HVB is a flexible connector and may be uniformly distributed between points where largechanges in shear flow occur. These points may be supporting points, points of application ofpoint loads or areas with extreme values of bending moments.

Partial shear connectionStrength:The minimum connection depends on the design code used:a) In ENV 1994-1-1 and BS 5950 designs, N/Nf , must be at least 0.4. This is increased

depending on span length and decking geometry.b) In AISC, N/Nf must be at least 0.25.c) In CISC, N/Nf must be at least 0.50.

Deflection control only:If the shear connection is needed for deflection control only, no minimum degree of connection.However, minimum allowable connector spacing applies and steel beam must have enoughstrength to carry the self-weight and all imposed loads.

Ribs transverse to beamskt = · ·

ENV 1994-1-1 designs:K = 0.70Nf = HVBs / rib (≤ 2 in the calculation even if 3 are placed in

a rib)

AISC, CISC, BS 5950, other design codes:K = 0.85Nf = HVBs / rib (1, 2 or 3)

hsc–hap

hap

b0

hap

K��Nr

Note: kt ≤ 1.0

Ribs transverse to beams for ≥ 1.8 ⇒ kp = 1.0

for < 1.8 ⇒ kp = 0.6 x ××b0

hap

b0

hap

hsc–hap

hap

b0

hap

Note: kp ≤ 1.0

X-HVB

2.34 3 / 2009



8

Minimum thickness of steel base material tII = 8 mm


1 x

1.25 Maximum thickness of decking tI = 1.25 mm

Connector positioning, spacing and edge distances

General positioning

Position the HVBs so that the shear force is transferred symmetrically to the beam. The HVBorientation parallel to the axis of the beam is preferred.

Positioning on metal decks - ribs transverse to beam

1) One, two or three HVB's per rib; ⊥ or II to beam

or or

3 / 2009 2.35

X-HVB

= =

≥ 40 mm

2a) Position in the rib : 1 HVB per rib – leg centred in the rib or 40 mm clearance

= =

2b) With 2 or 3 HVBs per rib – legs centred in the rib or alternated about the centre

• basic minimum spacing, a ≥ 50 mm• a ≥ 100 mm for:bo/m < 0.7 and bo/hap < 1.8

• SDI 3” composite decking (USA)

m = rib spacing

≥ 50 mm a

3) Spacing along the ribs

• With 1 connector per row, alternate direction of connectors from row to row.• With 2 or 3 connectors per row, alternate direction of connectors inside of each row and

from row to row.

hc

≤ 600 mm≤ 4 hc

≥ 100 mm≤ 600 mm≤ 4 hc

≥ 100 mm

hc

≥ 50 mm

Positioning on solid slabs and metal decks – ribs parallel to beam

X-HVB

2.36 3 / 2009

Corrosion informationThe intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to externalweather conditions or moist atmospheres.

6350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

10

>20

Ste

el th

ickn

ess,

tII

[mm

]

Steel strength, Rm [N/mm2]

Applicablerange of base

materials

S 235 Jxx

S 275 Jxx

S 355 Jxx

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

10

>20

Ste

el th

ickn

ess

t II [m

m]

Black 4from

10 mm

Red 4Black 3

Black 2

Black 4from

10 mm

S 235 S 355

Application limits X-ENP-21 HVB Cartridge preselection and power setting

In thermo-mechanically rolled constructionsteel, e.g. S 355M per EN 10025-4 the appli-cation limit is reduced by 50 N/mm2

Fine adjustment by setting tests on site

Application limits

Application limits are valid only if correct cartridge and power setting are used!

Split decking if necessary for spacing / clearance

bo ≥ 60 mm

Clearance to metal decking

3 / 2009 2.37

X-HVB

ConnectorMaximum decking height hap [mm]

Designation Item no. b0 / hap ≥ 1.8 b0 / hap < 1.8

X-HVB 50 56467 Not for use with profiled decking

X-HVB 80 239357 45 45

X-HVB 95 239358 60 57

X-HVB 110 239359 75 66

X-HVB 125 239360 80 75

X-HVB 140 239361 80 80

all connectors with two nails

X-ENP-21 HVB 283512

hNVS X-HVB

Metal decking

Structural steel

X-ENP-21 HVB hNVS = 8.2–9.8 mm



h c

h sc

h ap

b0

≥ 8

mm b0

≤ 1

x 1,

25

Fastener selection

2.38 3 / 2009

o 8.2

24.4

o 3.7

o 12

7 / 2009 2.39

X-EDNK22 THQ12,X-EDN19 THQ12

X-EDNK22 THQ12, X-EDN19 THQ12Diaphragm Decking Nails




Recommended fastening tool

DX 860-HSN Collated nails:

X-EDNK22 THQ12 M,grey magazine strip

X-EDN19 THQ12 M,white magazine strip


Approvals

FM, UL, ICC,SDI (USA)Note:Technical data presented in these approvals and design guidelines reflectspecific local conditions and may differ from those published in this hand-book.

DimensionsX-EDNK22 THQ12 M

X-EDN19 THQ12 M

Examples

o 3.7

o 8.2

21

o 12

Product data

Applications

Roof decking (diaphragm design) Floor decking (diaphragm design)


2.40 7 / 2009

Recommended shear bearing loads VrecSheeting thickness tI X-EDNK22 and X-EDN19

Vrec[Gauge] [mm] [lbs] [kN]

22 0.76 500 2.20

20 0.91 600 2.64

18 1.21 785 3.45

16 1.52 975 4.29• Valid for steel sheet with a minimum tensile strength of 45 ksi (310 N/mm²). Values refer to failure controlled bythe single sheet metal attached.

• For intermediate sheet thicknesses, linear interpolation is allowed.• Recommended loads include safety factor 3.0 applied to mean shear resistance Qf. An equation for Qf ispublished in the SDI (Steel Deck Institute) Diaphragm Design Manual, 3rd edition.

Recommended tension load NrecSheeting thickness tI X-EDNK22 X-EDN19

Vrec[Gauge] [mm] [lbs] [kN] [lbs] [kN]

22 0.76 355 1.56 340 1.52

20 0.91 435 1.95 340 1.52

18 1.21 435 1.95 340 1.52

16 1.52 435 1.95 340 1.52• Valid for steel sheet with minimum tensile strength of 45 ksi (310 N/mm²). Values are either controlled bypullover of sheet or by minimum value of fastener pullout of base metal.

• Values require fastener point penetration of 1/2� (12.7 mm). Higher recommended values might be applicabledependent on the base material thickness (see Hilti North America “Steel Deck Fastening Systems”)

• Recommended loads include a safety factor 3.0 applied to mean pullover resistance or a safety factor 5.0applied to the mean value of pullout resistance.

Design data for use in the U.S.A.Diaphragm strengthApprovals provide load tables or calculation procedures for determination of the allowablestrength (in lbs/ft or kN/m) of a steel deck diaphragm. The allowable diaphragm strengthdepends on the type, strength and thickness of the decking, the span of the decking, thetype and pattern of the deck to frame fasteners (X-EDNK22 or X-EDN19) and the type andspacing of the sidelap connectors (e.g. Hilti sidelap connectors S-SLC 01 and S-SLC 02).

For more details it is refered to the technical literature of Hilti North America (“Steel DeckFastening Systems” – 2009 Supplement to Hilti North America Product Technical Guide) andthe “Decking Design Center” offered on the website www.us.hilti.com as well as the respec-tive approvals.

Load data

7 / 2009 2.41


Application limits and requirements

Thickness of fastened material, fastener patterns, spacings and edge distance

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


Fastening tool DX 860-HSN

Fastener Base material propertiesThickness Ultimate tensile strength[inch] [mm] [ksi] [N/mm2]

X-EDNK22 1/8� to 1/4� 3.2 to 6.35 58 to 91 400–630

X-EDN19 3/16� to 5/16� 4.8 to 8.0 58 to 91 400–6305/16� to 3/8� 8.0 to 9.5 58 to 68 400–470

• Comment on fastening tool DX 460-SM: This fastening tool is recommended for base material thickness from3/16� to 3/8� (4.8 to 8.0 mm). The same strength limits apply as with the DX 860-HSN.

Design data for use in EuropeCurrently, the X-EDNK22 and the X-EDN19 fasteners are only used in North America.Therefore, no design data is published evaluated in strict compliance with the provisions forEuropean Technical Approvals.

For European markets, the fastener X-ENP2K-20 L15 in connection with the fastening toolDX 76 PTR is recommended for sheet metal fastenings to thin base materials (3 to 6 mm).

As part of a steel deck diaphragm, all four fastening types (a), (b), (c) and (d) are execut-ed with the X-EDNK22 and the X-EDN19. The sheet metal thickness typically variesbetween 22 Gauge (0.76 mm) and 16 Gauge (1.52 mm).

Dependent on the base material thickness and the frame fastener pattern, restrictionson the use of thicker decking might apply. For corresponding details of these provi-sions, it is referred to the quoted technical literature puplished by Hilti North America.This literature also contains details with respect to fastener patterns, spacings andedge distance adequately addressing the specifics of the diaphragm components usedin the North American market.


2.42 7 / 2009


Fasteners ToolDesignation Item no.

Collated nails: X-EDNK22 THQ12 M, 34133 DX 860-HSNgrey magazine strip

X-EDN19 THQ 12 M , 34134white magazine strip



1/8"

3/16"

1/4"

5/16"

3/8" 9.6mm

8.0mm

6.4mm

4.8mm

3.2mm

Ste

elth

ickn

ess

t II[in

ch/m

m]

Black2

Yellow4

Black1

Yellow4

X-EDN-19 X-EDNK-22

5-9 mm


X-EDNK22 THQ12 X-EDN19 THQ12



4 / 2009 2.43

EDS

EDS Nails for Steel


Carbon steel shank:EDS 19/22 HRC 55.0EDS 27 HRC 53.5


Fastening tools

DX 76 PTRSee fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

ICC (USA)ABS & LRNote:Technical data presented in these approvals and designguidelines reflect specific local conditions and may differfrom those published in this handbook.

Dimensions

EDS__P10

Example

o 10

LS2

o4.5

Product data

Applications

Metal brackets, clips, etc.

Forces of constraintWhen fastening large pieces of steel, the possibility of shear loadings from forces of con-straint should be considered. Avoid exceeding Vrec for the fastener shank!

Deflection due to primary loading Temperature effect

EDS

2.44 4 / 2009

Recommended loads ( predominantly static)Steel sheet fastening

EDS _ P10tI [mm] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN]

0.75 1.1 1.5

1.00 1.3 2.3

1.25 1.7 3.2

2.00 2.4 4.0• Recommended loads valid for steel sheet with minimum tensile strength ≥ 360 N/mm2.• For intermediate sheet thicknesses, use recommended load for next smaller thickness.• Nrec and Vrec include an overall safety factor of 3.0 applied to the characteristic test data.Static test: Nrec = Ntest,k / 3.0, Vrec = Vtest,k / 3.0

Load data

P P

4 / 2009 2.45

EDS



tll (mm)

EDS ≥ 6

t II≥

6m

m


tI ≤ 3 mm

3

Steel fastened material≤ 3 mm thick, usually deformswith the displaced base mate-rial to allow a tight fit betweenfastened steel and base mate-rial without pre-drilling.Because conditions may vary,trial fastenings are recom-mended

tI > 3 mm

3

M

M

Without pre-drilling:steel fastened material > 3mm thick is too stiff to deformentirely with the displacedbase material. The gap, whichincreases with increasing tI,can result in bendingmoments being applied to thenail shank.

To prevent imposition of amoment on the shank of fas-tener, use three fasteners in agroup.

o12

ds

120°

With pre-drilling:If a gap between the fastenedpart and the base material isunacceptable, the fastenedpart can be prepared withdrilled holes.

EDS

2.46 4 / 2009



≤7

15

t II 20

20

12

Base material Fastened material

Application limits

Working beyond the recommended application range will lead to an increase in the failurerate.

4000

Shee

tthi

ckne

ss,t

II[m

m]

5

500 600 700

EDS

10

15

20


S 275 Jxx

S 235 Jxx

S 355 Jxx

1

� EDS and DX 76 PTR

• Limit lines valid for steel, tI ≤ 3 mm• For steel tI > 3 mm and without pre-drilling, either make trialfastenings or adjust tIl to tIl + tI before using the chart.

4 / 2009 2.47

EDS

Cartridge recommendationTool energy adjustment by setting tests on siteFastener Cartridge selection and tool energy setting

EDS Cartridge recommendation: 6.8/18M red or black

Base material Fixed material thickness tI [mm] Fastener Item no. Ls hET DX toolsthickness ≤1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 13 [mm] [mm]

tII,min ≥ 6 mm � � � � EDS 19 P10 46554 19 12-17 DX76PTR

� � � � EDS 22 P10 46556 22 12-17

� � � EDS 27 P10 46557 27 12-17

� recommended thickness Ls = hET + tl

Fastener selection


EDS __ P10


hNVS

hNVS = 3.0–4.0 mm

2.48 4 / 2009

4.7

-5.

5m

m

≥8

mm

Threaded stud applications especially for:• High strength steel• Coated steel struc-tures

• Through penetrationof base steel is notallowed

4 / 2009 2.49

X-BT

X-BT stainless steel threaded studs

Dimensions

Examples

Product data

Applications

Base plates Installation rails Junction box, etc. Grounding / Bonding

X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-RX-BT M10-24-6 SN12-R

X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-Ro

12[ 0

.472

"]

M10

/W

10

o4.

5[ 0

.177

"]

24 [0.945"]

31.3 [1.232"]

1 2 3

4o

12[ 0

.472

"]

M8 o4.

5[ 0

.177

"]

14[0.551"]

21.3[0.839"]

21 3

4

X-BT W10-24-6-RX-BT M10-24-6-R

X-BT M8-15-6-R

M10

/W

10

o4.

5[ 0

.177

"]

26 [1.024"]

31.3 [1.232"]

1 2

21.3[0.839"]

16[0.630"]

M8

o4.

5[ 0

.177

"]

21

Grating with X-FCM-R


� Shank: CR-500 (CrNiMo alloy),HRC 49fu ≥ 1850 N/mm2

� Threaded sleeve: X2CrNiMo 17132

� SN12-R washers: X5CrNiMo 17-12-2+2H

� Sealing washers: Elastomer, blackResistant to UV, saltwater, water, ozone, oils,etc.

Fastening toolDX 351-BT / BTGSee fastener selection for more details.

ApprovalsICC ESR-2347 (USA), DNV (Norway)

R

taeel.




> 8mm [5/16"]

t NU

Tt W

AS

HE

R t I

L g

X-BT

2.50 4 / 2009

Steel grade: S235, S355, Grade 50Europe, USA A36 and stronger steel

Tension, Nrec [kN/lb] 1.8 / 405 2.3 / 517

Shear, Vrec [kN/lb] 2.6 / 584 3.4 / 764

Moment, Mrec [Nm/lb] 8.2 / 6 8.2 / 6

Torque, Trec [Nm/lb] 8 / 5.9 8 / 5.9

Recommended loads

Load data

V

N

M

Conditions for recommended loads:• Global factor of safety for static pull-out > 3 (based on 5% fractile value)• Minimum edge distance = 6 mm [1/4”].• Effect of base metal vibration and stress considered.• Redundancy (multiple fastening) must be provided.• The recommended loads in the table refer to the resistance of the individual fasten-ing and may not be the same as the loads FN and FV acting on the fastened part.Note: If relevant, prying forces needs to be considered in design, see example. Moment acting on fastenershank only in case of a gap between base and fastened material.

Cyclic loading:• Anchorage of X-BT-R threaded stud in steel base material is not affected by cyclic loading.• Fatigue strength is governed by fracture of the shank. Inquire at Hilti for test data if high cycle loading has to beconsidered in the design.

X-BTM8: tI ≤≤ Lg - twasher - tnut ≤≤ 7.0 mmX-BT M10 / X-BT W10: tI ≤≤ Lg - twasher - tnut ≤≤ 15.0 mm

Note: For X-BT with SN 12R sealing washer tl ≥ 2.0 mm

Z3

FN

FVZ1

Z2

Example:

4 / 2009 2.51

X-BT

> 8mm [5/16"]

Spacing and edge distances

> 6[0.236"]

> 8

mm

[ 5/1

6"]

> 6[0.236"]

> 15[0.591"]

> 15[0.591"]

> 6[0.236"]

> 8

mm

[ 5/1

6"]

> 6[0.236"]

> 15[0.591"]

> 15[0.591"]

Edge distance: ≥ 6 mm Spacing: ≥ 15 mm

Corrosion information The corrosion resistance of Hilti CR500 stainless steel material is equivalent to AISI 316 (A4)steel grade

Application limit

• tII ≥ 8 mm [5/16”] → No through penetration • No limits with regards to steel strength

Fastener selection

Fasteners ToolDesignation Item no. Designation

X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R 377074 DX 351-BT/ BTG

X-BT M10-24-6 SN12-R 377078 DX 351-BT/ BTG

X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R 377076 DX 351-BT/ BTG

X-BT M8 without washer 377073 DX 351-BT/ BTG

X-BT M10 without washer 377077 DX 351-BT/ BTG

X-BT W10 without washer 377075 DX 351-BT/ BTG


6.8/11 M high precision brown cartridge

Fine adjustment by installation tests on site

X-BT

2.52 4 / 2009

h NV

S

X-BT M8hNVS = 15.7–16.8 mm

X-BT M10 / X-BT W10hNVS = 25.7 –26.8 mm


Installation


X-BT with washer X-BT without washer

Fastened material hole ∅≥ 13 mm

Fastened material hole ∅≥ 11 mm for X-BT M/W10≥ 9 mm for X-BT M8

4 / 2009 2.53

X-BT

1. Mark location foreach fastening

2.Pre-drill with TX-BT 4/7 stepshank drill bit

3.Drive X-BT-R studs into drilledhole

4.Hang unit on studs.Put on washers andhand tighten nuts

5.Tighten using a screwdriver withtorque clutch

A

51

Pre-drill until theshoulder grinds ashiny ring (to ensureproper drilling depth)

Adjust power on DX 351 BT so thatthe fastener standoffhNVS, is not greaterthan:hNVS ≤ 26.8 mm (X-BT M/W10....-R)hNVS ≤ 16.8 mm (X-BT M8…-R)

Sealing washer mustbe properly com-pressed!

Tightening torque:Trec ≤ 8 Nm (5.9 ft-lb)!

Before fastenerinstallation:the drilled hole mustbe clear of liquidsand debris. The areaaround the drilledhole must be freefrom liquids anddebris.

3 2 1

h NV

S

Trec

Hilti Torquescrewdriver: setting:SF 121-A 11SF 150-A 9

2.54 4 / 2009

4 / 2009 2.55

X-EM / X-EW

M6/W6 o 3.7

L

Lg 91.7

o 3.8 o 8

X-EM6H, X-EW6H, X-EF7H, X-EM8H,X-EM10H, X-EW10H Threaded Studs for Steel



Zinc coating: 1) 5–13 µm1) Zinc coating (electroplating for corrosion protectionduring construction and service in protected envi-ronment)

Fastening tools

DX 460, DX 76 PTR, DX 600 NSee fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

ICC-ES ESR-2347 X-EW6H, X-EW10H,(USA): X-EM8H

FM 3026695: X-EW6H, X-EW10H

UL: EX2258: X-EW6H, X-EW10H

ABS, LR: all types

DimensionsX-EM6H/EW6H-__-9 FP8

o 3.7

20

10 10

o 8F7

o 3.8o 3.8

1.71.7

X-EF7H-7-9 FP8

12

M8

3.5

L

Lg

o 4.5

o 8o 5.5

X-EM8H-__-12 P8

12

M8

3.5

30.5

15

o 4.5

o 10o 5.5

X-EM8H-15-12 FP10

12

M10

39.5

24

o 4.5

o 10o 5.5

3.5

X-EM10H-24-12 P10

44

30 14

W10

o 10

o 5.2

X-EW10H-30-14 P10

Examples

Product data

Applications

Base plates for piperings

Hanging with threadedcouplers

Electrical boxes Miscellaneous attach-ments

For dimension details see chapter fastener selection

X-EM / X-EW

2.56 4 / 2009

Recommended loadsFastener Shankdesignation ds x Ls [mm] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN] Mrec [Nm]

X-EM6H, X-EW6H, X-EF7H 3.7 x 8.5 1.6 1.6 5.0

X-EM8H, X-EM10H 4.5 x 12.0 2.4 2.4 9.0

X-EW10H-30-14 5.2 x 15.0 3.0 3.0 14.0Conditions• Redundancy (multiple fastening) must be provided.• Global factor of safety for static pull-out >3 (based on 5% fractile value).• Predominantly static loading.• Strength of fastened material must be considered.• Observance of all application limitations and recommendations.• The recommended loads in the table refer to the resistance of the individual fasteningand may not be the same as the loads FN and FV acting on the fastened part.Note: If relevant, prying forces needs to be considered in design, see example.Moment acting on fastener shank only in case of a gap between base and fastenedmaterial.

Load data

VN

M

Z3

FN

FVZ1

Z2

4 / 2009 2.57

X-EM / X-EW




tI ≤≤ Lg – twasher – tnut ≅≅ 1.5–33.0 mm Trec

t I

Minimum steel thickness:

tll

X-EM6H/EW6H, X-EF7H ≥ 4 mm

X-EM8H/EW8H, X-EM10H/EW10H ≥ 6 mm

t II


t IIc c s sEdge distance and spacing: c = s ≥≥ 15 mm

Corrosion information The intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to externalweather conditions or moist atmospheres. For further detailed information on corrosion seerelevant chapter in Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section.

X-EM / X-EW

2.58 4 / 2009

Application limits

X-EM6H, X-EW6H, X-EF7H

X-EM8H

X-EM10H / EW10H

DX 460 tool:�� X-EF7H-__-9 �� X-EM6H-__9, X-EW6H-__-9

DX 460 tool:�� X-EM8H-__-12

DX 76 PTR tool with X-76-F10-PTR fastener guide:�� X-EM8H-15-12

DX 76 PTR tool:�� X-EM10H-24-12

DX 600 N tool:�� X-EW10H-30-14 P10

350 400

Ste

el th

ickn

ess

t II, [

mm

]

500 600 700Steel strength, Rm [N/mm2]

S355JxxS275Jxx

S235Jxx

450 550 65046

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

12

350 400

Ste

el th

ickn

ess,

t II [

mm

]


450 550 65068

10

12

14

16

18

20

1

2

S355JxxS275Jxx

S235Jxx

350 400

Ste

el th

ickn

ess

t II, [

mm

]


S355JxxS275Jxx

S235Jxx

450 550 65068

10

12

14

16

18

20

1

2

4 / 2009 2.59

X-EM / X-EW


Cartridge recommendationTool energy adjustment by installation tests on siteFastener Cartridge selection DX tool

X-EM6H, X-EW6H, X-EF7H 6.8/11M green or yellow cartridges DX 460

X-EM8H, X-EM10H 6.8/18M blue cartridges DX 76 PTR6.8/11M yellow or red cartridges DX 460

X-EW10H 6.8/18 red or black cartridges DX 600N

Base material Fastened Fastener Threading Shank DX toolsthickness thickness Designation1) Item no. length lengthstll,min [mm] tl,max [mm] Lg [mm] Ls [mm]

4.0 1.5 X-EM6H-8-9 FP8 271965 8 8.5 DX 460

4.5 X-EM6H-11-9 FP8 271963 11 8.5 DX 460

13.5 X-EM6H-20-9 FP8 271961 20 8.5 DX 460

4.5 X-EW6H-11-9 FP8 271973 11 8.5 DX 460

13.5 X-EW6H-20-9 FP8 271971 20 8.5 DX 460

21.5 X-EW6H-28-9 FP8 271969 28 8.5 DX 460

31.5 X-EW6H-38-9 FP8 271967 38 8.5 DX 460

0.5 X-EF7H-7-9 FS8 271975 7 10 DX 460

6.0 2.0 X-EM8H-11-12 P8 271983 11 12 DX 460

6.0 X-EM8H-15-12 P8 271981 15 12 DX 460

6.0 X-EM8H-15-12 FP10 271982 15 12 DX 76 PTR, DX 460

14.0 X-EM10H-24-12 P10 271984 24 12 DX 76 PTR, DX 460

20.0 X-EW10H-30-14 P10 271985 30 14 DX 600 N1) Type of threading: M = metric; W6, W10 = Whitworth 1/4“; 3/8“; F7 = French 7 mm

X-EM / X-EW

2.60 4 / 2009


X-EM6H, X-EW6H, X-EF7H X-EM8H, X-EM10H, X-EW10H


h NV

S

Nail standoff

Trec

t I

Tightening torque

h NV

S

Nail standoff

Trec

t I

Tightening torque

hNVS TrecFastener [mm] [Nm]

X-EM6H-8-9 8.0–11.0 ≤ 4

X-EM6H- / X-EW6H-11-9 9.5–12.5 ≤ 4

X-EM6H- / X-EW6H-20-9 18.5–21.5 ≤ 4

X-EW6H-28-9 26.5–29.5 ≤ 4

X-EW6H-38-9 36.5–39.5 ≤ 4

X-EF7H-7-9 9.0–12.0 ≤ 4

hNVS TrecFastener [mm] [Nm]

X-EM8H-11-12 11.5–15.5 ≤10.5

X-EM8H-15-12 15.5–19.5 ≤10.5

X-EM10H-24-12 26.5–30.5 ≤10.5

X-EW10H-30-14 28.0–31.0 ≤15.0

Installation

Arrangements to prevent moment on shank: Coupler tight against steel

Z

FN

FV



Fastening toolSee fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

ABS: X-FCM-R

GL, DNV: X-FCM-M, X-FCM-R

LR: all types

3 / 2009 2.61

X-FCM

X-FCM Grating Fastening System

Dimensions

Example

Product data

Applications

Grating (steel and fibreglass reinforced)

X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R

o12

[ 0.4

72"]

M8 o4.

5[ 0

.177

"]14

[0.551"]

21.3[0.839"]

21 3

4

X-CRM8-15-12 FP10

o10

30

Lg 12.5

M8 o4

X-EM8H-15-12 FP10

o10

32

15 13.5

M8 o 4.5

X-CRM8-15-12 P8

o8

30

12.5

M8 o4

Lg

X-EM8H-15-12 P8

o8

32

15 13.5

M8 o 4.5

o 18

o 50 [1.969"]

8.6

[ 0.3

39"]

o 10.3

L+

4L

19.5

16

5 [0.197"]

HILTI

[0.709"]

[0.406"]

[ 0.6

30"]

[ 0.7

68"]

[ 0.1

57"]

[ 0.0

49"]

2

31

1.25

Test dataImportant note: test data are for information only and cannot be used for design. These dataare examples and do not represent the whole range of applications and load cases. Formore detailed information please contact Hilti.

X-FCM

2.62 3 / 2009

Recommended tensile loads Nrec [kN]Grating opening type

Rectangular Square

Bar spacing [mm] Bar spacing [mm]18 30 18 30

X-FCM 0.8** 0.8** 2.4* 0.8**

X-FCM-M 0.8** 0.8** 1.8* 0.8**

X-FCM-R 1.4** 1.0** 1.8* 1.0*** Loading is limited by recommended load for

threaded stud.** Loading is limited by elastic limit of the X-FCM disk.

Exceeding recommended loads can result in plasticdeformation of disk.

HILTIHILTI

Load data

Notes:X-FCM, X-FCM-M, X-FCM-R resist shear by frictionand are not suitable for explicit shear load designs,e.g. diaphragms. Depending on surface characteris-tics, shear loads of up to about 0.3 kN will not result inpermanent deformation. Therefore small unexpectedshear loads can generally be accommodated withoutdamage.

Characteristic tensile loads NRk:X-FCM-R withX-BT X-CRM

Grating – S235 / > S355 /Type bar spacing A36 steel Grade 50 steel

Rectangle 18 mm 4.2 kN / 945 lb* 4.2 kN / 945 lb* 4.2 kN / 945 lb*

Rectangle 30 mm 3.0 kN / 675 lb* 3.0 kN / 675 lb* 3.0 kN / 675 lb*

Square 18 mm 5.4 kN / 1215 lb 6.9 kN / 1550 lb 5.4 kN / 1215 lb*

Square 30 mm 3.0 kN / 675 lb* 3.0 kN / 675 lb* 3.0 kN / 675 lb** Loading is limited by elastic limit of the X-FCM disc.

HILTI

HILTI

3 / 2009 2.63

X-FCM


X-BT


4.7

-5.

5m

m

t II

X-CRM and X-EM8H

t II

Load displacement behaviour – examples:

00 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

N[ k

N]

X-FCM-R rectangular 30 mm

Displacement [mm]

0.00 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

V[ k

N]

X-FCM-R 45/50 square 30 mm

Displacement [mm]

2.430

2.1902.170

2.585 2.875

Tensile load Shear load

tII ≥ 8 mm tII ≥ 6 mm



c c s s c c s s

X-CRM, X-EM8HEdge distances: c ≥ 15 mmSpacing: s ≥ 15 mm

X-BTEdge distance: c ≥ 6 mmSpacing: s ≥ 15 mm

Grating height: 25–50 mm with standard X-FCM. For other dimensions special X-FCM areavailable on demand.

X-FCM

2.64 3 / 2009

400

Stee

lthi

ckne

ss,t

II[m

m]


8

10

12

14

16

18

20

450 550 650

1

2

3

4

400 500 600 700

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

450 550 650

1

2

3

Ste

elth

ickness,

t II[m

m]


Corrosion informationThe intended use of the X-EM8H carbon steel fasteners only comprises fastenings which arenot directly exposed to external weather conditions or moist atmospheres. For outdoor appli-cations X-BT or X-CRM stainless steel fasteners have to be used, see fastener selection.

Application limits

X-BT: No application limits →→ using in high strength steelNo through penetration →→ tII ≥≥ 8 mm [5/16”]

Working beyond the recommended application range will lead to an increase in the failure rate.

DX 76 PTR DX 460

� X-CRM8-15-12 FP10 / DX 76 PTR (impact)

� X-CRM8-15-12 FP10 / DX 76 PTR (co-acting)

� X-EM8H-15-12 FP10 / DX 76 PTR (impact)

� X-EM8H-15-12 P8 / DX 76 PTR (impact)

� X-CRM8-15-12 P8 / DX 460 (impact)� X-CRM8-15-12 P8 / DX 460 (co-acting)� X-EM8H-15-12 P8 / DX 460 (impact)

3 / 2009 2.65

X-FCM


Application areasIndoors, dry and non Indoors, mildly corrosive Marine, offshore, corrosive environment environment, or for limited petrochemical, caloric

lifetime use (coal, oil) power plants, etc.X-FCM system Dimensions Tools

Grating X-FCM X-FCM-M X-FCM-R L heightZinc plated Item no. Duplex coated Item no. Stainless steel Item no. [mm] [mm]

X-FCM 25/30 26582 X-FCM-M 25/30 378683 X-FCM-R 25/30 247181 23 25–30 1)

X-FCM 1′′′′-11/4′′′′2 247175 X-FCM-M 1′′′′-11/4′′′′ 378686 X-FCM-R 1′′′′-11/4′′′′ 247184 30 29 –34 1)

X-FCM 35/40 26583 X-FCM-M 35/40 378684 X-FCM-R 35/40 247182 33 35–40 1)

X-FCM 45/50 26584 X-FCM-M 45/50 378685 X-FCM-R 45/50 247183 43 45 –50 1)

Note: Note:Not for use in marine Not for use in automobile atmosphere or in heavily tunnels, swimming pools or polluted environment. similar environments

1) SF 100-A, SF 11-A, SF 150-A

Threaded studs ToolsItem no.

X-EM8H-15-12 P8 271981 2)

X-EM8H-15-12 FP10 271982 2)

X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R 377074 3)

X-CR M8-15-12 P8 372033 2)

X-CR M8-15-12 FP10 372034 2)2) DX 76 PTR, DX 4603) DX 351-BTG


X-BT6.8/11M high precision cartridges

Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

X-CRM and X-EM8H6.8/11M yellow or red cartridges with DX 4606.8/18M blue cartridges with DX 76 PTR

X-FCM

2.66 3 / 2009

Material specifications and coatings

X-FCM systemX-FCM-R X-FCM-M X-FCM All systems�� Disk Threaded stem Disk Threaded stem Disk Threaded stem Absorber 1)

Material X2CrNiMo18143 X2CrNiMo17132 DC 04 11SMNPB30+C DC 04 11SMNPB30+C Polyurethane

designation X2CrNiMo17122 X6CrNiMoTi17122 Black

X5CrNiMo17122K700

Coating none none Duplex * Duplex * ≥ 20µm Zn 10–20 µm Zn –1) resistant to: UV, saltwater ozone, oil, grease

*) 480 h Salt spray test per DIN 50021 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (comparable to 45 µmHDG steel)

Threaded studsX-BT X-CRM8 X-EM8H

Threaded sleeve �� Sealing Shank �� SN12-R washer �� washer 1) �� Shank Threaded sleeve

Material Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17132 Elastomer, Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17132 Carbon steel

designation CR 500 X5CrNiMo17122+2H black CR 500 X5CrNiMo17122+2H

(A4 / AlSl316) (A4 / AlSl316) (A4 / AlSl316) (A4 / AlSl316) Ck 67 MOD

Coating none none none none 5–13 µm Zn 2)1) resistant to: UV, saltwater ozone, oil, grease2) Zinc applied by electroplating. Intended for corrosion protection during shipment, storage, construction and

service in protected environment. It is not adequate for protection against corrosion in outside or otherwisecorrosive applications

3 / 2009 2.67

X-FCM


X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R X-CRM8-15-12 X-EM8 H-15-12

Fastening quality assuranceh N

VS

h NV

S

hNVS = 15.7–16.8 mm hNVS = 16–20 mm hNVS = 15.5–19.5 mm

Installation

Installation procedure for bar grating

1.Place the grating sections

2.Widen opening at fastening location if necessary

3.Place the threaded stud

4.Tighten the disk

> 18

> 18

DX

75

0D

X 7

50

R

4321

30 hNVS

For X-BT pre-drillwith TX-BT4/7 stopshank drill bit

Tightening torqueTrec = 5–8 Nm

Tightening tool:• Screwdriver with

torque release cou-pling (TRC)

• 5 mm Allen-type bit

Hilti TorqueScrewdriver settingSF 121-A TRC 7–11SF 150-A TRC 5– 9

2.68 3 / 2009


Nail:Stainless steel: CRNiMo Alloy

Hook:Carbon steel: DC01Coating: Duplex**) 480 h Salt spray test per DIN 50021 and 10 cyclesKesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (comparable to45 µmHDG steel)

Fastening tool

DX 460 GRwith X-460-F8GRfastener guide

DX 76 PTR with X-76-F8-GR-PTRfastener guide


Note: Pre-drilled version with DX 460 tool only

7 / 2009 2.69

X-GR

X-GR Grating Fastening System

Dimensions

Product data

Application

Fixing of grating

X-GR X-CR 16-4.5R Zn P8 SN12-R

Ø4.

5[ 0

.177

"]

Ø8

[ 0.3

15"]

Ø8

[ 0.3

15"]

16[0.63"]

18.2[0.717"]

Ø12

[ 0.4

72"]

20[ 0

.787

"]

R4[0.158"]

18[0.709"]

L

For fastenings exposed to weather andmildly corrosive conditions.Not for use in marine atmospheres(upstream)!

Edge distance

c

t II

c ≥ 15 mm (0.59'')

Corrosion informationFor fastenings exposed to weather and mildly corrosive conditions.Not for use in marineatmospheres (upstream) or in heavily polluted environments.


tII ≥ 4 mm (0.157'')


Grating opening types

Grating height: HG = 25–40 mm (0.98''–1.57'')

Bearing bar spacing (a)


b

a

Cross bar spacing (b)

a

b

X-GR

2.70 7 / 2009

Recommended tensile loads

Nrec = 0.6 kN (135 lb)

Load data

Notes/conditions:• Tensile loading is limited by plastic defor-mation of the hook

• X-GR resist shear by friction and is notsuitable for explicit shear load designs

a ≥≥ 20 mm (3/4”) b ≥≥ 20 mm (3/4”)

7 / 2009 2.71

X-GR

400 500 600

S355 Jxx

S275 Jxx

S235 Jxx7

6

5

4450 550 650350

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

>20

pre-drilled

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]


Applicable range

Standard

Application limits

X-GR with DX 460 and DX 76 PTR (pre-drilled only DX 460)


Fastener Item no. L Grating heightmm (inch) mm (inch)

X-GR 25 384235 25.8 (1.02'') 25 (1”)

X-GR 30 384236 30.8 (1.22'') 30

X-GR 11/4” 385930 32.5 (1.28'') 32 (11/4”)

X-GR 35 384237 35.8 (1.41'') 35

X-GR 11/2” 385931 38.9 (1.53'') 38 (11/2”)

X-GR 40 384238 40.8 (1.61'') 40

X-GR

2.72 7 / 2009


Installation

Place the grating sections Place the X-GR fastener

Note: position the flat side of the fastenerguide to the fastener

CLICK


DX 460 with 6.8/11M cartridges DX 76 PTR with 6.8/18M cartridges

Black 4

Black 4or

Black 2

Red 2

orYellow 2

Black 2

orRed 2

Black 4

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Ste

el th

ickn

ess,

t II [

mm

]

Standard Pre-drilled

S 235 S 355

Red1or

Black1

S 235-S 355

16

17

18

19

>20

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Ste

el th

ickn

ess,

t II [

mm

]

Red 3/4

Red 2

Red 1/2 Red 2

Red 4

S 235 S 355


7 / 2009 2.73

X-GR


h NV

S

hNVS = 5–7.6 mm (0.20''–0.30'')

Installation details in case of pre-drilling

4140

69-V

1-06

.200

9

2

3

4

5

6

DX 460-GR

7

8

911.1

XBT 4000-A

X-GR

X-GR-3.4/ 10.5–110

XBT 4000-A

RPM 3000 – 5000

1

1

2 – 4

2.74 7 / 2009


Screw:Carbon steelZinc coating: Duplex* coated

Nail:Stainless steel: CRNiMo Alloy

Upper part:Carbon steel: DD11Zinc coating: Duplex* coated

Bottom part:Carbon steel: S315MCZinc coating: Duplex* coated*) 480 h salt spray test per DIN 50021 and 10 cycles

Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (comparable to45 µm HDG steel)

Fastening tool

DX 460 GR with X-460-F8GRfastener guide

DX 76 PTR with X-76-F8-GR-PTRfastener guide


Note: Pre-drilled version with DX 460 tool only

7 / 2009 2.75

X-GR-RU

X-GR-RU Grating Fastening System

Dimensions

Product data

Application

Fastening of grating

X-GR-RU X-CR 20-4.5R Zn P8

ø4.

5[ 0

.177

"]

ø8

[ 0.3

15"]

ø8

[ 0.3

15"]

20[0.787"]

22.2[0.874"]

28[1.102"]

18[0.709"]

40[1.575"]

5[ 0

. 197

"]

L


Edge distances

c

t II

c ≥ 15 mm (0.59'')

Corrosion informationFor fastenings exposed to weather and mildly corrosive conditions. Not for use in marineatmospheres (upstream) or in heavily polluted environments.


tII ≥ 4 mm (0.157'')



Grating height: HG = 25–40 mm (0.98''–1.57'')

Bearing bar spacing (a)


b

a

Cross bar spacing (b)

a

b

X-GR-RU

2.76 7 / 2009

Recommended tensile loads Nrec [kN]

Nrec = 0.8 kN (180 lb)

Load data

Notes/Conditions:• Tensile loading is limited by plastic defor-

mation of the saddle clip• X-GRRU resist shear by friction and is not

suitable for explicit shear load designs

25 to 32 mm (1” to 11/4”) b ≥≥ 30 mm (1.18”)

7 / 2009 2.77

X-GR-RU

400 500 600

S355 Jxx

S275 Jxx

S235 Jxx7

6

5

4450 550 650350

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

>20

pre-drilled

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]


Applicable range

Standard

Application limits

X-GR-RU with DX 460 or DX 76 PTR (pre-drilled only DX 460)


Fastener Item no. L Grating heightmm (inch) mm (inch)

X-GR-RU 25/30 384239 32 (1.26'') 25–30 (0.98''–1.18'')

X-GR-RU 11/4” 385932 34 (1.34'') 27–32 (1.06''–1.26'')

X-GR-RU 35/40 384240 42 (1.65'') 35–40 (1.38''–1.57'')

X-GR-RU

2.78 7 / 2009


Installation

Place the grating sections Drive the X-GR-RU fastener Tighten the screw

Note: position the flat side ofthe fastener guide to thesaddle!

Trec = 3–5 Nm (2.2–3.7 ft-lb)

Tightening tool:• Screwdriver with torque

release coupling (TRC)• 6 mm Allen-type bit

Hilti screwdriver Torque setting

SF 121-A TRC 5–7SF 150-A TRC 3–5

CLICK

T = 3 - 5 Nm


Black 4or

Black 3

Black 3

orBlack 2

Yellow 2

orGreen 2

Black 1

orYellow 2

Black 3or

Black 2

Black 4

Black 2

orBlack 1

Black 2or

Black 1

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Ste

el th

ickn

ess,

t II [

mm

]

Standard Pre-drilled

S 235 S 355

Red1or

Black1

S 235-S 355

16

17

18

19

>20

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Ste

el th

ickn

ess,

t II [

mm

]

Red 4or

Red3

Red 1or

Red 2

Red 3

Yellow 1or

Yellow 2Yellow 2

Red 1or

Red 2

Red 3

Red 4

S 235 S 355

DX 460 with 6.8/11M cartridges DX 76 PTR with 6.8/18M cartridges

7 / 2009 2.79

X-GR-RU


h NV

S

hNVS = 9–10.5 mm (0.35''–0.41'')

Installation details in case of pre-drilling

The saddle of the fastener should not beenbent, see installation instruction below.

X-GR-RU

4140

69-V

1-06

.200

9

2

3

4

5

6

DX 460-GR

7

8

9 Tinst = 3 – 5 Nm 6 mm

11.1

XBT 4000-A

X-GR-RU

TX-GR-RU-3.4/10.5–110

XBT 4000-A

RPM 3000 – 5000

1

1

2 – 4

2.80 7 / 2009


Screw:Carbon steelZinc coating: 60 µmHDG

Upper part:Carbon steel: SPCC-SZinc coating: 65 µmHDG

Bottom part:Carbon steel: SPCC-SZinc coating: 65 µmHDG

Nut:Carbon steelZinc coating: 45 µmHDG

Nut-holder:Stainless steel: SS304

Fastening tool

SF 121-A, SF 150-A

5 / 2009 2.81

X-MGR

X-MGR Grating Fastening System

Dimensions

Product data

Application

Fixing of grating

L

40[1.575"]

b2b1

83.5[3.358"]

15[0.591"]

30[1.181"]



No general restriction exists.


tII = 3 –25 mm (0.118–0.984'')



Grating height:HG = 25–40 mm (0.98''–1.57'')

Total fastening heightHG + tll = 65 mm (2.56'')


ac

b

X-MGR

2.82 5 / 2009

Recommended tensile loads Nrec [kN]

Nrec = 0.6 kN (135 lb)

Load data

Notes/Conditions:• Tensile loading is limited by plastic defor-mation of the saddle clip

• X-MGR resists shear by friction and is notsuitable for explicit shear load designs

t IIH

G

a b cFastener mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)

X-MGRM60 30 (1.18”) ≥ 30 (1.18”) ≤ 3 (0.118”)

X-MGRW60 25 (0.98”) ≥ 30 (1.18”) ≤ 4.8 (3/16”)

5 / 2009 2.83

X-MGR

Corrosion informationFor fastenings exposed to weather and mildly corrosive conditions. Not for use in marineatmosphere (Upstream) or in heavily polluted environment.


Fastener Item-no. b1 b2 L Steel flange Grating Fasteningthickness height tool

mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) tll mm (inch) mm (inch)

X-MRG-M60 384233 4 20 29 3–25 25–40 SF 121-A,(0.16'') (0.79'') (1.14'') (0.12''–0.98'') (0.98''–1.57'') SF 150-A

X-MRG-W60 384234 6 24 25 3–25 25–40 SF 121-A,(0.24'') (0.94'') (0.98'') (0.12''–0.98'') (0.98''–1.57'') SF 150-A

X-MGR

2.84 5 / 2009



Installation

Place the grating sections Place the X-MGR fastener Tighten the screw

Trec = 5–8 Nm (3.7–5.9 ft-lb)

Tightening tool:• Screwdriver with torquerelease coupling (TRC)

• 6 mm / 1/4” Allen-type bit

Hilti screwdriver Torque setting

SF 121-A TRC 7–11SF 150-A TRC 5–9

T = 5 - 8 Nm

The saddle of the fastenershould not been bent, seeinstallation instructionsbelow.

The sign on the clip has to be positioned under the steelflange

General InformationMaterial specifications


Fastening tool


Approvals

ABS: X-FCP-R

5 / 2009 2.85

X-FCP

X-FCP Checker Plate Fastening System

Dimensions

Product data

Application

Chequer plate

X-FCP-F 5/10X-FCP-R 5/10

HILTI

1

10

o 45

1,25

2

X-CRM8-9-12 FP10X-FCP Sealing ring X-CRM8-15-12 FP10

o10

30

Lg 12.5

M8 o4

X-CRM8-9-12 P8 X-CRM8-15-12 P8

o8

25

9 12,5

M8 o 4

o8

30

12.5

M8 o4

Lg

HILTI

10

o 45

1

1

2


X-CRM8


t II

X-FCP

2.86 5 / 2009

Recommended loads:

Nrec = 1.8 [kN]

Load data

Conditions:• Limited by the strength of the X-CRM8 threadedstud.

• Recommended loads are valid for fastenings of steeland aluminium with 20 mm pre-drilling.

• X-FCP-F and X-FCP-R are not intended for shearloading.

Minimum steel thickness tII ≥ 6 mm


Thickness of chequer plates: tI ≅ 5.0–13.0 mm


c c s s

X-CR M8Edge distances: c ≥ 15 mmSpacing: s ≥ 15 mm

Corrosion informationThe intended use of standard carbon steel fasteners only comprises fastenings which arenot directly exposed to external weather conditions or moist atmospheres. For outdoorapplications stainless steel fasteners have to be used, see fastener selection. Furtherdetailed information on corrosion see relevant chapter in Direct Fastening Principles andTechnique section.

5 / 2009 2.87

X-FCP

400

Stee

lthi

ckne

ss,t

II[m

m]


8

6

10

12

14

16

18

20

450 550 650

1

2

S355JxxS275Jxx

S235Jxx

400

Stee

lthi

ckne

ss,t

II[m

m]


8

6

10

12

14

16

18

20

450 550 650

1

2

S355JxxS275Jxx

S235Jxx

Application limits

DX 76 PTR

DX 460

� X-CRM8-__-12 FP10 / DX 76 (impact)� X-CRM8-__-12 FP10 / DX 76 (co-acting)

� X-CRM8-__-12 P8 / DX 460 (impact)� X-CRM8-__-12 P8 / DX 460 (co-acting)

Note:For co-acting operation push the fastener all the way back against the piston with a ramrod.

tII ≥ 6 mm

tII ≥ 6 mm

X-FCP

2.88 5 / 2009

Material and coatings

X-FCP systemX-FCP-R X-FCP-F All Systems�� Disk Screw Disk Screw Sealing ring

Material designation X5CrNiMo17122 X2CrNiMo17132 ST2K40 BK 9SMnPb28 K Neoprene, black

Coating none none Duplex * Duplex **) 480 h Salt spray test per DIN 50021 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (comparable to 45 µmHDG steel)

Threaded studs CRM8 X-CR shank CRM8 threaded sleeve

Material designation Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17132wire, CR 500 X5CrNiMo17122+2H(A4 / AlSl316) (A4 / AlSl316)

Coating none none


Application areasMarine, offshore, Indoors, mildly corrosivepetrochemical, caloric environment, or for limited (coal, oil) power plants, etc. lifetime use

X-FCP system X-FCP-R Item no. 308860 X-FCP-F Item no. 308859 Sealing ring Tools

Note: Note: SF 100-A, SF 120-ANot for use in automobile Not for use in marine Drip-through of water/tunnels, swimming pools or atmosphere or in heavily oil needs to be preventedsimilar environments polluted environment.

Threaded studsDesignation Chequer plate thickness Tools

X-CRM8-15-12 9–13 mm DX 460, DX 76 PTR

X-CRM8-9-12 5– 8 mm DX 460, DX 76 PTR

Cartridge selection and tool energy settingDesignation Tools

6.8/11M red cartridges DX 460

6.8/18M yellow cartridges DX 76 PTRTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

13 16

5 11

5 / 2009 2.89

X-FCP


X-CRM8-9-12 X-CRM8-15-12


hNVS = 13 ±2 mm hNVS = 18 ±2 mm

Installation

Installation procedure for chequer plates

Plates must be pre-drilled or pre-punched

1.Place and align the plate section

4.Tighten the disk

o 18-20 mm

25 mm25 mm

NVS

T = 5 - 8 Nm

SB

12

3.Screw the X-FCP on the stud by hand

Tightening torqueTrec = 5–8 Nm

Tightening tool:• Screwdriver withtorque release cou-pling (TRC)

• S-NSX 2.8 x 15 bit

Hilti TorqueScrewdriver settingSF 120-A TRC 5.5–7SF 150-A TRC 8–9

2.Drive the X-CRMthreaded stud throughthe pre-drilled hole

2.90 5 / 2009

7 / 2009 2.91

X-U

X-U General Purpose Nails for Concrete andSteel

General informationMaterial specificationsCarbon steel shank: HRC 58

HRC 59 (X-U 15)


Fastening toolsSee fastener selection

Approvals

ICC ESR-2269 (USA)DIBt Z-14.4-517 (Germany)Note: technical data presented in these approvals anddesign guidelines reflect specific local conditions andmay differ from those published in this handbook.

Dimensions

X-U__MX

X-U __ P8 S36

Examples

Ls

L

2.4

o4

o8

X-U __ P8

2.4 Ls

L

o8

o4

2.4 Ls

L

1.5

o8

o4

o36

X-U __ P8 S15

2.4 Ls

L

2

o8

o4

o15

2.4

1

ø8

ø12

ø4

Ls

L

X-U __ S12

Ls

6.8

L+2.1

o8

o10

o2.

7

d nom

X-U 15 P8TH

Product data

Applications

System formwork Wall-tie to steel andconcrete

Tagging lablesConventional form-work

Mechanical andelectrical fixtures

X 6CrTi 17 (1.4510)

X 6CrTi 17 (1.4510)

Tacking of metaldecks

Drywall track toconcrete and steel

Sill plates / 2x4 woodto concrete and steel

X-U

2.92 7 / 2009

Pull-out loadsMean ultimate Variation Embedment Concretepull-out loads coefficient depth strength

Nails Nu,m [kN] [%] hET [mm] fcc [N/mm2]

X-U 22 3.18 37.8 20.1 54.7

X-U 27 4.04 35.4 24.5 30.9

Pull-over loads (characteristic values: 5% fractile value)Softwood 0.75 mm(spruce) tl = 20 mm Steel

sheetingNail Ntest,k [kN] Ntest,k [kN]

X-U 1.6 3.8

Design conditions:• For safety relevant fastenings sufficient redundancy of the entire system is required:

Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit.• Nrec and Vrec can increase by a factor of 1.5 for 8 or more fastenings per fastened unit.• All visible failures must be replaced.• Valid for concrete with strength of fcc ≤ 45 N/mm2.• Valid for predominantly static loading.• Failure of the fastened material is not considered in recommended loads• To limit penetration of nail and to increase pull-over load, use nails with washers.

Test data (Examples)Important note: test data are for information only and cannot be used for design. These dataare examples and do not represent the whole range of applications and load cases.Design data for Hilti standard nails in concrete are based on a specific statistical evaluationmethod taking into consideration high variation coefficients. The evaluation procedure isdescribed in the Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section of this manual.For more detailed information please contact Hilti.

Recommended loads

Loads depending on embedment depth hET:

Nrec = Vrec = 0.4 kN for hET ≥ 27 mm




Fastenings to concrete

Nrec Vrec

The intended use for safety relevant and permanent applications only comprises fasteningswhich are not directly exposed to external weather conditions or moist atmospheres.

7 / 2009 2.93

X-U

Fastening to concrete


t Ih E

T

t Ih E

T

t Ih E

T

In case flush fastenings are required:LS = hET + tl – 5 [mm]

Required nail shank length: LS = hET + tl [mm]Recommendation: hET = 22 mm



Concrete:

hmin = 80 mm


Wood:

tl = 15–57 mm

Edge distance: c ≥≥ 70 mm

Edge distance

70

Cartridge recommendation

Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site

Fastening to concrete: 6.8/11M yellow cartridge on green/ fresh and standard concrete6.8/11M red cartridge on precast, old and hard concrete

X-U

2.94 7 / 2009

Recommended loads

Fastening of steel sheets and other steel parts with X-U 16 and X-U 19Recommended loads X-U _ P8/MX X-U _ S12tl [mm] Nrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN]

0.75 1.0 1.4 1.2

1.00 1.2 1.8 1.8

1.25 1.5 2.2 2.6

≥ 2.00 2.0 2.2 2.6

Forces of constraintWhen fastening large pieces of steel, the possibility of shear loadings from forces of con-straint should be considered. Avoid exceeding Vrec for the fastener shank!


P P

Design conditions:• Recommended working loads valid for steel sheet with minimum tensile strength

≥ 360 N/mm2.• For intermediate sheet thicknesses, use recommended load for next smaller thickness.• In case of a design based on the characteristic resistance, recommended values have to

be multiplied by two: => NRk = Nrec · 2.0 VRk = Vrec · 2.0• For X-U 16 S12: base material thickness tII,min = 8 mm for tI ≥ 1.5 mm and tII,min = 6 mm

for tI ≤ 1.25 mm• Other fastened parts: clips, brackets, etc.• Redundancy (multiple fastening) must be provided. • Valid for predominantly static loading

Tacking of steel sheets with X-U 15according to ECCS-recommendation N73, "Good Construction Practice for Composite SlabsRecommended loads tl [mm] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN]

0.75–1.25 0.6 0.8

Fastenings to steel

7 / 2009 2.95

X-U



Steel:

tll ≥≥ 6.0 mm (fastening steel to steel)

tll ≥≥ 4.0 mm (fastening wood to steel)


Wood:

tl = 15–57 mm

Steel:

tl ≤≤ 3 mm (fastened material not pre-drilled)

tl ≤≤ 6 mm (fastened material pre-drilled)

Design conditions:• For safety-relevant fastenings sufficient redundancy of the entire system is required.• In case soft material is fastened, its strength determines the loads.• To limit penetration of nail and to increase pull-over load, use nails with washers.

Nrec = Vrec = 0.6 kN Fastening of wood to steel:

NrecVrec

Condition for thick fastened steel parts (tl > 3 mm)

o12

ds

120°

If a gap between the fastenedpart and the base material isunacceptable, the fastenedpart needs to be prepared withdrilled holes.

Edge distance: c ≥≥ 15 mm

Edge distance

15

Rolled shapes:

X-U

2.96 7 / 2009

tII hET

tI


Fastening to steel

Fastening steel to steel Fastening wood to steel

tII hET

tItI

hETtII

Required nail shank length: LS = hET + tl [mm]Recommendation: hET = 12 ± 2 mm

Application limits

8

6

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]

Steel strength, Rm [N/mm2]350 450 550400 500 600 650

8

6

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

S 235

S 275

S 355

X-U16

X-U15

Fastening to steel

15 25 3520 30 40 45 50 554

5

6

7

8

9

S 235 / 510 N/mm2

S 355 / 630 N/mm2

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]

Wood thickness, tI [mm]X-U 16 P8, X-U 15 P8TH: For steel sheetingwith 0.75 mm ≤ tI ≤ 1.25 mm sheets

Fastening of steel sheets and steel parts to steel Fastening of wood and soft material to steel


Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site

Fastening wood to steel: 6.8/11M green or yellow cartridgeon steel thickness tII < 6 mm

6.8/11M yellow, red or black cartridgeon steel thickness tII ≥ 6 mm

Fastening steel to steel: 6.8/11M cartridge

7 / 2009 2.97

X-U

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

>20

Bas

e m

ater

ial t

hick

ness

t II [

mm

]

Black

Red

Black

S 235 S 355

X-U 16

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

>20

Bas

e m

ater

ial t

hick

ness

t II [

mm

]

Red

Yellow

Black

Red

S 235 S 355

X-U 15

Fastening inspectionFastening to steel

X-U __ P8/MX/MXSP


hNVS

hNVS = 2.5–4.5 mm hNVS = 4.0–5.5 mm

X-U __ S12

hNVS

hNVS = 4.0–6.0 mm

X-U _ P8TH

hNVS

X-U

2.98 7 / 2009

Standard tools Special tools

Fastener Item no. LS [mm] Key applications

X-U 16 MX 237344 16 � � Sheet metal on steel

X-U 19 MX 237345 19 � � Sheet metal on steel

X-U 22 MX 237346 22 � � Sheet metal on concrete

X-U 27 MX 237347 27 � � Sheet metal on concrete

X-U 32 MX 237348 32 � Wood on concrete/steel








X-U 16 P8 237330 16 � � � � � � Sheet metal on steel

X-U 19 P8 237331 19 � � � � � � Sheet metal on steel

X-U 22 P8 237332 22 � � � � � � Sheet metal on concrete

X-U 27 P8 237333 27 � � � � � � Sheet metal on concrete

X-U 32 P8 237334 32 � � � � � � Wood on concrete/steel

X-U 37 P8 237335 37 � � � � � � Wood on concrete/steel

X-U 42 P8 237336 42 � � � � � Wood on concrete/steel

X-U 47 P8 237337 47 � � � � � Wood on concrete/steel

X-U 52 P8 237338 52 � � � � Wood on concrete/steel

X-U 57 P8 237339 57 � � � � Wood on concrete/steel

X-U 62 P8 237340 62 � � � Wood on concrete/steel

X-U 72 P8 237342 72 � � � Wood on concrete/steel

X-U 16 P8TH 237329 16 � � � � � � Sheet metal on steel, *)

X-U 19 P8TH 385781 19 � � � � � � Sheet metal on steel, *)

X-U 27 P8TH 385782 27 � � � � � � Sheet metal on concrete, *)

X-U 15 MXSP 383466 16 � � Sheet metal on steel

X-U 15 P8TH 237328 16 � � � � � � Sheet metal on steel

*) firm hold down

DX

462

F8

DX

35

DX

351

F8

DX

351

MX

DX

E72

DX

36

DX

460

F8

DX

460

MX

DX

460

F8S

12 /

DX

462

F8S

12

Fastener program

7 / 2009 2.99

X-U

X-U 27 P8S15 237371 27 � � � � � � High pull-over strength

X-U 32 P8S15 237372 32 � � � � � � High pull-over strength

X-U 32 P8S36 237374 32 � � � � � � Soft material on concr./steel

X-U 52 P8S36 237376 52 � � � � � Soft material on concr./steel

X-U 72 P8S36 237379 72 � � � Soft material on concr./steel

X-U 16 S12 237357 16 � High pull-over strength





� = Recommended � = Feasible

Standard tools Special tools

Fastener Item no. LS [mm] Key applicationsDX

460

F8S

12 /

DX

462

F8S

12

DX

462

F8

DX

35

DX

351

F8

DX

351

MX

DX

E72

DX

36

DX

460

F8

DX

460

MX

2.100 7 / 2009

o3.

5

Ls2

1.5

o8

23

C23

o3.

5

Ls2

2

o

o8

23

6 / 2009 2.101

X-C

X-C Nails for Concrete andSand lime-Masonry


Carbon steel shank: HRC 53HRC 58 *)


*) X-C 82, 97 and 117 P8 (dnom = 3.7 mm)

Fastening tools

DX 460, DX 460 MX, DX 36, DX-E72, DX 35See fastener selection for more details.

Dimensions

X-C __ P8

X-C __ MX

Examples

o3.

5

Ls2

L

o8

o3.

5

Ls2

L

o8

X-C __ P8S23 X-C __ P8S23T (for tunneling applications)

C36

o3.

5

Ls2

o8

36

1.5X-C __ P8S36

Product data

Applications

Conventional Form-work

System Formwork Drywall track toconcrete

X-C

2.102 6 / 2009

Pull-out loadsMean ultimate Variation Embedment Concretepull-out loads coefficient depth strength

Nail Nu,m [kN] [%] hET [mm] fcc [N/mm2]

X-C 22 3.15 25 19.1 32.7

X-C 62 4.28 41 22.9 32.0

Test data)Important note: test data are for information only and cannot be used for design. These dataare examples and do not represent the whole range of applications and load cases.Design data for Hilti standard nails in concrete are based on a specific statistical evaluationmethod taking into consideration high variation coefficients. The evaluation procedure isdescribed in the Direct fastening principles and technique section of this manual.For more detailed information please contact Hilti.

Design conditions:• For safety relevant fastenings sufficient redundancy of the entire system is required:minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit.

• All visible failures must be replaced.• Valid for concrete with strength of fcc < 30 N/mm2.• Valid for predominantly static loading.• Failure of the fastened material is not considered in recommended loads.• To limit penetration of nail in soft material and to increase pullover load, use nails withwashers.

Recommended loads

Fastening wood to concrete:

Nrec = Vrec = 0.4 kN for hET ≥ 27 mm0.3 kN for hET ≥ 22 mm0.2 kN for hET ≥ 18 mm0.1 kN for hET ≥ 14 mm

Fastenings to sandlime masonry:


Load data

Nrec Vrec

6 / 2009 2.103

X-C



h min

Concrete

hmin = 80 mm


tI ≤≤ 50.0 mm

Edge distances [mm]

70

Corrosion informationThe intended use for safety relevant and permanent applications only comprises fasteningswhich are not directly exposed to external weather conditions or moist atmospheres.

c ≥≥ 70 mm


Fastener selection

Required nail shank length:

LS = hET + tl [mm]

Recommendation:

Concrete hET = 22 mm

Sandlime masonry hET = 27 mm

t Ih E

T

t Ih E

T

In case flush fastenings are required:LS = hET + tl – 5 [mm]

t Ih E

T

X-C

2.104 6 / 2009

System recommendation

Nails Tools

Item no.Packs of Packs of LS dnom

Fastener 1000 nails 100 nails [mm] [mm] Key applications

X-C 22 P8 388527 388534 22 3.5 � � � � � Thin metall parts to concrete




X-C 42 P8 388531 388538 42 3.5 � � � � Soft mat., wood on concrete

X-C 47 P8 388532 388539 47 3.5 � � � � Soft mat., wood on concrete

X-C 52 P8 388533 388540 52 3.5 � � � Wood on concrete



X-C 82 P8 360930 82 3.7 � � � Wood on concrete



X-C 20 THP 388504 388505 20 3.5 � � � � � Thin metall parts to concrete

X-C 22 P8TH 388506 388507 22 3.5 � � � � � Thin metall parts to concrete

X-C 27 P8TH 388508 27 3.5 � � � � � Thin metall parts to concrete

X-C 27 P8S23 388543 388548 27 3.5 � � � � � High pull-over strength on concrete



X-C 42 P8S23 388546 388551 42 3.5 � � � � High pull-over strength on concrete

X-C 47 P8S23 388547 388552 47 3.5 � � � � High pull-over strength on concrete

X-C 37 P8S36 388553 37 3.5 � � � � � High pull-over strength on concrete

X-C 52 P8S36 388554 52 3.5 � � � � High pull-over strength on concrete

X-C 62 P8S36 388555 62 3.5 � � � High pull-over strength on concrete

X-C 32 P8S23T 34456 32 3.5 � � � Tunneling applications

X-C 37 P8S23T 34457 37 3.5 � � � Tunneling applications

� recommended � feasible

DX 35

DX 351

F8

DX 351

MX

DX E72

DX 36

DX 460

F8

DX 460

MX

6 / 2009 2.105

X-C

Nails Tools

Item no.Packs of Packs of LS dnom

Fastener 1000 nails 100 nails [mm] [mm] Key applications

X-C 20 MX 388509 388518 20 3.5 � � Thin metall parts to concrete

X-C 27 MX 388510 388519 27 3.5 � � Thin metall parts to concrete

X-C 32 MX 388511 388520 32 3.5 � Thin metall parts to concrete

X-C 37 MX 388512 388521 37 3.5 � Thin metall parts to concrete

X-C 42 MX 388513 388522 42 3.5 � Soft mat., wood on concrete

X-C 47 MX 388514 388523 47 3.5 � Soft mat., wood on concrete

X-C 52 MX 388515 388524 52 3.5 � Wood on concrete



MX: collated nails for magazine � recommended � feasible

DX 35

DX 351

F8

DX 351

MX

DX E72

DX 36

DX 460

F8

DX 460

MX

Cartridge recommendation:

Green concrete: 6.8/11M green

Normal concrete: 6.8/11M yellow

Sandlime masonry: 6.8/11M greenTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

2.106 6 / 2009

o 12

2.4

o4

L

Ls

6 / 2009 2.107

X-CR

X-CR Stainless Steel Nails for Concrete,Sand lime Masonry and Steel


Nail shank: CrNiMo Alloyfu ≥ 1850 N/mm2

(49 HRC)

Zinc coating: X-CR-48 P8S15 has5–13 µm

Zinc coating to improve anchorage in concrete

Fastening tools

DX 460, DX 36, DX-E72See fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

DIBt (Germany): X-CR 48 P8 S15

ICC (USA): X-CRwith dnom = 3.7 mm

ABS, LR: all types

Dimensions

X-CR __ P8

X-CR __ P8

Examples

o 8

2.4

o3.7

L

Ls

o 8

2.4

o4

L

Ls

X-CR __ P8 S12

2.4

o4

L

Ls

o 15

X-CR 48 P8 S15

Product data

Applications

HD2341126E

Exposure to weather or otherwise corrosiveconditions

Stainless steelAl

Noble or corrosive fastened material

Treated lumber

X-CR

2.108 6 / 2009

Design conditions:• For safety relevant fastenings sufficient redundancy of the entire system is required:

minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit with normal weight concrete base material.• Increase to 600 N possible if 8 or more fastenings in each fastened unit.• All visible failures must be replaced.• Valid for concrete and sandlime masonry with strength of fcc < 40 N/mm2.• Valid for predominantly static loading.

Soft material:• Working loads depend on strength and thickness of material fastened. Do not use working

loads in excess of those for wood.• Depth penetration and other conditions same as for fastening wood• Use R23 or R36 (∅ 4.5 mm hole) washer to control penetration and to increase pull-over

strength. Separately available from Hilti.

DX Standard: Recommended loads

Fastening wood to concrete, sandlimemasonry:

Nrec = Vrec = 0.4 kN

Fastening wood to steel:

Nrec = Vrec = 0.6 kN

Design data

Load data

Fastening wood to concrete, sandlimemasonry or steel

Nrec Vrec

DX–Kwik (with pre-drilling):Recommended loads Nrec,1 [kN] Nrec,2 [kN] Vrec [kN] Mrec [kN]

X-CR 39/44 2.0 0.6 2.0 5.5

X-CR 48 3.0 0.9 3.0 5.5

Conditions:• Nrec,1: concrete in compressive zone.• Nrec,2: concrete in tension zone.• Static or cyclic (5000 load applications) loading.• fcc ≥ 25 N/mm2. For higher concrete strengths, higher loadings may be possible if support-

ed by testing.• Recommended loads are based on failure of the fastener anchorage in the concrete.

Thickness and quality of the fastened material may lower the loadings.• Observance of all pre-drilling requirements, fastened thickness limits, and recommended

details.

6 / 2009 2.109

X-CR

Test dataImportant note: test data are for information only and cannot be used for design. These dataare examples and do not represent the whole range of applications and load cases.Design data for Hilti DX-standard nails in concrete are based on a specific statistical evalua-tion method taking into consideration high variation coefficients. The evaluation procedure isdescribed in the Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section of this manual.For more detailed information please contact Hilti.

Pull-out loads in uncracked concreteMean ultimate Variation Embedment Concretepull-out loads coefficient depth strength

Nails Nu,m [kN] [%] hET [mm] fcc [N/mm2]

X-CR 4.16 ~45 30 47.1

Pull-over loads (Characteristic values: 5% fractile value)Softwood Hardwood 1.0 mm 0,75 mm(spruce) (beech, Aluminium Steel

pre-drilled) sheeting sheetingNail Ntest,k [kN] Ntest,k [kN] Ntest,k [kN] Ntest,k [kN]

X-CR 3.2 5.2 1.4 3.0



hm

in

dnom

t II

Concrete

hmin = 80 mm (dnom = 3.7 mm)

hmin = 90 mm (dnom ≥≥ 4.0 mm)

Steel

tll ≥≥ 6 mm

Thickness of fastened materialtI ≤≤ 25.0 mm (detailed information see fastener selection)

DX Standard:

X-CR

2.110 6 / 2009


cc 50 200

20050

cc 200 200 200

cc a

a

Pairs Row along edge General (e.g. group of fasteners)

Corrosion information For fastenings exposed to weather or other corrosive conditions. Not for use in highly corro-sive surroundings like swimming pools or highway tunnels.For further detailed information on corrosion see relevant chapter in Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section.

reinforced* non-reinforced

c 100 150reinforced* non-reinforced

c 80 150reinforced* non-reinforced

c 80 150

a 80 100* Minimum ∅ 6 mm reinforcing steel continuous along all edges andaround all corners. Edge bar must be enclosed by stirrups.

5Steel thickness, tII [mm]

Shan

k le

ngth

, LS

[mm

]

296 7 8 9 10 11

34

39

44

49

54

59

Application limits

Steel

6 / 2009 2.111

X-CR

o 8

2.4

o3.7

L

Ls

Fastener selection

Fastener selection:

DX Standard – fastening wood or soft materialRequired nail shank length

Wood: LS = hET + tl [mm]

Soft material: LS = hET + tl – 2.4 – hcs [mm]hCS ≅ 3 mm if possible

Required depth of penetration hET

Normal weight concrete NWChET according to concrete strength fccfcc [N/mm2] 15 25 35

hET [mm] 32 27 22

Light weight concrete LWC:

hET = 32–37 mm

tI

Normal weight concrete NWC

tI

hET

hcs

Sandlime masonry SLM

tI

hET

Steel

Sandlime masonry SLMhET according to concrete strength fccfcc [N/mm2] 15 25 35

hET [mm] 32 27 27

Steel

hET ≥ 10 mm


Fasteners ToolDesignation Item no LS [mm] dnom [mm] Designation

X-CR 24 P8 247359 24 3.7 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72 1)

X-CR 29 P8 247360 29 3.7 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72 1)

X-CR 34 P8 247361 34 3.7 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72 1)

X-CR 39 P8 247362 39 4.0 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72 1)

X-CR 44 P8 247363 44 4.0 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72 1)

X-CR 54 P8 247429 54 4.0 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72 1)

X-CR 39 P8 S12 247354 39 4.0 DX 460, DX 36 2)

X-CR 44 P8 S12 247355 44 4.0 DX 460, DX 36 2)

X-CR 48 P8 S15 258121 48 4.0 DX 460, DX 36 2)Method: 1) DX Standard (without pre-drilling)

2) DX-Kwik (with pre-drilling)

Cartridge selection

DX Standard

Steel: 6.8/11M yellow, red or black cartridge

Concrete: 6.8/11M yellow or red cartridge

Masonry: 6.8/11M green cartridge

DX-Kwik

Concrete: 6.8/11M yellow or red cartridgeTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

X-CR

2.112 6 / 2009

6 / 2009 2.113

X-CR

Installation instruction

Pre-drilling details (not through fastened material)

DX-Kwik

o 5

18

o 5

X-CR 39 / X-CR 44Fastener tI [mm] Drill bit Item no

X-CR 39 ≤≤ 2 TX-C-5/18 291474

X-CR 44 2–7 TX-C-5/18

X-CR 48Fastener tI [mm] Drill bit Item no

X-CR 48 ≤≤ 5 TX-C-5/23 291934

Details valid for C20/25 – C45/55 (fcc = 25–55 N/mm2 / fc = 20–45 N/mm2)

Pre-drilling details (through fastened material)

23

o 5

tI

X-CR 48Fastener tI [mm] Drill bit Item no

X-CR 48 ≤≤ 2 TX-C-5/23 291934

Details valid for C20/25 – C45/55 (fcc = 25–35 N/mm2 / fc = 20–30 N/mm2)

2.114 6 / 2009

7 / 2009 2.115

DX Drywall Fasteners

DX Drywall Fasteners: X-C, X-U, X-S


Carbon steel shank:X-S 16 THP HRC 55.5X-U 15 P8TH/MXSP HRC 59X-S13 THP/MX HRC 52.5X-C20 THP/MX HRC 52.5X-C22/27 P8TH/MX HRC 52.5

Zinc coating:X-S / X-U / X-C 5–13 µm

Fastening toolDX 460, DX 460 MX, DX 36, DX 351,DX 351 MX, DX-E 72

ApprovalsICC (USA): X-S (ESR-1752)

X-U (ESR-2269)Note: technical data presented in these approvals anddesign guidelines reflect specific local conditions andmay differ from those published in this handbook.

Dimensions

Examples

X-S16 P8THdnom

Ls

Ls + 2.5

o8

o 10

X-U 15 P8TH

Ls

6.8

L+2.1

o8

o10

o2.

7

d nom

X-S13 THPdnom

Ls + 1.2

Ls

o8

o8

X-C20 THP X-C __ P8THdnom

Ls

Ls + 1.4

o8

o 8

dnom

Ls + 1.4

Ls

o8

o 10

Product data

Applications

Drywall tracks to concrete Drywall tracks to steel



hm

in

dnom

t II

Concrete Steel



2.116 7 / 2009

Recommended loadsDesign data

Load data

NrecVrec

Concrete 0.4 kN for hET ≥ 27 mm0.3 kN for hET ≥ 22 mm0.2 kN for hET ≥ 18 mm0.1 kN for hET ≥ 14 mm

Steel 0.4 kN

Design conditions:• Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit• All visible failures must be replaced

Test dataFor more detailed information on the performance of the system please contact Hilti.

hmin = 60 mm (dnom = 3.0 mm)hmin = 80 mm (dnom ≤ 3.7 mm)

tll ≥≥ 4 mm

Wooden track: tl ≤ 24 mmMetal track: tl ≤ 2 mm

7 / 2009 2.117



8040

40

80

4080

Spacing along track (as per U.S. Gypsum Handbook)

All track ends (cut-outs for doors),secure with 2 nails

Corrosion information The intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to externalweather conditions or moist atmospheres. For further detailed information on corrosion seecorresponding chapter in Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section.

8

6

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]

Steel strength, Rm [N/mm2]350 450 550400 500 600 650

8

6

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

S 235

S 275

S 355

X-U15 P8 TH

Steel

Application limits


2.118 7 / 2009

Fastener selection


Fastener selection

Fastening to concrete / sand lime masonryApplication Base material

X-C 42 Wooden track (tI ≤ 24 mm) Concrete/sandlime masonry

X-C 27 Metal track Concrete/sandlime masonry

X-C 20 Metal track Concrete/sandlime masonry

X-U 15 Metal track Pre-cast concrete, high strength concrete

Fastening to steelApplication Base material

X-S 16 Metal track Steel

X-S 13 Metal track Steel

X-U 15 Metal track Steel

Fastener program Standard tools

Item no. Item no.Packs of Packs of

Fastener 1000 nails 100 nails LS [mm] Dnom [mm]

X-C 42 P8 388531 388538 42 3.5 � � � �

X-U 15 P8 TH 237328 16 3.7 � � � �

X-S 13 THP 274061 274059 13 3.7 � � � � �

X-C 20 THP 388504 388505 20 3.5 � � � � �

X-S 16 P8 TH 388842 16 3.7 � � � � �

X-C 22 P8 TH 388506 388507 22 3.5 � � � � �

X-C 27 P8 TH 388508 27 3.5 � � � � �

X-U 15 MXSP 383466 16 3.7 � �

X-S 13 MX 274062 274060 13 3.7 � �

X-C 20 MX 388509 388518 20 3.5 � �

X-C 27 MX 388510 388519 27 3.5 � �

DX 35

DX 351 F8

DX 351 MX

DX E72

DX 36

DX 460 F8

DX 460 MX

increasing strength

��

increasing strength

��

7 / 2009 2.119




tI

hNVStItI

X-C: hNVS = 2–4 mm

hNVStI

X-U: hNVS = 4–6 mm

X-U 15: hNVS = 4–6 mmX-S: hNVS = 2–4 mm

Fastening to concrete / sandlime masonry

Fastening to steel



Steel: 6.8/11M red cartridge


Masonry: 6.8/11M green cartridgeTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

2.120 7 / 2009

6 / 2009 2.121

GX Drywall Fasteners

GX Drywall Fasteners X-EGN, X-GHP, X-GN


Carbon steel shank: X-EGN HRC 58X-GPH HRC 58X-GN HRC 53.5


Fastening tool

GX 120, GX 120-MEGX 100, GX 100 E

Approvals

ICC, ESR 1752 (USA): X-GN 20/27/32, X-EGN 14Note: technical data presented in these approvals and design guidelinesreflect specific local conditions and may differ from those published inthis handbook.

Dimensions

X-EGN 14

Examples

o6.

8

15.8

14

o 3

1.8

X-GHP 18

o6.

8

19.8

18

o 3

1.8

X-GN 20/27/32

o6.

8

28.9

27

o 3

1.9

X-GN 39

o5

38.9

37

o 2.6

1.9

Product data

Applications

Drywall tracks to concrete Drywall tracks to steel


2.122 6 / 2009

Recommended loadsDesign data

Load data

NrecVrec

Concrete Nrec = Vrec = 0.4 kN for hET ≥ 27 mm0.3 kN for hET ≥ 22 mm0.2 kN for hET ≥ 18 mm0.1 kN for hET ≥ 14 mm

Steel Nrec = Vrec = 0.4 kN

Design conditions:• Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit• All visible failures must be replaced

Test dataImportant note: test data are for information only and cannot be used for design. These dataare examples and do not represent the whole range of applications and load cases.Design data for Hilti standard nails in concrete are based on a specific statistical evaluationmethod taking into consideration high variation coefficients. The evaluation procedure isdescribed in the Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section of this manual.For more detailed information please contact Hilti.

Load capacity of the nails:

Fastenings to concreteNail Average Scatter Embedment Concrete

tensile failure load depth strengthNu,m [kN] % hET [mm] fcc [N/mm2]

X-GHP 20 MX 1.61 52.0 14.0 52.2

X-GN 27 MX 1.91 47.1 19.2 23.7

Fastenings to steelNail Average Scatter Embedment Steel Steel

tensile failure load depth thickness strengthNu,m [kN] % hET [mm] tll [mm] fu [N/mm2]

X-EGN 14 MX 3.62 13.7 8.6 6 543

6 / 2009 2.123




hm

in

dnom

t II

Concrete Steel


hmin = 60 mm(dnom = 3.0 mm)

tll ≥≥ 4 mm

Wooden track: tl ≤ 24 mmMetal track: tl ≤ 2 mm


80

4040

80

4080

Spacing along track (as per U.S. Gypsum Handbook)

All track ends (cut-outs for doors),secure with 2 nails

70100160-800

22

80

Distance to edge of concrete / sandlime masonry

Fastener spacings on wood:

Corrosion information The intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to externalweather conditions or moist atmospheres. For further detailed information on corrosion seerelevant chapter in Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section.


2.124 6 / 2009

40046

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

500 600 700450 550 650 750 Steel strength, Rm [N/mm2]

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]

S235Jxx

S355Jxx

S275Jxx

S235Jxx

Fastener selection


Steel

Application limits


Fastening to concrete / sandlime masonryApplication Base material

X-GN 39 Wooden track (tI ≤ 24 mm) Concrete/sandlime masonry

X-GN 27 Metal track Concrete/sandlime masonry

X-GN 20 Metal track Concrete/sandlime masonry

X-GHP Metal track Concrete/sandlime masonry

Fastening to steelApplication Base material

X-EGN 14 Metal track Steel

increasing strength

� �

Item no. Ls [mm] L [mm] dnom [mm]

X-EGN 14 MX 340231 14 15.8 3.0

X-GHP 18 MX 340228 18 19.8 3.0

X-GN 20 MX 340232 19 20.9 3.0

X-GN 27 MX 340230 27 28.9 3.0

X-GN 32 MX 340233 32 33.9 3.0

X-GN 39 MX 340234 37 38.9 2.6

Tool and gas canDesignation

GX 120 / GX 120 ME with gas can GC 22

GX 100 / GX 100 E with gas can GC 11 and GC 12 (for USA)

X-EGN 14

6 / 2009 2.125




hNVStI

hCS

tI

hNVStI

X-GN/GHP: hNVS = 2–5 mm X-GN 39: hCS = 2–3 mm X-EGN 14: hNVS = 4–7 mm

Fastening to concrete / sandlime masonry Fastening to steel

2.126 6 / 2009

6 / 2009 2.127

X-CT

X-CT Nails for Forming or other Temporaryuses




Fastening tools

DX 460-F8, DX 460 MX, DX 36, DX E-72See fastener selection for more details.

Dimensions

Examples

Product data

Applications

Conventional Form-work

System Formwork To position and holdconcrete formwork

Fasten plastic, netting,etc.

X-CT __ MX, X-CT __ DP8o 5

5

5

o 8

o 3.7

22L s

X-CT

2.128 6 / 2009

Recommended loads

Conditions:• Static loading only (placing and vibration ofconcrete does not affect design).

• Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit.

Vrec = 0.3 kN for hET ≥≥ 22 mm

Design data

Load data

Vrec




tI = 20–50 mm


Fastener selection

Required nail shank length:

LS = hET + tl [mm]

Recommendation:

Concrete hET == 22 mm

L ET

L s

t Ih E

T

h min

Concrete

hmin = 80 mm

Edge distances [mm]

70

c ≥≥ 70 mm

6 / 2009 2.129

X-CT


Fasteners Tools

Item no.Packs of LS Dnom

Designation 1000 nails 100 nails [mm] [mm] Key applications

X-CT 47 MX 383588 47 3.7 � Wood to concrete

X-CT 52 MX 383589 383577 52 3.7 � Wood to concrete

X-CT 62 MX 383591 383579 62 3.7 � Wood to concrete

X-CT 72 MX 383580 62 3.7 � Wood to concrete

X-CT 47 DP8 383582 47 3.7 � � � Wood to concrete




X-CT 97 DP8 383587 97 3.7 � � � Wood to concreteMX: collated nails for magazine � recommended


Green concrete: 6.8/11M green

Normal concrete: 6.8/11M yellow

DX E72

DX 460 MX

DX 460 F8

DX 36

Removal instruction

1. Fastening using proper nail length

2. Pry wood off over head of nail

3. Use piece of steel pipe with inner diame-ter of 10 mm) to breakoff nail

4. Nail is broken off at grade with minimum concrete damage.

2.130 6 / 2009

7 / 2009 2.131

X-M6, X-W6, X-F7, X-M8,M10, W10

X-M6, X-W6, X-F7, X-M8, M10, W10Threaded Studs for Concrete




Fastening tools

DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72, DX 76 PTR,DX 600 NSee fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

ICC (USA): X-W6, W10

UL: W10Note:Technical data presented in these approvals anddesign guidelines reflect specific local conditions andmay differ from those published in this handbook.

Dimensions

X-M6/W6/F7 ____ FP8

F7 ____ FS8

Examples

M6/W6/F7 o 3,7

L

Lg

1,2

o 3,8 o 8

Ls

o 3,7

L

Lg Ls

o 8F7

o 3,8

1,2

X-M8 ____ P8o 3,7

L

Lg Ls

o 8

M8

o 3,8

2

M10-24-32 P10M10 o 4.5

L

24 32

o 10o 5.5

3.5

W10 ____ P10W10 o 5.2

L

Lg Ls

o 10o 6.8

Product data

Applications

Plates for pipe rings Hangings with thread-ed couplers

Electrical boxes Miscellaneousattachments

X-M6, X-W6, X-F7, X-M8,M10, W10

2.132 7 / 2009

Recommended loadsShank diameter

Fastener designation ds [mm] Mrec [Nm]

X-M6/W6, F7 3.7 5.0

X-M8, M10 4.5 9.0

W10 5.2 14.0

Conditions• Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit (normal weight concrete)• Can increase Nrec and Vrec to 0.6 kN for 8 or more fastenings perfastened unit.

• All visible failures must be replaced.• With lightweight concrete base material and greater loading may bepossible, please contact Hilti.

• Predominantly static loading.• Observance of all application limitations and recommendations.• The recommended loads in the table refer to the resistance of the individual fastening andmay not be the same as the loads FN and FV acting on the fastened part.Note: If relevant, prying forces needs to be considered in design, see example. Momentacting on fastener shank only in case of a gap between base and fastened material.

Design data

Load data

Arrangements to prevent moment on shank:Coupler tight against concrete

Non-symmetric arrangement• Moment on fastened part• Prying effect must be considered in deter-mining loads acting on fastener

Z

FN

FV

Z1

Z2

Z3

FN

FV

V

NM

X-M6/W6, F7, X-M8, M10, W10




7 / 2009 2.133

X-M6, X-W6, X-F7, X-M8,M10, W10

Pull-out load Embedment Variation Concrete strength(mean ultimate) depth coefficient at 28 days

Fastener designation Nu,m [kN] hET [mm] [%] fcc [N/mm2]

X-M6-11-27 (DX 460) 4.37 26.3 42.8 24.94.64 26.7 53.7 45.6

X-M8-15-27 (DX 460) 3.83 27.7 41.0 24.94.00 26.8 57.8 45.6

W10-30-32 P10 (DX 600N) 8.18 33.2 28.6 45.6




Concrete

hmin = 80 mm (dnom = 3.7 mm)

hmin = 100 mm (dnom ≥ 4.5 mm)


M6: tI ≤ Lg – twasher – tnut ≅ up to 15 mm

W6: tI ≤ Lg – twasher – tnut ≅ up to 33 mm

F7: tI ≤ Lg – twasher – tnut ≅ up to 10 mm



W10: tI ≤ Lg – twasher – tnut ≅ up to 25 mm

X-M6, X-W6, X-F7, X-M8,M10, W10

2.134 7 / 2009

Corrosion informationThe intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to externalweather conditions or moist atmospheres. For further detailed information on corrosion seerelevant chapter inDirect Fastening Principles and Technique section.


Fastener selectionRequired thread length

Lg ≥≥ tl + twasher + tnut [mm]


cc 50 200

200 50

Pairs

cc 200 200 200

cc a

a

Row along edge General (e.g. group of fasteners

Reinforced * Non-reinforced

c 100 150


c 80 150


c 80 150

a 80 100* Minimum ∅ 6 reinforcing steel continuous along all edges and around all corners. Edge bars must be enclosedby stirrups.

7 / 2009 2.135

X-M6, X-W6, X-F7, X-M8, M10, W10


Fasteners ToolStandard Standardthreading2) shank lengths 2)

Group 1) Designation Item no. Lg [mm] LS [mm] Designation

M6 X-M6-11-22FP8 306076 11 22 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-M6-11-27FP8 306077 11 27 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-M6-20-22FP8 306078 20 22 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-M6-20-27FP8 306079 20 27 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-M6-8-17FP8 306080 8 17 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-M6-8-22FP8 306081 8 22 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-M6-8-27FP8 306082 8 27 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-M6-11-17FP8 306489 11 17 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

W6 X-W6-20-22FP8 306073 20 22 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-W6-20-27FP8 306074 20 27 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-W6-38-27FP8 306075 38 27 DX 460, DX 36, DX E72

X-W6-11-22FP8 306486 11 22 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-W6-11-27FP8 306487 11 27 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

F7 X-F7-7-22FS8 306089 7 22 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-F7-7-27FS8 306090 7 27 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

X-F7-15-27FS8 306493 15 27 DX 460, DX 351, DX 36, DX E72

M8 X-M8-15-27P8 306092 15 27 DX 460, DX 36, DX E72

X-M8-15-42P8 306094 15 42 DX 460, DX 36, DX E72

X-M8-20-32P8 306096 20 32 DX 460, DX 36, DX E72

M10 M10-24-32P10 26413 24 32 DX 76 PTR

W10 W10-30-27P10 26472 30 27 DX 600 N

W10-30-32P10 26473 30 32 DX 600 N

W10-30-42P10 26476 30 42 DX 600 N1) Type threading: M = metric; W6, W10 = Whitworth 1/4”; 3/8”; F7 = French 7 mm2) Standard threading and shank lengths. Other lengths and combinations available on special order

Cartridge selection


M6, W6, F7, M8: 6.8/11M yellow or red cartridge

M10: 6.8/18M blue or red

W10: 6.8/18 yellow or red Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

X-M6, X-W6, X-F7, X-M8, M10, W10

2.136 7 / 2009


X-M6 / W6 / F7 X-M8, M10, W10

Fastening quality assuranceh N

VS

h ET

t I

Trec

h NV

Sh E

T

t I

Trec

Penetration depth Tightening torque Penetration depth Tightening torque

hET = Ls ± 2hNVS = Lg + Ls - hET

Trec ≤≤ 4 Nm hET = Ls ± 2hNVS = Lg + Ls - hET

Trec ≤≤ 6 Nm

7 / 2009 2.137

DX Kwik

DX-Kwik X-M6H, X-M8H Threaded Studsand DNH, X-DKH Nails




Fastening tools

DX 460, DX 36See fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

DIBt (Germany): X-M8H, X-DKH

SOCOTEC (France): X-M8H, DNH,X-DKH (with X-CC, X-HS)

City of Vienna: X-M6H, X-M8H, DNHNote:Technical data presented in these approvals and design guidelines reflectspecific local conditions and may differ from those published in this hand-book.

Dimensions

X-M6H-__-37 FP8

Examples

M6

L

37Lg

o 3.7

o8

X-M8H___-37 P8

o 4.5

3.5

M8

Lg Ls

L

o5.

5

o8

DNH 37 P8S15

2

2

L

Ls

o 3.7

o8

o15

X-DKH 48 P8S15

o 4

2

2 Ls

L

o8

o15

Product data

Applications

Base plates,rails for piping

Radiator brackets Floor stands, metalfixtures to concrete

Suspended ceilings

DX Kwik

2.138 7 / 2009

Load data

Conditions• Nrec,1: concrete in compressive zone.• Nrec,2: concrete in tension zone.• Predominantly static loading.• Concrete C20/25–C50/60.• Recommended loads are based on failure of the fastener anchorage in the concrete. Thickness and quality ofthe fastened material may lower the loadings.

• Observance of all pre-drilling requirements, fastened thickness limits, and recommended details.• The recommended loads in the table refer to the resistance of the individual fastening and may not be thesame as the loads FN and FV acting on the fastened part.Note: If relevant, prying forces needs to be considered in design, see example. Moment acting on fastenershank only in case of a gap between base and fastened material.

Recommended loadsNrec,1 [kN] Nrec,2 [kN] vrec,1 [kN] Mrec,1 [Nm]

X-M6H, DNH 37 2.0 0.6 2.0 5.5

X-M8H, X-DKH 48 3.0 0.9 3.0 10.0

Arrangements to prevent moment on shank:Coupler tight against concrete

Non-symmetric arrangement

Z

FV

FN

Z1

Z2

Z3

FV

FN

V

NM

7 / 2009 2.139

DX Kwik



X-M6H, DNH 37: hmin = 100 mmX-M8H, X-DKH 48: hmin = 100 mm



cc 50 200

200 50

Pairs

cc 200 200 200

cc a

a


X-M6H: tl ≤ Lg - twasher - tnut ≅ up to 13.5 mmX-M8H: tl ≤ Lg - twasher - tnut ≅ up to 14.0 mmDNH 37: tl ≤ 2.0 mmX-DKH 48: tl ≤ 5.0 mm or tl ≤ 2.0 by pre-drilling through fastened material

Reinforced Non-reinforced

c 100 150


c 80 150


c 80 150

a 80 100

Corrosion informationThe intended use only comprises fastenings which are not directly exposed to externalweather conditions or moist atmospheres. For further detailed information on corrosion seerelevant chapter inDirect Fastening Principles and Technique section.



h NV

S

hNVStI

hNVS = L - hET, hET = 37 ±2 mm hNVS ≅ 4 mm

X-M6H, X-M8H DNH 37, X-DKH 48

DX Kwik

2.140 7 / 2009


Fastened FastenerthicknesstI,max [mm] Designation Item no. Lg [mm] Ls [mm] L [mm]

– X-M6H-10-37 FP8 40464 10 37 47

13.5 X-M6H-20-37 FP8 40465 20 37 57

– X-M8H-10-37 P8 20059 10 37 50.5

5.0 X-M8H/5-15-37 P8 26325 15 37 55.5

15.0 X-M8H/15-25-37 P8 20064 25 37 65.5

2.0 DNH 37 P8S15 44165 – 37 39

5.0* X-DKH 48 P8S15 40514 – 48 50*) with pre-drilling through fastened material tI,max = 2.0 mm

Tools, cartridge selection and tool energy settingDesignation

DX 460, DX 36: 6.8/11M yellow or red cartridgeTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

Place nails so thatheads and washersbear tightly againsteach other and againstthe fastened material

7 / 2009 2.141

DX Kwik

InstallationX-M6H, X-M8H DNH 37, X-DKH 48

23

o 5

Trec

t I

Pre-drill with drill bitDesignation Item no

TX-C-5/23B 28557

Tightening torqueDesignation Trec [Nm]

X-M6H 6.5

X-M8H 10.0

o 5

DNH 37tI [mm] Drill-bit Item no.

≤ 2 TX-C-5/18 291474

Details valid for C20/25–C50/60

Pre-drilling details (not through fastenedmaterial)

tI

X-DKH 48tI [mm] Drill-bit Item no.

≤ 2 TX-C-5/23 291934Details valid for C20/25–C50/60

Pre-drilling details (through fastenedmaterial)

X-DKH 48tI [mm] Drill-bit Item no.

≤ 5 TX-C-5/23B 28557

o 5

2.142 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 2.143

X-CRM

X-CRM Stainless Steel Threaded Studs forConcrete and Steel


Shank: CrNiMo alloyfu ≥ 1850 N/mm2

(49 HRC)

Threaded sleeve: A4 (AlSI 316)

Zinc coating to facilitateanchoring in concrete(X-CR M8-__-42): 5–13 µm

Washers/guidance sleeve: polyethylene

Fastening tools

DX 460, DX 36, DX 76 PTRSee fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

DIBt (Germany): X-CRM8-__-42 P8(DX-Kwik)

ICC ESR-2347: X-CRM8-9-12,X-CRM8-15-12

ABS, LR: all types

Note: technical data presented in these approvals anddesign guidelines reflect specific local conditions andmay differ from those published in this handbook.

Dimensions

X-CR M6/CRW6-__-12 FP8

o8

Lg 11.5

M6/

W6

o3.

7

L

o3.

7

X-CR M6/CRW6-__-27 FP8

o8

Lg 26.5

M6/

W6

o3.

7

L

o3.

7

X-CR M8-__-12 P8

L

Lg 11.5

M8 o 4.5

o 8o 3.7

X-CR M8-__-42 P8

o8

Lg 42

M8

o6.

3

L

Threaded sleeve: A4 (AlSi 316)

o4.

5

X-CR M8-__-12 FP10

o10

25

12,5

M8 o 4Threaded sleeve: A4 (AlSi 316)

X-CR M8-__-12 P8

o8

30

14 12,5

M8 o 4Threaded sleeve: A4 (AlSi 316)

Product data

X-CRM

2.144 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data

Recommended loads – DX Standard method (no pre-drilling)

Fastening to concreteNrec [kN] vrec [kN] Mrec [Nm]

X-CRM6/W6-__-27 FP8 0.4 0.4 4.3Conditions:• Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit• Predominantly static loading• All visible failures must be relaced

Fastening to steelNrec [kN] vrec [kN] Mrec [Nm]

X-CRM6/W6 1.6 1.4 4.3

X-CRM8 1.8 1.8 5.5Conditions:• For safety-relevant fastenings sufficient redundancy of the entire system is required.

Recommended loads – DX-Kwik method (pre-drilling)

Fastening to concreteNrec,1 [kN] Nrec,2 [kN] vrec [kN] Mrec [Nm]

X-CRM8-__-42 P8 3.0 0.9 3.0 5.5Conditions:• Nrec,1: concrete in compressive zone• Nrec,2: concrete in tension zone• fcc ≥ 20 N/mm2

• Observance of all pre-drilling requirements

Examples

Applications

Base plates for piperings

Installation rails Facade brackets Special purposeconnections

7 / 2009 2.145

X-CRM


Arrangements to reduce or prevent moment on shank:

Z

FV

FN

Concrete – DX StandardPull-out loads Mean ultimate Variation Embedment Concrete strength

pull-out load coefficient depth at 28 daysNail Nu,m [kN] [%] hET [mm] fcc [N/mm2]

X-CRM6/W6 4.16 45 ≅ 30 47.1

Shear loads Mean ultimate Variation Embedment Concrete strengthpull-out load coefficient depth at 28 days

Nail Vu,m [kN] hET [mm] [mm] fcc [N/mm2]

X-CRM6/W6 5.61 23.2 ≅ 28 39.4



Concrete – DX Standardhmin = 80 mm (dnom = 3.7 mm)hmin = 100 mm (dnom ≥ 4.5 mm)Concrete – DX-Kwikhmin = 100 mm

Steeltll ≥≥ 6 mm

Thickness of fastened materialX-CR M6/W6: tl ≤ Lg - twasher - tnut ≅ up to 15.5 mmX-CR M8 tl ≤ Lg - twasher - tnut ≅ up to 13.0 mm

t II

X-CRM

2.146 7 / 2009


Fastening to steel


cc 50 200

200 50

Pairs

cc 200 200 200

cc a

a



c 100 150


c 80 150


c 80 150

a 80 100

Corrosion information For fastenings exposed to weather or other corrosive conditions. Not for use in highly corro-sive surroundings like swimming pools or highway tunnels.

t II

c c s s c, s ≥ 15 mm

* Minimum ∅ 6 reinforcing steel continuous along all edges and around all corners. Edge bars must be enclosedby stirrups

7 / 2009 2.147

X-CRM

Concrete: No general restrictions existent. Limitations are dependent on application and user require-ments.

Application limits

Steel:

400

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]

500 600 700S 355 Jxx

S 275 JxxS 235 Jxx

450 550 650

13

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

2

4


DX 460

� / � X-CR M6-xx-12 FP8(impact-/co-act. operation)

� / � X-CR M8-14-12 P8(impact-/co-act. operation)X-CR M8-22-12 P8

Minimum steel thickness tII = 6.0 mm

X-CR M8-9-12 and X-CR M8-15-12data see chapter X-FCM

Working beyond the recommended application range will lead to an increase in the failurerate.

400

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]


8

10

12

14

16

18

20

450 550 650

1

2

400 500 600 700

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

450 550 650

1

2

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]


DX 76 PTR DX 460

� X-CRM8-15-12 FP10 / DX 76 (impact)� X-CRM8-15-12 FP10 / DX 76 (co-acting)

� X-CRM8-15-12 P8 / DX 460 (impact)� X-CRM8-15-12 P8 / DX 460 (co-acting)

X-CRM

2.148 7 / 2009

Fastener selection

Fastened thickness Fastener ToolstI,max [mm] Designation 1) Item no. Lg [mm] Ls [mm]

Base material steel

4.5 X-CR M6-11-12 FP8 255902 9 11.5 DX 460, DX 36

15.5 X-CR M6-22-12 FP8 255903 20 11.5 DX 460, DX 36

4.5 X-CR W6-11-12 FP8 255904 9 11.5 DX 460, DX 36

15.5 X-CR W6-22-12 FP8 255905 20 11.5 DX 460, DX 36

Base material concrete

4.5 X-CR M6-11-27 FP8 257187 9 26.5 DX 460, DX 36

15.5 X-CR M6-22-27 FP8 257188 20 26.5 DX 460, DX 36

4.5 X-CR W6-11-27 FP8 255906 9 26.5 DX 460, DX 36

15.5 X-CR W6-22-27 FP8 255907 20 26.5 DX 460, DX 36

Base material steel

2.0 X-CR M8-11-12 P8 255908 10 11.5 DX 460, DX 36

13.0 X-CR M8-22-12 P8 255909 21 11.5 DX 460, DX 36

Base material concrete, DX-Kwik method

5.0 X-CR M8-14-42 P8 255911 14 42 DX 460, DX 36

13.0 X-CR M8-22-42 P8 255910 22 42 DX 460, DX 36

Base material steel

6.0 X-CR M8-9-12 P8 372031 9 12.5 DX 460

6.0 X-CR M8-15-12 P8 372033 15 12.5 DX 460

6.0 X-CR M8-9-12 FP10 372032 9 12.5 DX 460, DX 76 PTR

6.0 X-CR M8-15-12 FP10 372 034 15 12.5 DX 460, DX 76 PTR1) Type threading: M = metric; W6 = Whitworth 1/4”


Base material Designation Tool

Concrete 6.8/11M yellow or red cartridge DX 460, DX 36

Steel 6.8/11M red cartridge DX 460, DX 76 PTRTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

Fastener hNVS [mm]

X-CR M6-11-12 FP8 10.0 – 13.0

X-CR M6-22-12 FP8 21.0 – 24.0

X-CR W6-11-12 FP8 10.0 – 13.0

X-CR W6-22-12 FP8 21.0 – 24.0

X-CR M8-11-12 P8 13.0 – 16.0

X-CR M8-22-12 P8 24.0 – 27.0

X-CR M8-9-12 P8 12.0 – 15.0

X-CR M8-15-12 P8 17.0 – 20.0

X-CR M8-9-12 FP10 12.0 – 15.0

X-CR M8-15-12 FP10 17.0 – 20.0

7 / 2009 2.149

X-CRM



DX-Kwik (pre-drilling)Fastener hNVS [mm]

X-CR M8-14-42 P8 13.7 – 17.7

X-CR M8-22-42 P8 21.7 – 25.7

DX-Standard (no pre-drilling)Fastener hNVS [mm]

X-CR M6-11-27 FP8 9.0 – 13.0

X-CR M6-22-27 FP8 19.0 – 23.0

X-CR W6-11-27 FP8 9.0 – 13.0

X-CR W6-22-27 FP8 19.0 – 23.0


Fastening to steel

h NV

S

h NV

S

X-CRM

2.150 7 / 2009

23

o 5

Trec

t I

t I

Trec

Pre-drill with drill bitTE-C-5/23B (Item-no.28557)

Tightening torque Trec = 10 Nm

Tightening torque Trec = 4 Nm

Tightening torque X-CR M6/W6 Trec = 4.0 NmX-CR M8 Trec = 8.5 Nm

Installation


Fastening to steel

DX-Kwik (pre-drilling)X-CR M8-__-42 P8

DX-Standard (no pre-drilling)X-CR M6/W6-__-27 FP8

7 / 2009 2.151

X-IE

X-IE Wall Insulation Fastener


Plate: HDPE, colourlessHDPE, black (BK)

Nail: Carbon steel shank: HRC 58


Fastening tool

DX 460 IESee fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

SOCOTECWX 1530 (France)

Comment: European Technical Approvals for the fastenersXI-FV (ETA-03/0004) and SX-FV (ETA-03/0005) for use inETICS are available

Note: technical data presented in these approvals and design guidelinesreflect specific local conditions and may differ from those published inthis handbook.

Dimensions

X-IE 6

Examples

60

X-IE-6

o60

L S

L

HDT 90

90

X-IE-92

Product data

Applications

Composite thermalinsulation (XI-FV)

Insulation behindcurtain walls

Moisture barriers /drainage plates

Expansion joint material

Recommended loads

Insulation thickness tI [mm]

40 45 50 60 70 75 80 100 120 140

X-IE 6 Shear, Vrec [N]

Polystyrol [15 kg/m3] 150 200 250 300 300 325 350 350 350 350

Styrofoam [15 kg/m3] 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600Pullover, Nrec [N]

Polystyrol [15 kg/m3] 250 270 290 300 300 300 300 300 300 300

Styrofoam [15 kg/m3] 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300

HDT 90 Pullover, Nrec [N]

Mineral wool [ ≥ 7.5 kN/m2]* – – – 135 135 135 135 135 135 135

Mineral wool [ ≥ 15 kN/m2]* – – – 250 250 250 250 250 250 250*) Tensile Strength σmt according to DIN EN 1607When base material properties are questionable, jobsite qualification is necessary

X-IE

2.152 7 / 2009

Load data

N

V



Concrete: hmin = 80 mmSteel: tll ≥≥ 4 mm

Thickness of fastened materialInsulation thickness: tl = 25–140 mm

Spacing and edge distancesFor setting instructions please inquire at the insulation material supplier.

7 / 2009 2.153

X-IE

Fastener selection

Application limits


Designation Fastener Item no. Ls [mm] L [mm]

X-IE 6-25 PH 47 283990 47 25

X-IE 6-30 PH 52 283991 52 30

X-IE 6-35 PH 52 283992 52 35

X-IE 6-40 PH 52 376466 52 40

X-IE 6-45 PH 52 376467 52 45

X-IE 6-50 PH 52 376468 52 50

X-IE 6-60 PH 52 376469 52 60

X-IE 6-70 PH 52 376470 52 70

X-IE 6-75 PH 52 376471 52 75

X-IE 6-80 PH 52 376472 52 80

X-IE 6-90 PH 52 376473 52 90

X-IE 6-100 PH 52 376474 52 100

X-IE 6-120 PH 72 376475 72 120

X-IE 6-140 PH 72 283339 72 140

Concrete: fcc = 15–45 N/mm2

aggregate size ≤ 32 mmSand-lime masonry: fcc = 15–45 N/mm2

Clinker brick work: fcc = 28–45 N/mm2

Steel: fu = 360–540 N/mm2

tll = 4–6 mm

tI

Select L = tIFor intermediate thicknesses, usenext shorter X-IE.Use extension plate HDT 90 / HDT 90 BK for soft insulation.

o 60

LS

L


Tool

DX 460 IE


Cartridge recommendation: Steel: 6.8/11M red cartridge

Concrete 6.8/11M yellow or red cartridge

Masonry: 6.8/11M yellow or green cartridgeTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

X-IE

2.154 7 / 2009


Fastener rebounds Fastener remains ontool*

Correct: Top hat crushed

Incorrect: Top hat not crushed

Recognition of placing failures Visual check immediately after fastening

*) XI-FVwith placing failure indication

Fastening inspectionInsulation thickness tI [mm]

40 45 50 60 70 75 80 100 120 140

Concrete hET = 25–29 mm

xmin [mm] 10 15 20 30 40 45 50 70 70 90

xmax [mm] 14 19 24 34 44 49 54 74 74 94

Steel and sand-lime hET = 20–24 mm

xmin [mm] 5 10 15 25 35 40 45 65 65 85

xmax [mm] 9 14 19 29 39 44 49 69 69 89tI

hETLx

Installation

1. Load X-IE on cycled tool 2. Push the X-IE all the wayinto the insulation

3. Pull the trigger to fasten

7 / 2009 2.155

X-SW30, X-SW60

X-SW30, X-SW60 Soft Washer Fastener


Plate: PE

Nail: Carbon steel shank: HRC 52.5


Fastening tool

DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72, DX 460-MXSee fastener selection for more details.

Dimensions

X-SW 30 X-SW 60

Examples

o8

lS

o8

o36 o68

Product data

Applications

Membranes anddrainage plates

Insulation up to 30 mmthick

Nets, fabric and similar Plastic corrugatedsheets

� �

� �

Application limits

Recommended loads

Nrec = 300 N

X-SW30, X-SW60

2.156 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data

Test dataFor more detailed information on the performance of the system please contact Hilti.



Concrete: hmin = 80 mm

Thickness of fastened materialMembranes, nets, etc.: tl ≤ 25 mmInsulation: tl ≤ 30 mm

Spacing and edge distancesFor setting instructions please inquire at the supplier of fastened material.

Corrosion informationFor non-safety-relevant applications no restrictions exist.

For non-safety-relevant applications no restrictions exist.

Nrec

Vrec = 300 N

Vrec

Design conditions:1. Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit.2. Predominantly static loading.3. Design loads valid for nail pull-outstrength. Fastened material has to beconsidered separately.

4. Valid for concrete C30/37.

70

h min

Steel: tll ≥≥ 4 mm

t II

7 / 2009 2.157

X-SW30, X-SW60




Fastener ToolsItem no.Packs of Packs of

Designation 100/150 400/500 Ls [mm] Designation

� X-SW 30-C 37 40643 40614 37 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72 � X-SW 30-C 47 40644 40615 47 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72� X-SW 30-C 62 40645 40616 62 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72

� X-SW 60-C 37 40617 37 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72� X-SW 60-C 47 40618 47 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72� X-SW 60-C 62 40619 62 DX 460, DX 36, DX-E 72

� X-SW 30 371370 DX 460-MX with collated � X-SW 60 371371 X-ZF nails (3.5 mm shank dia.)


Cartridge recommendation: Concrete 6.8/11M yellow or red

Masonry: 6.8/11M greenTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

5

Fastened thickness, tI [mm]

Depth

of penetr

ation,

hE

T [m

m]

22

24

26

28

30

32

10 15 20 25 30

ZF37

ZF47

ZF62

Green concrete

Normal concrete

OId concrete

• X-SW 30 for stronger, less damageablematerial.

• X-SW 60 for more easily damaged materi-al (i.e. aluminium foil, nets, paper, etc.)

• Select ZF 37, ZF 47 and ZF 62 accordingto base material conditions and fastenedthickness


Installation1. Load X-SW fastener oncyclic tool

2. Press the X-SW againstthe surface

3. Pull the trigger to fasten

2.158 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 2.159

X-FS

X-FS Form Stop


Nail: zinc coating: 5–13 µm

Fastening tool

DX 460, DX 36, DX 460-MXSee fastener selection for more details.

Dimensions

Examples

o 50

36.2

L

Product data

Applications

Positioning concrete forms on concrete surfaces.Leave in place, grey polyethylene is non rusting, nearlyinvisible and non-conductive.

X-FS is suitable and usable for minor forming applica-tions

o 50

36.2

� �


Recommended working loads

X-FS

2.160 7 / 2009

Load data



Concrete: hmin = 80 mm

Spacing and edge distancesSpacing and edge distances depending on job site requirements.

Corrosion informationFor temporary fixations no restrictions exist.

Fastener ToolsNail shank

Designation Item no. Ls [mm] diameter [mm] Designation

�� X-FS C 52 * 403263 52 3.5 DX 460, DX 36�� X-FS MX ** 403260 DX 460-MX* For unusual applications, X-FS available with other nails on special order** X-FS without nail for fastening with collated nails.


Cartridge recommendation: Steel: 6.8/11M red cartridge


Masonry: 6.8/11M yellow or green cartridgeTool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

Vrec

Vrec = 400 N (predominantly static, however, vibrationfrom concrete compacting is allowed)

7 / 2009 2.161

X-FS


Installation1. Mark out unit to be

concreted2. Place X-FS tangent to

marked out lines.3. Position forms against X-FS.

2.162 7 / 2009

Lo 4

o 8

25.5

10

24

7.5

12

HILTIX-CC

1.5

79.

5

2.4

20

L S3620

X-HS

5

208.5

o 15

L

D

2.4

o 4

o 8

L

o4

o8

2.4

o8

2

41

20

4.5

8.5

dg

o15

20

X-H

SM

5

5

7 / 2009 2.163

X-HS, X-CC

X-HS Threaded Hanger and X-CC LoopHanger Systems


Carbon steel shank: HRC 58 X-HSM _ DKH, X-HSM/W_U, X-CC_U

X-HS: Zinc coating: 10 µm

X-CC: Zinc coating: 2.5 µm

Nail: Zinc coating: 5–13 µm

Fastening tools

DX 460-F8, DX 351-F8, DX 36See fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

IBMB (Germany): X-HS with X-DKH

SOCOTEC (France): X-HS/X-CC with X-DKH

Lloyds Register: X-HSNote: technical data presented in these approvals and design guidelines reflect specific local conditions andmay differ from those published in this handbook.

Dimensions

DKH 48 P8S15

o 8

L

LS

o 4

o 15

X-U _ _ P8

X-HS DKH � X-HS U � X-CC U �

25.5

10

24

7.5

12

HILTIX-CC

1.5

79.

5

20

LL S

dS

X-CC DKH 48 �

2.4

Ø8

Ø4

22

24.4

Product data

X-HS, X-CC

2.164 7 / 2009

Design dataRecommended loads

DX-Kwik in concrete (with pre-drilling) or steelX-HS X-CC

Load data

Examples

Applications

Threaded rod attachments to concrete and steel Wire attachments to concrete and steel

N

V

N

V

Fastener designation Nrec = Vrec [kN]

X-HS __ DKH 48 0.9

X-HS __ U19 0.9

X-CC DKH 48 0.9

X-CC U16 0.9

Conditions:• Predominantly static loading.• Concrete C50/60• Strength of fastened material is not limit-

ing.• Observance of all application limitations

and recommendations (especially pre-drilling requirements).

7 / 2009 2.165

X-HS, X-CC

DX Standard (without pre-drilling)X-HS X-CC

N

V

N

V

Fastener designation Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN] hET [mm]

X-HS_U32 0.4 0.4 27

X-HS_U27 0.3 0.3 22

X-HS_U22 0.2 0.2 18

X-CC U27 0.2* 0.3 22

X-CC U22 0.15* 0.2 18*) eccentric loading considered

Conditions:• Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit

(normal weight concrete).• All visible failures must be replaced.• With lightweight concrete base material

and appropriate washers, greater loadingmay be possible, please contact Hilti.

• Predominantly static loading.• Observance of all application limitations

and recommendations.

Mean ultimate Embedment Variation Concrete strength Failuretensile loads depth coefficient at 28 days mode

Fastener Nu,m [kN] hET [mm] [%] fcc [N/mm2]

X-HS_ U22 P8 S15 1.79 17.9 27.3 47.4 Pull-out

X-HS_ U27 P8 S15 2.28 22.6 47.8 47.4 Pull-out


X-HS, X-CC

2.166 7 / 2009

Application limits

Fastening to steel – X-HS U



Concrete

DX-Kwik(with pre-drilling) hmin = 100 mm

DX Standard(w/o pre-drilling) hmin = 80 mm

Steel

tIl ≥ 4 mm

Spacing and edge distancesMinimum spacing and edge distances: See corresponding nail data sheet of X-U and X-DKH.

Corrosion informationThese zinc-coated fasteners are not suitable for long-term service outdoors or in otherwisecorrosive environments.For further detailed information on corrosion see relevant chapter in Direct FasteningPrinciples and Technique section.

350 4004

6

8

10

12

14

16

500 600450 550 650Steel strength, Rm [N/mm2]

Ste

elth

ickn

ess,

t II[m

m]

S355

S275

S235

7 / 2009 2.167

X-HS, X-CC

Fastener selection

Program, technical informationFastener Tools

Shank ShankØ lengthds Ls L

Base material Designation [mm] [mm] [mm]

� Concrete pre-drilled X-HS _ DKH 48 P8S15 4.0 48 50.0 DX 460-F8

� Concrete X-HS _ U 32 P8S15 4.0 32 34.4 DX 460-F8,X-HS _ U 27 P8S15 4.0 27 29.4 DX 351-F8,X-HS _ U 22 P8S15 4.0 22 24.4 DX 36

Steel X-HS _ U 19 P8S15 4.0 19 21.4

� Concrete pre-drilled X-CC DKH 48 P8S15 4.0 48 50.0 DX 460-F8

� Concrete X-CC U 27 P8 4.0 27 29.4 DX 460-F8,X-CC U 22 P8 4.0 22 24.4 DX 351-F8,

Steel X-CC U 16 P8 4.0 16 18.4 DX 36Type of threading: M = metric; W6, W10 = Whitworth 1/4”; 3/8”

X-HS order informationItem no. Designation Item no. Designation

361788 X-HS M6 U32 P8 S15

386223 X-HS M6 U27 P8 S15

361789 X-HS M8 U32 P8 S15

386224 X-HS M8 U27 P8 S15

361790 X-HS M10 U32 P8 S15

386225 X-HS M10 U27 P8 S15

386226 X-HS W6 U27 P8 S15

386227 X-HS W10 U27 P8 S15

386213 X-HS M6 U19 P8 S15

386214 X-HS M8 U19 P8 S15

386215 X-HS M10 U19 P8 S15

386217 X-HS W10 U19 P8 S15

386218 X-HS M6 U22 P8 S15

386219 X-HS M8 U22 P8 S15

386222 X-HS W10 U22 P8 S15

386216 X-HS W6 U19 P8 S15

386220 X-HS M10 U22 P8 S15

386221 X-HS W6 U22 P8 S15

Type of threading: M = metric; W6, W10 = Whitworth 1/4”; 3/8”

X-CC order informationItem no. Designation

386229 X-CC U22 P8

386230 X-CC U27 P8

299937 X-CC DKH P8 S15

386228 X-CC U16 P8

X-HS, X-CC

2.168 7 / 2009

Installation

X-HS


23

o 5

1.Attach the thread-ed rod to the X-HSbefore fastening

2.For DKH 48pre-drill (∅ 5 x 23)

3.Load the assem-bly into the tool

4.Locate the nail,compress the tool,pull the trigger andthe fastening iscomplete

5.Bend the X-HSassembly down tothe vertical posi-tion

X-CC

23

o 5

1.Assemble thewire with theX-CC

2.For DKH 48 orDNH 37 pre-drill(∅ 5 x 23 or ∅ 5 x18)

3.Load the assem-bly into the tool

4.Locate the nail,compress the tool,pull the trigger andthe fastening iscomplete

5.Adjust the wireas required

Cartridge selection


Steel: 6.8/11M red cartridge tll ≥ 6 mm6.8/11M green cartridge tll < 6 mm

Concrete: 6.8/11M yellow cartridge on green/fresh and standard concrete6.8/11M red cartridge on precast, old and hard concrete


Quality assurance

X-HS X-CC

h NV

S

h NV

S

hNVS = 7–11 mm hNVS = 4–7 mm

7 / 2009 2.169

X-HSMX, X-CCMX

Electrical Hanger Systems X-HS MX andX-CC MX


X-HS MX / X-CC MX:

Zinc coating: ≥ 2.5 µm

Fastening tools

GX 120-ME, GX 100- E, DX 460 MX,DX 351 MXSee fastener selection for more details.

Dimensions

X-GHP 20

o6.

8

21.8

20

o 3

1.8

X-U 16/22

4

8

L

Ls2.4

X-EGN 14

o6.

8

15.8

14

o 3

1.8

X-HS MX X-CC MX

Product data

Example

Applications

Hanger systems for cable trays, etc.• Threaded rod attachments• Wire attachments

These zinc coated fasteners are not suitable for long-termservice outdoors or in otherwise corrosive environments.

X-HSMX, X-CCMX

2.170 7 / 2009

Design dataRecommended loads on concrete

Load data


X-HSMX 0.1

X-CCMX 0.05 (Nrec*)0.1 (Vrec)

*) eccentric loading considered

Conditions:• Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit (normal weight concrete).• All visible failures must be replaced.• With lightweight concrete base material and appropriate washers, greater loading may be

possible, please contact Hilti.• Predominantly static loading.• Observance of all application limitations and recommendations.

Load capacity of the nails:

Fastenings to concreteAverage tensile Scatter Embedment Concretefailure load depth strength


X-GHP 20 MX 1.61 52.0 14.0 52.2

X-U 22 MX 3.18 37.8 20.1 54.7


Recommended loads on steel


X-HSMX, X-CCMX 0.45

7 / 2009 2.171

X-HSMX, X-CCMX

Application limits



ConcreteX-U: hmin = 80 mmX-GHP, X-GN: hmin = 60 mm

Steel

tIl ≥ 4 mm



t II

400

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

500 600 700450 550 650 750


Ste

elth

ickness,

t II[m

m]

S355Jxx

S275Jxx

S235Jxx

X-EGN 14

Fastening to steel

X-HSMX, X-CCMX

2.172 7 / 2009


Fastener selectionNail

Shank Ø Shank lengthBase material Designation ds [mm] Ls [mm] L [mm

Concrete X-GHP 20 MX 3.0 20 21.8

X-U 22 MX 4.0 22 24.4

Steel X-EGN 14 MX 3.0 14 15.8

X-U 16 MX 4.0 16 18.4

Fastener selection: Order informationFastener Designation Item no.

Threaded Rod Hanger X-HSM4MX 273367

X-HSM6MX 272073

X-HSW6MX 228341

X-HSM8MX 273368

Ceiling clip X-CCMX 228342

GX nails X-EGN 14 MX 338872

X-GHP 20 MX 285890

DX Nails X-U 16 MX 237344

X-U 22 MX 237346


DX tools: Steel: 6.8/11M red cartridgeConcrete: 6.8/11M yellow cartridge on green/ fresh and standard concrete

6.8/11M yellow or red cartridge on precast, old and hard concrete

GX 120-ME tool: gas can GC 22

GX 100-E tool: gas can GC 11 (GC 12 in USA)Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

7 / 2009 2.173

X-HSMX, X-CCMX

Installation

X-HS MX


1.Load the X-HS into thetool

2.Locate the nail, com-press the tool, pull thetrigger and the fasteningis complete

3.Attach the rod and bendthe X-HS assemblydown to the verticalposition

X-CC MX

1.Assemble the wire withthe X-CC

2.Load the assembly intothe tool

3.Locate the nail, com-press the tool, pull thetrigger and the fasteningis complete

4.Adjust the wire asrequired

Quality assurance

X-HS MX X-CC MX

h NV

S

h NV

S

hNVS = 7–11 mm hNVS = 4–8 mm

2.174 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 2.175

X-HS-W

X-HS-W – Wire Hanging System


X-HS-W:Zinc coating ≥ 2.5 µm

Nail:Zinc coating 5–13 µm

Carbon steel shank: HRC 58X-EGN, X-GHP, X-U

Fastening tools

DX 460-F8, DX 351-F8, GX 120-MESee fastener selection for more details.

Fasteners/Components Overview

X-GHP 20

GX Nails:

o6.

8

21.8

20

o 3

1.8

X-U 16/22/27

DX Nails;

4

8

L

Ls2.4

X-EGN 14

o6.

8

15.8

14

o 3

1.8

Pre assembled

Magazined

Product data

HILTIX-HS-W

Locking Mechanism

R

HILTIX-HS-W

Examples

Applications

Round Air Ducts Square Air Ducts Light weight Cable Trays / Lights

X-HS-W

2.176 7 / 2009


Load data

DX Standard for concreteFastener designation NNrreecc [kN] VVrreecc [kN] hhEETT [mm]

X-HS-W U27 0.20 0.3 22

X-HS-W U22 0.15 0.2 18

X-HS-W with GHP20 0.05 0.1 14

Conditions:• Minimum 5 fastenings per fastened unit (normal weight concrete).• All visible failures must be replaced.• Valid for masonry and concrete fc ≤ 45 N/mm2 / fcc ≤ 55 N/mm2 (GHP20) or fc ≤ 35 N/mm2 /fcc ≤ 45 N/mm2 (X-U)

• Predominantly static loading.• Observance of all application limitations and recommendations.

DX Standard for steelFastener designation NNrreecc VVrreecc

X-HS-W U16 0.90 0.90

X-HS-W EGN14 0.45 0.45

Conditions:• Predominantly static loading.• Observance of all application limitations and recommendations.

Test data Important note: test data are for information only and cannot be used for design. These dataare examples and do not represent the whole range of applications and load cases. Design data for Hilti standard nails in concrete are based on a specific statistical evaluationmethod taking into consideration high variation coefficients. The evaluation procedure isdescribed in the Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section of this manual. For more detailed information please contact Hilti.

7 / 2009 2.177

X-HS-W




Steel

tI ≥ 4 mm


Corrosion informationThese zinc-coated fasteners are not suitable for long-term service outdoors or in otherwisecorrosive environments.For further detailed information on corrosion see relevant chapter in Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section.

t II

Load capacity of the nails (examples):

Fastenings to concreteAverage tensile Scatter Embedment Concrete failure load depth strength


X-HS-W GHP 20 MX 1.83 47.5 15.7 33.0

X-HS-W U 22 P8 1.61 56.1 17.5 33.0

X-HS-W U 27 P8 2.38 44.8 20.8 33.0

X-HS-W

2.178 7 / 2009

Application limits

Concrete

X-EGN14:concrete strength fcc ≤ 55 N/mm2

Steel

400

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

500 600 700450 550 650 750


Ste

el th

ickness,

t II [m

m]

S355Jxx

S275Jxx

S235Jxx

X-HS-W MX with X-EGN14 MX

350 40046

8

10

12

14

16

500 600450 550 650

S355

S275

S235

Stee

l thi

ckne

ss, t

II [m

m]


X-HS-W U16 P8

X-U:concrete strength fcc ≤ 45 N/mm2

7 / 2009 2.179

X-HS-W


Fastener selection: Possible combinationsHanger Nail

Shank ∅ Shank lengthBase material Designation Technology Designation ds [mm] Ls [mm]

Concrete X-HS-W GX X-GHP 20 MX 3.0 20

Concrete X-HS-W DX X-U 22 P8 4.0 22

Concrete X-HS-W DX X-U 27 P8 4.0 27

Steel X-HS-W GX X-EGN 14 MX 3.0 14

Steel X-HS-W DX X-U 16 MX 4.0 16

Fastener selection: Order informationFastener Designation Item no.

X-HS-W For DX tools X-HS-W U16 P8 1m/3ft 387430

X-HS-W U22 P8 1m/3ft 387431

X-HS-W U27 P8 1m/3ft 387432

X-HS-W U16 P8 2m/7ft 387919

X-HS-W U22 P8 2m/7ft 387920

X-HS-W U27 P8 2m/7ft 387921

X-HS-W U16 P8 3m/10ft 387433

X-HS-W U22 P8 3m/10ft 387434

X-HS-W U27 P8 3m/10ft 387435

X-HS-W For GX tools X-HS-W MX 1m/3ft 387436

X-HS-W MX 2m/7ft 387922

X-HS-W MX 3m/10ft 387437


DX tools: Steel: 6.8/11M red cartridge for tll ≥ 66.8/11M green cartridge for tll < 6

Concrete: 6.8/11M green or yellow cartridge on young and standard concrete6.8/11M red cartridge on pre-cast, old and hard concrete

GX 120-ME tool: gas can GC 22

GX 100-E tool: gas can GC 11 (GC 12 in USA)Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

X-HS-W

2.180 7 / 2009

Installation

DX


16 mm

22 mm

27 mm

GX

GX

100

HKD stud

M6 - Ø8mm

M8 - Ø10mm

NO LIFTINGDo not use for lifting, such as in a crane or pully situation.

NO MOVEMENTHilti hangers are to be used to suspend stationary loads only. Do not use to sus-pend moving services, or services likely to be subject to movement.

NO JOININGHilti hangers must not be used as an in-line joint using a Hilti fastener, or any otherjoining device. A Hilti hanger assembly must comprise one length of cable and oneHilti fastener only. If a longer length is needed, do not join two assemblies together.

R

R

R

h NV

S

hNVS = 5.5–8.5 mm

X-HS-W

Quality assurance

7 / 2009 2.181

X-EKB, X-ECH

X-EKB, X-ECH Electrical Cable Fasteners

Dimensions

X-GHP 20

o6.

8

21.8

20

o 3

1.8

X-GN 27

o6.

8

28.9

27

o 3

1.9

X-EGN 14

o6.

8

15.8

14

o 3

1.8

X-EKB 8/4-FR X-EKB 16 X-U 37 PH

X-U 16/22/27

4

8

L

Ls2.4

Product data

16.8

10

21.534

136/104

1

10

25

229

16.8

2

49

o8.15

o11.8

32

o3.7

4

X-ECH-S X-ECH-M X-ECH-L

23.3

52 58

52142.5

405

35.5

40

66 70

52142.5

6

95

112.4

27

7

Single Fastener

X-EKB MX 4 / 8 / 16 X-EKBMX 48

13.5

10

15 4863

67.7

8

Magazine fastener

Fastener capacity

Load data

Examples

Applications

X-EKB for fastening cables X-ECH for fastening bunched cables

X-EKB: Securing electrical cables to concrete ceilings and walls

Max. capacity (number of cables in one X-EKB) at spacing of 50–100 cmNumber of wires/cables and wire sizes

Designation NYM 3 x 1.5 mm2 (∅ 8 mm) NYM 5 x 1.5 mm2 (∅ 10 mm)

X-EKB 4 __ 4 3

X-EKB 8 __ 8 5

X-EKB 16 __ 16 10

X-EKB, X-ECH

2.182 7 / 2009


See Fastener selection

Fastening toolsDX 460-F8, DX 351-F8, GX 120-ME, GX 100-E, DX 460 MX, DX 351 MXSee Fastener Selection for more details.

Approvals

UL (USA): X-EKB MX, X-ECH / FR_U37

CSTB (France): X-EKB_U 37, X-ECH_U37Note: technical data presented in these approvals and design guidelines reflect specific local conditions andmay differ from those published in this handbook.

7 / 2009 2.183

X-EKB, X-ECH

Test data (Examples)Important note: test data are for information only.

Load capacity of the nails:The nail resistance is not controlling the failure of the fastener.

Fastenings to concreteAverage tensile Variation Embedment Concretefailure load coefficient depth strength


X-U 37 PH 1.53 56.4 17.0 31.5

X-U 22 MX 3.18 37.8 20.1 54.7

X-U 27 MX 4.04 35.4 24.5 30.9

X-GHP 20 MX 1.61 52.0 14.0 52.2

X-GN 27 MX 1.91 47.1 19.2 23.7

X-ECH: Securing electrical cable to ceilings and walls

Max. capacity (number of ∅ 10 mm cables / X-ECH) at spacing of 60–80 cmDesignation Number of cables

X-ECH-S __ and X-ECH/FR-S __ 10–15

X-ECH-M __ and X-ECH/FR-M __ 20–25

X-ECH-L __ and X-ECH/FR-L __ 30–35Conditions:• For concrete C12/15 to C45/55 (fcc ″ 15 N/mm2 to 55 N/mm2 / fc ″ 12 N/mm2 to 45 N/mm2), aggregate size <32 mm

• All visible placing failures have to replaced• Damaged X-ECH have to replaced

X-EKB, X-ECH

2.184 7 / 2009

Spacing and edge distancesX-EKB: approximately 50–100 cm (Adjust as necessary to control cable sag)X-ECH: approximately 60– 80 cm (Adjust as necessary to limit sagging)





Steel

tIl ≥ 4 mm

t II

Thickness of fastened materialFasteners recommended for cable ∅ 8 mm and 10 mm

Fastener ToolsShank ShankØ lengthds Ls

Base material Designation [mm] [mm]

�Polyamide 1) X-EKB8 U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

� X-EKB16 U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

� X-ECH-S U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

� X-ECH-M U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

� X-ECH-L U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

�Polyamide 2) X-EKB4-FR U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

� X-EKB8-FR U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

� X-EKB16-FR U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

� X-ECH/FR-S U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

� X-ECH/FR-M U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

� X-ECH/FR-L U 37 4.0 37 DX460-F8, DX351-F8, DX36

�,� All nail shanks: carbon steel, HRC 58, galvanized 5–13 µmSleeve/thimble: carbon steel, not hardened, galvanized 5–13 µm

1) halogen and silicon free, light grey RAL 70352) halogen and silicon free, flame retardant, stone grey RAL 7030For X-U program availability please contact Hilti in your country.

7 / 2009 2.185

X-EKB, X-ECH


Fastener programFastener with pre-mounted DX-nail: Technical information

Fastener with pre-mounted DX-nail: Order information

Item no. Designation

361581 X-EKB 4-FR U37

386231 X-EKB 8 U37

386233 X-EKB 8-FR U37

386232 X-EKB 16 U37

386234 X-EKB 16-FR U37

386235 X-ECH-S U37

386236 X-ECH-M U37

386237 X-ECH-L U37

386238 X-ECH/FR-S U37

386239 X-ECH/FR-M U37

386240 X-ECH/FR-L U37

X-EKB, X-ECH

2.186 7 / 2009

Fastener without pre-mounted nail: Technical informationCable clasp Nail

Shank Ø *) Shank length*)Base material Designation Technology Designation ds [mm] Ls [mm] L [mm

Concrete GX X-GN 27 MX 3.0 27 28.9Concrete GX X-GHP 20 MX 3.0 20 21.8

Concrete DX X-U 22 MX 4.0 22 24.4Concrete DX X-U 27 MX 4.0 27 29.4

Steel GX X-EGN 14 MX 3.0 14 15.8

Steel DX X-U 16 MX 4.0 16 18.4*) Standard chank diameters and shank lengths. Other combinations available on special order.

Fastener without pre-mounted nail: Order informationFastener Designation Item no.

Electrical Cable Clasp X-EKB 4MX 285712

X-EKB 8MX 285713

X-EKB 16 MX 285714

X-EKB FR 4MX 285715

X-EKB FR 8MX 285716

X-EKB FR 16 MX 285717

GX nails X-EGN 14 MX 338872

X-GHP 20 MX 285890

X-GN 27 MX 340229

DX Nails X-U 16 MX 237344

X-U 22 MX 237346

X-U 27 MX 237347

X-EKB (FR) 4 MXX-EKB (FR) 8 MXX-EKB (FR) 16 MX


DX tools: Steel: 6.8/11M red cartridgeConcrete: 6.8/11M yellow cartridge on green/fresh and standard concrete

6.8/11M red cartridge on precast, old and hard concreteMasonry: 6.8/11M yellow or green cartridge, green for MX Fastener

GX 120-ME tool: Gas can GC 21 (GC 22 in USA)GX 100 tool: Gas can GC 11 (GC 12 in USA)Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

7 / 2009 2.187

X-EKB, X-ECHX-EKB, X-ECH


Installation

X-EKB fastening quality


hNVS

hNVS = 7 ± 2 mm

X-ECH fastening quality

hNVS

hNVS = 7 ± 2 mm

X-EKB

1.Load X-EKB in the tool

2.Apply clasp to surfacewith tool

3.Compress tool andpull the trigger

4.Lift arm and put thecables in place

Spacing: approximately 50–100 cm (Adjust as necessary to control cable sagging)

X-ECH

1.Load X-ECH in thetool

2.Apply the X-ECH to thesurface with tool

3.Compress tool andpull the trigger

4.Introduce the cables

Stacking X-ECH

1.Attach an X-ECH-Sand press to “click”

2.Introduce the cables

Possible:X-ECH-S on X-ECH-SX-ECH-S on X-ECH-M

Not possible:X-ECH-M on X-ECH-SX-ECH-M on X-ECH-M

Spacing: approximately 60–80 cm (Adjust as necessary to limit sagging)

2.188 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 2.189

X-FB, X-DFB, X-EMTC,X-FBMX

X-FB (X-DFB / X-EMTC) Electrical ConduitFasteners

General informationMaterial specificationsSee fastener selection for more details.

Fastening tools

GX 120-ME, GX 100-E,DX 351, DX 460See fastener selection for more details.

Dimensions

X-FB / X-EMTC X-DFB

Product data

W

H

d

3

W

H

d

4

X-FB MX (X-BX/X-EMTC)

W

d

H

Example

Applications

X-FB for rigid conduits

X-GHP 20

o6.

8

21.8

20

o 3

1.8

X-GN 27

o6.

8

28.9

27

o 3

1.9

X-EGN 14

o6.

8

15.8

14

o 3

1.8

X-C 27

o3.

5

Ls2

L

o8

X-U 16/22/27

4

8

L

Ls2.4


Load data

Concrete Sandlime stone SteelFastener Nrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Nrec [kN]

X-FB / X-DFB (pre-mounted) 0.06 1) 0.06 1) –

X-FBMXwith X-U or X-C 0.04 1) 0.04 1) –

X-FBMXwith X-GHP 20 0.02 – –

X-FBMXwith X-GN 27 – 0.06 –

X-FBMXwith X-EGN 14 or X-U – – 0.06 2)1) eccentric loading considered2) Load controlled by the serviceability of the hook.


2.190 7 / 2009

Test dataImportant note: test data are for information only.




X-GHP 20 MX 1.61 52.0 14.0 52.2

X-GN 27 MX 1.91 47.1 19.2 23.7

X-U 22 MX 3.18 37.8 20.1 54.7

X-U 27 MX 4.04 35.4 24.5 30.9

7 / 2009 2.191




ConcreteX-U, X-C: hmin = 80 mmX-GHP, X-GN: hmin = 60 mm

Steel

tIl ≥ 4 mm

t II

Thickness of fastened materialX-FB (X-BX/X, X-EMTC) To fasten conduits, pipes and tubes of ∅ 8 mm to 50 mm

Spacing and edge distancesSpace fastenings as needed to control sag and maintain alignment.


Application limits

X-C and Gas nails fc ≤ 30 N/mm2

X-U fc ≤ 40 N/mm2

With pre-mounted nail Without pre-mounted nailDesignation Designation d [mm] W [mm] [H [mm]

� X-FB 8-C27 X-FB 8 MX 8 31 10

� X-EMTC 3/8”-C27/-U22 X-BX 3/8” MX 10 (3/8”) 33 12

� X-FB 11-C27 X-FB 11 MX 11 34 13

� X-EMTC 1/2”-C27/-U22 13 (1/2”)

� X-FB 13-C27 X-EMTC 1/2” MX 13 (1/2”) 42 15

� X-FB 16-C27 X-FB 16 MX 16 44 18

� X-FB 18-C27 18 46 20

� X-EMTC 3/4”-C27/-U22 X-EMTC 3/4” MX 19 (3/4”) 47 21

� X-FB 20-C27 X-FB 20 MX 20 48 22

� X-FB 22-C27 X-FB 22 MX 22 50 24

� X-FB 24-C27 24 52 26

� X-FB 25-U27 X-FB 25, X-EMTC 1” MX 25 (1’’) 53 27

� X-EMTC 1”-C27/-U22 25 (1’’)

� X-FB 28-C27 X-FB 28 MX 28 56 30

� X-FB 32-C27 X-FB 32 MX 32 58 34

� X-FB 35-C27 35 64 37

� X-FB 40-C27 X-FB 40 MX 40 69 42

� X-FB 50-C27 50 77 52

� X-DFB 8-C27

� X-DFB 11-C27

� X-DFB 16-C27 X-DFB 16 MX 16 66 15

� X-DFB 18-C27 18 70 18

� X-DFB 20-C27 X-DFB 20 MX 20 75 20

� X-DFB 22-C27 X-DFB 22 MX 22 79 22

� X-DFB 24-C27 X-DFB 25 MX 24 83 24

� X-DFB 25-C27 25

� X-DFB 28-C27 X-DFB 28 MX 28 91 28

� X-DFB 35-C27 35 106 30

� X-DFB 40-C27 40 116 37

X-U nail Nail shank: Carbon steel, HRC 58 Zinc coating: 5–13 µm

X-C nail Nail shank: Carbon steel, HRC 53 Zinc coating: 5–13 µm

X-GHP nail Nail shank: Carbon steel, HRC 58 Zinc coating: 2–8 µm

X-GN nail Nail shank: Carbon steel, HRC 53.5 Zinc coating: 2–8 µm

Fastener selection

Fastener programTechnical information


2.192 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 2.193


Material specifications:� Polyethylene, grey� + � Galvanized steel sheet, fu = 270-420 N/mm2, 10–20 µm zinc coating

Tools:DX 351-F8, DX 460-F8, DX-E 72 for all X-FB/DFB/EMTC with pre-mounted nailsandGX 120-ME, GX 100-E, DX 351-MX DX 460-MX for X-FB/DFB/EMTC __MX

X-FB/DFB:Fastening of electrical conduits and light-duty water or heating pipes on concrete

Capacity: Nail choice:

conduit ∅ ≤ d X-C and Gas Nails for fc ≤ 30 N/mm2

conduit ∅ ≤ d X-U for fc ≤ 40 N/mm2



6.8/11M red cartridge on precast, old and hard concreteMasonry: 6.8/11M green cartridge

GX 120 tool: Gas can GC 21 (GC 22 in USA)GX 100 tool: Gas can GC 11 (GC 12 in USA)Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.


2.194 7 / 2009


Installation details

Nailhead not protruding


X-FB:

1.Load X-FB in the tool

2.Position against the conduit

3.Compress tool, pull the triggerand the conduit is fastened

Spacing: Space fastenings as needed to control sag and maintain alignment

7 / 2009 2.195

X-ECTMX, X-EKSMX,X-EMTSC

X-ECT MX Electrical Cable Tie, X-EKS MXand X-EMTSC Conduit Clip Fastener


X-ECT and X-EKS: Polyamide (halogen and silicon free), light grey RAL 7035 andPBT (silicon free, flame retardant), stone grey RAL 7030

X-EMTSC: Galvanized steel sheet fu = 270–420 N/mm2,10–20 µm zinc coating

Nails:Carbon Steel HRC 58 X-GHP 20, X-EGN 14, X-U

HRC 53.5 X-GN 27Zink coating 2–8 µm X-GHP 20, X-GN 27, X-EGN 14

5–13 µm X-U

Fastening tools

GX 120-ME, GX 100-E, DX 460 MX, DX 351 MXSee fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

CSTB (France) X-ECT MX, X-EKS MX, X-EKSCMX (all with X-U22 MX nail)

UL (USA) X-ECT MX

Dimensions

X-ECT MX X-EKS MX

Product data

18X-EKSCMX X-EMTSC

X-GHP 20

o6.

8

21.8

20

o 3

1.8

X-GN 27

o6.

8

28.9

27

o 3

1.9

X-EGN 14

o6.

8

15.8

14

o 3

1.8

X-U 16/22/27

4

8L

Ls2.4

12.5

19 24.9

37.4

12.5

24.5

D

14


Load data

Service load 1)Fastener [kN]

X-ECTMX 0.04

X-EKSMX 0.02

X-EMTSCMX 0.051) The recommended service load is determined by the serviceability of the plastic part.


2.196 7 / 2009

Test data (Examples)Important note: test data are for information only.




X-GHP 20 MX 1.61 52.0 14.0 52.2

X-GN 27 MX 1.91 47.1 19.2 23.7

X-U 22 MX 3.18 37.8 20.1 54.7

X-U 27 MX 4.04 35.4 24.5 30.9

Examples

Applications

Flexible or rigid cable conduitswith cable ties

Rigid conduits Cable conduits or light dutypipes

7 / 2009 2.197





Steel

tIl ≥ 4 mm

t II

Spacing and edge distances50–100 cm along the cable tie. Adjust spacing as needed to achieve stability of cable tie


Application limits

No general restrictions existent. Limitations are depending on application and user require-ments.

Fastener selection


2.198 7 / 2009

Fastener programNail

Shank Ø *) Shank length*)Base material Designation Technology ds [mm] Ls [mm] L [mm

Concrete X-U 22 MX DX 4.0 22 –

Concrete X-U 27 MX DX 4.0 27 –

Steel X-U 16 MX DX 4.0 16 –

Concrete X-GHP 20 MX GX 3.0 20 21.8

Concrete or masonry X-GN 27 MX GX 3.0 27 28.9

Steel X-EGN 14 MX GX 3.0 14 15.8*) Standard chank diameters and shank lengths. Other combinations available on special order.

Tools:DX technology: DX 460-MX, DX 351-MXGX technology: GX 120-ME, GX 100-E

Suitable cables with X-ECTMX fastenerCable type Cable measure [∅ mm] No. of cables

NYM 3x1.5 8 14

NYM 5x1.5 10 10

Suitable conduits with X-EKS / X-EKSCMX fastenerConduit type Conduit size [mm] No. of conduits

Plastic conduit 16–40 1

Suitable conduits with X-EMTSCMX fastenerConduit type Conduit size [inch] No. of conduits

Metal conduit 1/2”–1” 1

7 / 2009 2.199


X-EKSItem no. Designation

285719 X-EKS 16 MX

285720 X-EKS 20 MX

285721 X-EKS 25 MX

285722 X-EKS 32 MX

285723 X-EKS 40 MX

X-ECTItem no. Designation

285709 X-ECT MX

285710 X-ECT UV MX

285711 X-ECT FR MX

X-EMTSCItem no. Designation

228338 X-EMTSC 1/2” MX

228339 X-EMTSC 3/4” MX

228340 X-EMTSC 1” MX




GX 120 tool: Gas can GC 21 (GC 22 in USA)

GX 100 tool: Gas can GC 11 (GC 12 in USA)Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

GX nailsItem no. Designation

338872 X-EGN 14 MX

340229 X-GHP 20 MX

34541 X-GN 27 MX

DX NailsItem no. Designation

237344 X-U 16 MX

237346 X-U 22 MX

237347 X-U 27 MX

X-EKSCItem no. Designation

274083 X-EKSC 16 MX

274086 X-EKSC 20 MX

274087 X-EKSC 25 MX

386469 X-EKSC 32 MX

386470 X-EKSC 40 MX


2.200 7 / 2009

Installation


1.Load X-EKS,X-ECT orX-EMTSC in the tool.

2.Apply X-EKS,X-ECT orX-EMTSC to surfacewith tool, compressthe tool and pull thetrigger.

3.Turn down the X-EKSclip or assemble acable binder into theX- ECT(Example: X-EKS)

4.Fasten the cable to theX-EKS clip, the X-ETCor the X-EMTSC

(Example: X-EKS)

Spacing:• 50–100 cm along the cable tie• Adjust spacing as needed to achieve stability of cable tie

7 / 2009 2.201

X-ET

X-ET for Fastening Plastic Electrical CableTrays and Junction Boxes


X-ET: Polyethylene

X-ET MX Polyamide (halogen and silicon free), light grey RAL 7035 andPBT (silicon-free, flame retardant), stone grey RAL 7030

Nails:Carbon steel HRC 58 X-GHP 20, X-EGN 14

HRC 53.5 X-GN 27HRC 58 X-U 16 / 22/ 27

Zink-coating 2–8 µm X-GHP 20, X-EGN 14, X-GN 275–13 µm X-U

Fastening tools

DX 460 MX, DX 351 MX, GX 120-ME, GX 100-ESee fastener selection for more details.

Dimensions

X-ET UK-H27

Product data

28

31

7

1

16.2

UK-H27 X-ET MX

31

o 15

o 8

o 3.7

2 3

w x l x h = 16.5 x 16.5 x 12 mm

X-GHP 20

o6.

8

21.8

20

o 3

1.8

X-GN 27

o6.

8

28.9

27

o 3

1.9

X-EGN 14

o6.

8

15.8

14

o 3

1.8

X-U 16/22/27

4

8

L

Ls2.4

Design dataRecommended load

Load data

Service load 1)Fastener [kN]

X-ET 0.11) The recommended service load is controlled by serviceability of the plastic part.

X-ET

2.202 7 / 2009

Test data (Examples)Important note: test data are for information onlyi.




X-GHP 20 MX 1.61 52.0 14.0 52.2

X-GN 27 MX 1.91 47.1 19.2 23.7

X-U 22 MX 3.18 37.8 20.1 54.7

X-U 27 MX 4.04 35.4 24.5 30.9

Examples

Applications

Cable trunking Cable trunking Junction boxes Conduits & pipes withmetal or textile band

7 / 2009 2.203

X-ET



ConcreteX-U, X-C: hmin = 80 mm

X-GHP, X-GN: hmin = 60 mm

Steel

tIl ≥ 4 mm

t II


Application limits

No general restrictions existent. Limitations are dependent on application and user require-ments.


X-ET

2.204 7 / 2009

Conditions for use:• No fastenings on ribs• Underside of trunkingmust be smooth

• X-ET MX only in pre-drilled holes

Fastener ToolsShank ShankØ length

Techno- Base ds LsNo. logy material Fastener Designation [mm] [mm]

� DX Concrete /steel X-ET X-ET UK-H27 3.7 27 DX 460-F8

� DX Concrete /stee X-ET MX X-U 22/27 MX 4.0 22/27 DX 460MX, DX 351MX

� DX Steel X-ET MX X-U 16 MX 4.0 16 DX 460MX, DX 351MX

� GAS Concrete X-ET MX X-GHP 20 3.0 20 GX120-ME

� GAS Concrete X-ET MX X-GN 27 3.0 27 GX120-ME

� GAS Steel X-ET MX X-EGN 14 3.0 14 GX120-ME

� GAS Sandlime masonry X-ET MX All GX nails 3.0 see above GX120-ME

Fastener programFastener Item no. Designation

X-ET 251705 X-ET UK-HZ27

285718 X-ET MX

DX Nails 237344 X-U 16 MX

237346 X-U 22 MX

237347 X-U 27 MX

34372 X-DNI 22 MX

34377 X-DNI 27 MX

34541 X-EDNI 16 MX

GX nails 338872 X-EGN 14 MX

285890 X-GHP 20 MX

340229 X-GN 27 MX

=90°

max. 60 mm

min

.16

mm

min

.16

mm

Trunking dimensions:tI ≤ 2 mm PVC

7 / 2009 2.205

X-ET

Installation


1.Load X-ET in the tool.

2.Apply X-ET to surfacewith tool, compressthe tool and pull thetrigger.

3.Nailheads should bebelow top of X-ET

4.Cables can be laidright over the fasten-ings

Spacing:• 50–100 cm along the trunking• Adjust spacing as needed to achieve stability of trunking




GX 120-ME tool: Gas can GC 21 (GC 22 in USA)

GX 100-E tool: Gas can GC 11 (GC 12 in USA)Tool energy adjustment by setting tests on site.

2.206 7 / 2009

o 12

Ls

o 5.6

L

o3.7

1.7

7 / 2009 2.207

Special X-CR

Special X-CR Stainless Steel Nails forFastening to Steel


Nail shank: CR-500 (CrNiMo alloyfu ≥ 1850 N/mm2

Steel washers: X2CrNiMo 18143

Plastic washers: polyethylene

Fastening tools

DX 460, DX 450See fastener selection for more details.

Approvals

DIBt (Germany): X-CR 14 P8with DX 450 (125%)

ABS, LR: all types

Dimensions

X-CR __ P8

X-CR 14 D12

Examples

o 8

2.4

o3.7

L

Ls

o 12

o 5.6

Ls

L

o3.7

1.7

X-CR __ S12

Product data

Applications (for fastenings exposed to weather or other corrosive conditions)

Wall ties Installation rails Facade brackets

Special X-CR

2.208 7 / 2009

Recommended loads

Load data

Steel sheet fasteningCarbon steel sheet, fu ≥ 370 N/mm2 Aluminium sheet, fu ≥ 210 N/mm2

X-CR __ P8 X-CR __ D12/S12 X-CR __ P8 X-CR __ D12/S12tl [mm] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN] tl [mm] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN]

0.75 1.0 1.1 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.4

1.00 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.4 1.0 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.6

1.25 1.5 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.2 0.8 0.9 1.1 0.9

2.00 2.2 2.0 2.2 2.0 1.5 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.4

2.0 1.6 1.7 1.9 1.7

• Recommended working loads valid for fastened materials as shown above.• For intermediate sheet thicknesses, use recommended load for next smaller thickness.• For stainless steel sheet, use same loads as for carbon steel sheet.• Recommended loads include an overall safety factor applied to the characteristic strength.Static test: Nrec = Ntest,k / 3.0 Vrec = Vtest,k / 3.0

• These recommended loads are appropriate for Eurocode 1 (or similar) wind loading designs.

Other applications*X-CR __ P8 / X-CR 14 D12 / X-CR __ S12Nrec [kN] Vrec [kN] Mrec [kN]

1.6 2.0 3.8* Fastened parts: clips, brackets, etc. with 1 or to fastenings; thicker steel parts

• Failure of fastened material is not considered in Nrec and Vrec.• Loads valid for predominantly static loading.

Forces of constraintWhen fastening large pieces of steel or aluminium, the possibility of shear loadings fromforces of constraint should be considered in the fastening design. Either allow for movementor avoid exceeding VRk!


P P

7 / 2009 2.209

Special X-CR



Using DX 450 tool: tll ≥≥ 5.0 mm

Using DX 460 tool: tll ≥≥ 6.0 mm

Thickness of fastened materialtI ≤≤ 12.0 mm (details see fastener selection)


7

10

t II

2510

7t II 20

20

12

bx**

10

tII = 4 - 10

Rolled shapes Cold formed shapes Fastened material

Corrosion information For fastenings exposed to weather or other corrosive conditions. Not for use in highly corro-sive surroundings like swimming pools or highway tunnels.For further detailed information on corrosion see relevant chapter in Direct Fastening Principles and Technique section.

** max. allowable bx ≤ 8 x tII (however, jobsite trailsadvisable)

Special X-CR

2.210 7 / 2009

Fastener selection

ProgrammeBase material Fixed material thickness tl [mm] Fastener Ls hET Toolthickness tll [mm] ≤≤1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 11 12 Designation Item no. [mm] [mm]

tII,min ≥ 6 mm � � X-CR 14 P8 306701 14 ≥ 9 DX 460

tII,min ≥ 6 mm � � X-CR 16 P8 247356 16 ≥ 9 DX 460

*tII,min ≥ 5 mm � � X-CR 18 P8 247357 18 ≥ 9 DX 450*

*tII,min ≥ 5 mm � � X-CR 21 P8 247358 21 ≥ 9 DX 450*

*tII,min ≥ 5 mm � � X-CR 24 P8 247359 24 ≥ 9 DX 450*

tII,min ≥ 5 mm � X-CR 14 D12 244601 14 ≥ 9 DX 450

tII,min ≥ 5 mm � � X-CR 16 S12 298855 16 ≥ 9 DX 450

tII,min ≥ 5 mm � � X-CR 18 S12 298856 18 ≥ 9 DX 450

tII,min ≥ 5 mm � � X-CR 21 S12 298857 21 ≥ 9 DX 450

tII,min ≥ 5 mm � � X-CR 24 S12 298858 24 ≥ 9 DX 450� = recommended thickness Ls = hET + tl for X-CR __P8

Ls = hET + tl + 1 for X-CR __D12/S12


DX 460: 6.8/11M red or black cartridge

DX 450 6.8/11M yellow cartridge (tIl ≥ 5–6 mm)6.8/11M red cartridge (tIl > 6 mm)


400

Ste

el th

ickn

ess,

tll

[mm

]

8

500 600 700

12

16

20

6

4

10

14

18

1

4

3

2


S355JxxS275Jxx

S235Jxx

Application limits

DX 450, DX 460� X-CR16 (tI ≤ 3 mm) with DX 450 tool� X-CR14 (tI ≤ 2 mm) with DX 450 tool� X-CR14 (tI ≤ 1 mm) with DX 450 tool� X-CR14 (tI ≤ 1 mm) with DX 460 tool

DX 450: Steel thickness tIl ≥ 5 mmDX 460: Steel thickness tIl ≥ 6 mm

7 / 2009 2.211

Special X-CR


Installation

X-CR __ P8


hNVStI

hET

tII

hNVS = 3.0–4.5 mm hNVS = 4–5 mm hNVS = 4–5 mm

X-CR 14 D12

hNVStI

hET

tII

X-CR __ S12

hNVStI

hETtII

tl ≤ 3 mm

3Steel fastened material ≤ 3 mmthick, usually deforms with thedisplaced base material toallow a tight fit between fas-tened steel and base materialwithout pre-drilling.Because conditions may vary,trial fastenings are recom-mended

tl > 3 mm

3

M

M

Without pre-drilling:Steel fastened material > 3 mmthick is too stiff too fully deformwith the displaced base mate-rial. The gap, which increaseswith increasing tI, can result inbending moments beingapplied to the nail shank.

To prevent imposition of amoment on the shank of fas-tener, use three fasteners ina group.

o12

ds

120°

With pre-drilling:If a gap between the fastenedpart and the base material isunacceptable, the fastenedpart can be prepared withdrilled holes.

2.212 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 2.213

Tools and equipment

DX 460 General Purpose Tool

Fastener:X-U __ MXX-C __ MXX-CT __ MXX-DW __ MXX-ET_MXX-ECT_MXX-EKS_MX, X-EMTSC,X-FB_MXX-HS_MXX-CC_MXX-HS-W_MXX-EKB_MX

Piston:X-460-P8X-460-P8Wfor fastening wood

Cartridges:6.8/11M –black, red, yellow, green

DX 460-MX

Fastener:X-U __ P8DNH 37 P8S15DKH 48 P8S15X-C __ P8X-CR __ P8/ P8S12X-CR M8X-CT __ DP8X-FS, X-SWX-FBX-EM6/EW6-__-__ FP8X-EF7/-__-__ FP8X-M6/W6-__-__ FP8F7-__-__ FP8X-EM8-__-__ P8X-M8-__-__ P8X-HS, X-CCX-HS-W_P8X-DAK, X-DW, ESD

Piston:X-460-P8X-460-P8Wfor fastening woodX-460-P8ALfor setting AL-H nails

Cartridges:6.8/11M –black, red, yellow, green

DX 460-F8

Tools and equipment

2.214 7 / 2009

FFaasstteenneerr::X-M6H-__-37 FP8M8H-__37 P8X-CRM8-__42 FP8

PPiissttoonn:: X-460-P Kwik

DDXX--KKwwiikk mmeetthhoodd::pre-drilling into concrete

Fastener:X-U __ P8X-CX-CR __ P8X-CRM __ P8

Piston: X-460-P8

Fastener guide:X-460-F8N15 Narrow access fastenerguide (∅ 15.2 mm x 53.2 mm)

Fastener:X-U __ P8 X-CX-CR __ P8X-CRM __ P8

Piston: X-460-P8

Fastener guide:X-460-F8N10Narrow access fastenerguide (bxdxL 10.4x25.9x50 mm)

Fastener:X-GRX-GRRUX-CR M8X-EM 8H

Piston: X-460-PGR

Fastener guide:X-460-F8GRGrating fastener guide

Fastener:X-U __ S12

Piston: X-460-P8

Fastener guide:X-460-F8S12S12 fastener guide

7 / 2009 2.215

Tools and equipment

Fastener:X-M6-__-__FP8X-W6-__-__FP8X-F7-__-__FP8X-M8-__-__P8

Piston: X-460-P8

Fastener guide:X-460-F8SS8 mm stop spall fastenerguide

Fastener:M10 (possible)

Piston: X-460-P10

Fastener guide:X-460-F10

Fastener:M10 (possible)

Piston: X-460-P10

Fastener guide:X-460-F10SS 10 mm stop spall fastenerguide

Fastener:X-IE Insulation fastener

Piston: X-460-PIE-L

Fastener guide:X-460-FIE-L

Tools and equipment

2.216 7 / 2009

Fastener:X-EDNK22-THQ12MX-EDN19-THQ12M

Piston: X-460-PSM

Cartridges:6.8/11M – black, red, yellow

DX 460-MX SM

7 / 2009 2.217

Tools and equipment

DX 351

Fastener:X-DW20/27 MXX-C14/27 MXX-U15X-HS_MX, X-CC_MXX-HS-WX-EKB_MXX-ET_MXX-ECT_MXX-EKS_MXX-EMTCX-FB_MX

Piston: X-P 8S-351

Cartridges:6.8/11M – red, yellow, green, white

DX 351 with X-MX27 Interior Finishing Tool

Fastener:X-DW20/27 TPHX-DNI19/47 P8X-C14/47 P8/TH/THPX-EDNI16/22 P8X-DAK16 P8/P8THX-CC-DNI27/32 P8X-CC-AL27 P8X-CC-U16 P8X-CC-C32 P8X-HS __-U32 P8S15X-HS __-U19 P8S15

Piston: X-P 8S-351

Cartridges:6.8/11M – red, yellow, green, white

DX 351-F8

Fastener guide:X-FG 8L-351 narrow access fastenerguide

Piston: X-P 8L-351

Tools and equipment

2.218 7 / 2009

Fastener:X-BT M10-24-6 SN12-RX-BT M10-24-6-RX-BT W10-24-6 SN12-RX-BT W10-24-6-R

Fastener:X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-RX-BT M8-15-6-R

Piston: X-351 BT P 1024

Fastener guide: BT FG M1024 (M10)BT FG W1024 (W10)Fastener Guide dimensions bxdxL = 17.5x22x29.5 mm

Cartridges:6.8/11M – high precision - brown

Piston: X-351 BT P G

Fastener guide: X-352 BT FG G (M8)Fastener Guide dimensions bxdxL = 17.5x22x56 mm

Cartridges:6.8/11M – high precision - brown

DX 351-BT

DX 351-BTG Grating

7 / 2009 2.219

Tools and equipment

DX E72

Fastener:X-UX-CX-CT Drywall fastenersX-SWX-FSX-M6/W6/F7X-EM6H/EW6H/EF7HX-FB, X-DFBXHS, X-CCX-CR

Cartridges:5.6/16ND (cal .22NC) – red, yellow, green, white(brown), grey

DX E72

Tools and equipment

2.220 7 / 2009

DX 36

Fastener:X-UX-CX-CRX-CTX-EM6H/EW6H/EF7HX-M6/W6/F7/M8X-FSX-SWX-FBX-DKHDNHX-HSX-CC

Cartridges:6.8/11M – red, yellow, green

DX 36

7 / 2009 2.221

Tools and equipment

DX 76 PTR

Fastener:X-ENP-19 L15 MX

Piston:X-76-P-ENP-PTR

Piston brake:X-76-PB-PTR

Cartridges:6.8/18M – black, red, blue

Fastener:X-ENP2K-20 L15 MX

Piston:X-76-P-ENP2K-PTR


Cartridges:6.8/18M – blue, green

DX 76 PTR (Siding and decking) with magazine MX 76-PTR

Fastener:X-ENP-19 L15

Fastener guide:X-76-F-15-PTR

Piston:X-76-P-ENP-PTR



Fastener:X-ENP2K-20 L15

Fastener guide:X-76-F-15-PTR

Piston:X-76-P-ENP2K-PTR


Cartridges:6.8/18M – blue, green

DX 76 PTR (Siding and decking)

Tools and equipment

2.222 7 / 2009

Fastener:NPH2-42 L15

Fastener guide:X-76-F-Kwik-PTR

Piston:X-76-P-Kwik-PTR


Cartridges:6.8/18M – blue

DX 76 PTR (Siding and decking on concrete – DX-Kwik)

Fastener:X-ENP-21 HVB

Connector:X-HVB shear connectors

Fastener guide:X-76-F-HVB-PTR

Piston:X-76-P-HVB-PTR


Cartridges:6.8/18M – black, red

DX 76 PTR (X-HVB shear connectors)

7 / 2009 2.223

Tools and equipment

Grating fastener:X-CRM8-15-12 P8X-EM8H_P8X-GR, X-GR RU

Chequer plate fastenerX-CRM8-15-12 P8X-CRM8-9-12 P8

Fastener guide:X-76-F-8-GR-PTR(∅ 19 mm × 58 mm)

Piston:X-76-P-8-GR-PTR


Cartridges:6.8/18M – blue, yellowFor X-GR and X-GRRU:red, blue, yellow

DX 76 PTR (Grating and chequer plate)

Piston:X-76-P-10-PTR



DX 76 PTR (Heavy duty)

Fastener:EDS19 – 22 P10X-EM10H-24-12 P10X-EM8H-15-12 FP10X-CR M8-15-12 FP10X-CR M8-9-12 FP10DS27 – 37 P10

Fastener guide:X-76-F-10-PTR(∅ 19 mm × 58 mm)

Tools and equipment

2.224 7 / 2009

DX-860 Tool for Decking

Fastener:X-ENP-19 L15 MXR

Piston: X-76-P-ENP

Cartridges:6.8/18M40 –black, red, blue

DX 860-ENP

Fastener:X-EDNK22-THQ12X-EDN19-THQ12

Piston: X-860-HSN-SP

Cartridges:6.8/11M40 –black, yellow

DX 860-HSN

7 / 2009 2.225

Tools and equipment

GX 100 Gas Tool for Interior Finishing andGX 100-E for Electrical Applications

Fastener:X-EGN 14 MXX-GHP 18 MXX-GHP 20 MXX-GN 20 MXX-GN 27 MXX-GN 32 MXX-GN 39 MX

Energy:GC 11 used international

GC 12 used only in USA

GX 100

Fastener:X-EGN 14 MXX-GHP 18 MXX-GHP 20 MXX-GN 20 MXX-GN 27 MXX-GN 32 MXX-GN 39 MXX-HS MXX-CC MXX-HSWX-EKB MXX-FB MXX-DFB MXX-ECT MXX-ET MXX-EKS MXX-EMT SC


GC 12 used only in USA

GX 100-E

Tools and equipment

2.226 7 / 2009

GX 120 Gas Tool for Interior Finishing andGX 120-ME for Electrical Applications

Fastener:X-EGN 14 MXX-GHP 18 MXX-GHP 20 MXX-GN 20 MXX-GN 27 MXX-GN 32 MXX-GN 39 MX



GX 120

Fastener:X-EGN 14 MXX-GHP 18 MXX-GHP 20 MXX-GN 20 MXX-GN 27 MXX-GN 32 MXX-GN 39 MXX-HS MXX-CC MXX-HS-WX-EKB MXX-FB MXX-DFB MXX-ECT MXX-ET MXX-EKS MXX-EMT SCX-G M6/W6

GX 120-ME

7 / 2009 2.227

Tools and equipment

Cartridges

Cartridge 6.8/11M10 and 6.8/11M401

(.27 caliber short)

Cartridge 6.8/18M10 (.27 caliber long)

Cartridge 6.8/18M40 (.27 caliber long)

Cartridge 5.6/16ND (caliber .22NC)

6.8/18 (.27 caliber long)1

Color Strength Fastening tools:code* number** DX 36 DX 460 DX 351 DX 860-HSN 1

High precisionbrown 2 [2] no no � no

white [brown] 2 [2] no no � no

green 3 [3] � � � no

yellow 4 [4] � � � �

red 6 [5] � � � no

black [purple] 7 [6] no � no �

* Color code according to DIN 7260, in brackets e.g. [purple] according to PATMI (USA and Canada)** Strength number as used on Hilti packaging. Without brackets refers to number used in Europe, in bracketse.g. [6] refers to number according to PATMI and as used in USA and Canada.

Color Strength Fastening tools:code* number** DX 76 / DX 76 PTR

green 3 �

yellow 4 �

blue 5 [4.5] �

red 6 [5] �

black [purple] 7 [6] �

Color Strength Fastening tools:code* number** DX 860-ENP

blue 5 [4.5] �

red 6 [5] �


Color Strength Fastening tools:code* number** DX-E 72

[grey] [1] �

white [brown] 2 �

green 3 �

yellow 4 �

red 6 �

Color Strength Fastening tools:code* number** DX 600N1

green 3 �

yellow 4 �

red 5 �


2.228 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 3.1

Contents

Steel and metal screws 3.1–3.159

Screws overview 3.3–3.7General information / screw designations 3.8Screws program 3.9–3.150Special items / sealing washers 3.151–3.152Screwdrivers / accessories / bits 3.153–3.157Tools and systems for steel and metal trade 3.158–3.159

3.2 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 3.3

Screws overview

Product index for steel and metal screws

Carbon steel self-drilling screws

Drilling thickness Screw ∅ Sealing washer ∅Designation Description mm mm mm Page

S-MD51Z 4.8×19 for sheet overlaps 1.25–2.75 4.8 16 3.10

S-MD51Z 6.3×19 1.20–3.00 6.3 16 3.13

S-MD51LZ 4.8×38 1.20–2.75 4.8 16 3.16

S-MD53Z 4.8×38 2.10–4.50 4.8 16 3.19

S-MD53Z 5.5×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50) 2.60–5.50 5.5 16 3.22

S-MD53Z 6.3×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50) 2.60–6.00 6.3 16 3.25

S-MD55Z 5.5×(38, 50, 63) 4.60–12.00 5.5 16 3.28S-MD65Z 5.5×38 4.60–12.00 5.5 19

S-MS01Z 4.8×20(M) for sheet overlaps 2.5 4.8 3.31

S-MD01Z 4.2×(13, 16) 1.20–2.50 4.2 3.34S-MD01Z 4.8×(13, 19) 1.20–2.75 4.8S-MD01Y 4.8×16 1.20–2.75 4.8S-MD01Z(LZ) 4.8×(19M, 22M) 1.20–2.75 4.8S-MD01Z 5.5×19 1.20–3.00 5.5S-MD01Z 6.3×19 1.20–3.00 6.3

Screws overview

Stainless steel self-drilling screws

S-MD03Z 4.2×16 2.10–3.50 4.2 3.44S-MD03Z 4.8×(16, 19) 2.10–4.50 4.8S-MD03Z 5.5×(19, 25, 32, 38) 2.60–5.50 5.5S-MD23Z 5.5×22 2.60–5.50 5.5S-MD03Z 6.3×(19, 25, 32, 50) 2.10–3.50 6.3S-MD2310Y 6.3×(22M, 22) 1.20–3.00 6.3

S-MD21Z 5.5×25 1.20–3.00 5.5 3.54

S-MD05Z 5.5×(38, 50, 63) 4.60–12.00 5.5 3.57S-MD25Z 5.5×38 4.60–12.00 5.5

Drilling thickness Screw ∅ Sealing washer ∅Designation mm mm mm Page


S-MD51S 4.8×(22, 25) 1.25–2.00 4.8 16 3.62S-MD61S 4.8×22 1.25–2.00 4.8 19S-MD51S 5.5×(25, 32, 38, 50) 1.25–3.00 5.5 16

S-MD51LS 5.5×25 1.80–4.00 5.5 16 3.67S-MD61LS 5.5×25 1.80–4.00 5.5 19S-MD71LS 5.5×25 1.80–4.00 5.5 22

S-MD53S 5.5×(25, 32, 38, 50, 63) 2.10–5.50 5.5 16 3.70S-MD63S 5.5×(25, 32, 38, 50, 63) 2.10–5.50 5.5 19S-MD73S 5.5×(25, 32, 38, 50, 63) 2.10–5.50 5.5 22S-MD53S 6.3×25 2.10–6.00 6.3 16S-MD63S 6.3×25 2.10–6.00 6.3 19S-MD73S 6.3×25 2.10–6.00 6.3 22

3.4 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 3.5

Screws overview

Carbon steel self-tapping screws


Fastening thickness Screw ∅ Sealing washer ∅Designation mm mm mm Page

S-MD43S 5.5×(25, 32, 38, 50, 63) 2.10–5.50 5.5 14 3.76

S-MD55S 5.5×(45, 50, 63, 80, 100) 4.60–12.00 5.5 16 3.79S-MD65S 5.5×(45, 50, 63, 80, 100) 4.60–12.00 5.5 19S-MD75S 5.5×(45, 50, 63, 80, 100) 4.60–12.00 5.5 22

S-MD01S 4.8×22 1.25–2.00 4.8 3.82S-MD01LS 5.5×25 1.80–4.00 5.5S-MD03S 5.5×(25, 32, 38, 50, 63)) 2.10–5.50 5.5S-MD05S 5.5×(45, 50, 63, 80, 100) 4.60–12.00 5.5

S-MD31PS 4.8×19 1.00–2.75 4.8 12 3.90

S-MD31PS 5.5×(22, 28, 38, 50) 1.00–3.00 5.5 12 3.95

S-MD33PS 5.5×(22, 28, 38, 50) 2.1–5.50 5.5 12 3.101

S-MD35PS 5.5×45 4.60–12.00 5.5 12 3.107

S-MP53Z 6.5×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50, 63, 100) 8–89 6.5 19 3.112

S-MP52Z 6.3×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50, 63, 75, 10–91 6.5 19 3.11588, 100)

Screws overview

3.6 7 / 2009

Stainless steel self-tapping screws

Stainless steel screws for sandwich panels, with sealing washer

Fastening thickness Screw ∅ Sealing washer ∅Designation mm mm mm Page


S-MP53S 6.5×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50, 63, 75, 8–164 6.5 16 3.12088, 100, 125, 150, 175)

S-MP63S 6.5×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50, 63, 75, 8–164 6.5 1988, 100, 125, 150, 175)

S-MP73S 6.5×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50, 63, 75, 8–164 6.5 2288, 100, 125, 150, 175)

S-MP52S 6.3×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50, 63, 75, 10–141 6.3 16 3.12488, 100, 125, 150)

S-MP62S 6.3×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50, 63, 75, 10–141 6.3 1988, 100, 125, 150)

S-MP72S 6.3×(19, 25, 32, 38, 50, 63, 75, 10–141 6.3 2288, 100, 125, 150)

S-CD63S 5.5×(75, 85, 95, 115, 135, 2.00–5.50 5.5 19 3.130155, 175, 210)

S-CD73S 5.5×(75, 85, 95, 115, 135, 2.00–5.50 5.5 22155, 175, 210)

S-CD65S 5.5×(90, 100, 110, 130, 150, 3.50–12.00 5.5 19 3.134170, 190, 220)

S-CD75S 5.5×(90, 100, 110, 130, 150, 3.50–12.00 5.5 22170, 190, 220)

7 / 2009 3.7

Screws overview

Special items

Coated carbon steel screws for sandwich panels

Screwdrivers / accessories / bits



Outside ∅ Inside ∅Designation mm mm Page

S-CDW61S 6.5×(100, 110, 120, 140, 160, ≥ 50 mm timber 6.5 19 3.138180, 220, 220, 230)

S-CDW71S 6.5×(100, 110, 120, 140, 160, ≥ 50 mm timber 6.5 22180, 220, 220, 230)

S-CD63C 5.5×(75, 85, 95, 115, 135, 2.50–5.50 5.5 19 3.142155, 175, 210)

S-CD65C 5.5×(90, 100, 110, 130, 150, 3.50–12.00 5.5 19 3.145170, 190, 220)

S-CDW61C 6.5×(100, 110, 120, 140, 160, ≥ 50 mm timber 6.5 19 3.148180, 220, 220, 230)

S-AW stainless steel sealing washer 16 4.8, 5.5, 6,5 3.15119 4.8, 5.5, 6,522 4.8, 5.5, 6,5

General information

3.8 7 / 2009

Type

D: self-drilling

P: self-tapping

S: stich

S - M D 5 3 Z

Screw designations

Screw fastening

ApplicationD: drywallI: insulationM: metalC: sandwich panels

DimensionsThread outsidediameter x length

Information aboutwashers and sealingwashers0: no washer2: metal washer4: sealing washer 14 mm5: sealing washer 16 mm6: sealing washer 19 mm7: sealing washer 22 mm

Information about thescrew pointSelf-drilling screw1: drilling thickness 1.25 to ~ 3 mm3: drilling thickness 2.1 to ~ 6 mm5: drilling thickness 4.6 to ~ 12 mm

Self-tapping screw2: flat thread run-out,

framing thickness at least 1.25 mm3: pointed thread run-out, for steel

up to max. 3 mm ortimber framing

MaterialZ: galvanized carbon steelY: yellow chromatedS: stainless steelLZ: long, galvanizedLS: long, stainless steelC: special surface finishPS: stainless seel, pan head

5.5 x 25

7 / 2009 3.9

Product information

Applications� Screws with sealing washers for fastening profile steel sheet to profile steel sheet or forfastening profile steel sheet to steel framing.

� Screws without sealing washers for framing fastenings (not exposed to weather).

Product descriptionThe screw first drills the required hole in the part to be fastened and in theframing (A). Then the thread is cut (B).A watertight seal is formed at the fastening when the screw with sealing washer is driven.� The carbon steel screw is case hardened.� The surface of the screw is galvanized. This protects the screw from corrosion and lubrica-tes the drilling and thread-cutting operation.

Several screw programs have been awarded approval by the building inspectionauthorities in Germany.Please note the approval mark shown for each of the applicable screw programs.All screws can be ordered with coloured heads and washers in colours according to the RALcolour chart.

Screw designationse.g.: S-MD 51 Z 5.5x45 S for screw fastening

M for metal constructionD for self-drilling screw (D = drilling)5 2 – pressed-on steel flange ∅ 15 mm

4 – sealing washer ∅ 14 mm5 – sealing washer ∅ 16 mm6 – sealing washer ∅ 19 mm7 – sealing washer ∅ 22 mm0 – without sealing washer

1 1 – drill point # 1 = 1.25 up to approx. 3 mm drillingthickness3 – drill point # 3 = 2.1 to 6 mm drilling thickness5 – drill point # 5 = 4.6 to 12 mm drilling thicknessPlease refer to the screw program for the specific max.drilling thickness for each screw.

Z galvanized carbon steel (Z for zinc)5.5x45screw dimensions (∅ x length)

Further designations:S-MD51Z 4.8x19 PB15 PB 15 screw head in the colours listed in the RAL colour chartS-MD51LZ 4.8x38 L extended drill pointS-MD01Z 4.8x19M M collatedS-MD01Y 4.8x19 Y surface galvanized and yellow chromated

Z-14.1-4Hilti

MPA NRW

Carbon steel self-drilling screws

S-MD51Z

3.10 7 / 2009

S-MD51Z 4.8×L carbon steel self-drillingscrew for sheet overlaps

General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, case-hardened, with reduced-diameter drill point and fitted EPDM sealingwasher, ∅ 16 mm.Self-drilling screws with coloured head andsealing washer; other special colours avail-able on request.

Product data

Approvals Z-14.1-4Hilti

MPA NRW

H

SW L

DC MF

d

mm

DC / MF

Sheet metal joints

DimensionsUses:Fastening sheet metal to sheet metal

Fastening toolsScrewdriver: Hilti ST2500,

Hilti ST1800Drive using depthgauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driverS-NSD8: Item no. 308901

ApplicationsExamples

7 / 2009 3.11

S-MD51Z

Design data

Load data

Drilling capacity ΣΣt

max. 2.75 mm

Tightening torque (recommendation)

Screw in end-stop oriented

Total thickness Σ tl: up to 1.25 mm up to 2.75 mm

Tightening torque: 2 Nm 5 Nm

Component II steel with tll [mm] S235J according to DIN EN 10025-2S280GD or S320GD (DIN EN 10326)

0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50 2.00

Component Isteel with tl [mm] S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.63 1.30 1.80 2.30 2.90 2.90 2.90ac 2.90ac 2.90ac

0.75 1.30 1.80 2.30 2.90 3.51 3.70ac 3.70ac 3.70a

0.88 1.30 1.80 2.30 2.90 3.51 4.10 4.80* –

1.00 1.30 1.80 2.30 2.90 3.51 4.10 5.60 –

1.13 1.30 1.80 2.30 2.90 3.51 4.10 5.60 –

1.25 1.30 1.80 2.30 2.90 3.51 4.10 5.60 –

1.50 1.30 1.90 2.70 3.60 4.70 5.90 – –

Tension force NR,k [kN]

0.50 0.43 0,54 0.70 0.81 0.97ac 1.13ac 1.40ac 1.40ac

0.55 0.55 0.68 0.89 1.02 1.23ac 1.43ac 1.77ac 1.77ac

0.63 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80ac 2.10ac 2.60ac 2.60ac

0.75 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10ac 2.70ac 2.70a

0.88 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.70* –

1.00 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.70 –

1.13 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.70 –

1.25 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.70 –

1.50 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.70 –

S-MD51Z

3.12 7 / 2009

Screw selection

Screw programDrilling Fastening Dimensions Sealing Head RAL colour Package Ordering Item no.thickness thickness washer size contents designationDC MF (dxL) ∅ AFmm max. mm mm mm

1.2–2.75 5.5 4.8x19 16 8 500 S-MD51Z 4.8x19 219032

RAL colours available immediately from stock

1.2–2.75 5.5 4.8x19 16 8 1015 light ivory 500 S-MD51Z 4.8x19 PB15 224616

1.2–2.75 5.5 4.8x19 16 8 5008 grey blue 500 S-MD51Z 4.8x19 PF08 231397

1.2–2.75 5.5 4.8x19 16 8 7022 umbra grey 500 S-MD51Z 4.8x19 PH22 224617

1.2–2.75 5.5 4.8x19 16 8 8012 red brown 500 S-MD51Z 4.8x19 PK12 235208

1.2–2.75 5.5 4.8x19 16 8 9002 grey white 500 S-MD51Z 4.8x19 PL02 224615

1.2–2.75 5.5 4.8x19 16 8 9006 white aluminium 500 S-MD51Z 4.8x19 PL06 224614

1.2–2.75 5.5 4.8x19 16 8 9010 pure white 500 S-MD51Z 4.8x19 PL10 224613

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


Safety factors according to EN 1993-1-3 and CUAP 06.02/07

Tension Shear

Partial safety concept

Partial safety factor γM = 1.33 γM = 1.33

Influence of cyclic loading αcyclic = 1.0 – / –

Design load NRd = 1.0 · NRk / 1.33 VRd = VRk / 1.33

Global safety concept

Global safety factor * γGLOB = 2.0 γGLOB = 2.0

Recommended load NRd = 1.0 · NRk / 2.0 VRd = VRk / 2.0* Note: The global safety factor of 2.0 includes a partial safety factor of γF = 1.5 for wind load. For other loads safetyfactors should be applied in accordance with the appropriate standards.

7 / 2009 3.13

S-MD51Z

S-MD51Z 6.3×L carbon steel self-drillingscrew

General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, case-hardened, with reduced-diameter drill point and fitted EPDM sealingwasher ∅ 16 mm. Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

Approvals: Z-14.1-4Hilti

MPA NRW

H

SW L DC MF

d

mm

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin

DimensionsUses:Fastening sheet steel to thin steel sections and liner trays.

Fastening tools:Screwdriver: Hilti ST2500,

Hilti ST1800Drive using depth gauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driver S-NSD3/8": Item no. 308905


S-MD51Z

3.14 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 3.00 mm



Total thickness Σ tl: up to 1,25 mm up to 3,00 mm


Component II steel with tll [mm] S280GD or S320GD (DIN EN 10326)

0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50 2.00


0.63 1.60 2.10 2.70 3.30 3.30ac 3.30ac 3.30ac 3.30ac

0.75 1.60 2.10 2.70 3.30 4.10 4.20ac 4.20ac 4.20*

0.88 1.70 2.20 2.80 3.40 4.10 4.40 5.20ac 5.20*

1.00 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.50 4.10 4.60 5.80 6.30*

1.13 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.50 4.20 4.80 6.20 –

1.25 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.20 5.00 6.50 –

1.50 2.00 2.60 3.30 4.00 4.80 5.50 7.20 –

1.75 2.00 2.60 3.30 4.00 – – – –

2.00 2.00 2.60 3.30 4.00 – – – –


0.50 0.49 0.65 0.81 0.97 1.13ac 1.30ac 1.67ac 1.73ac

0.55 0.61 0.82 1.02 1.23 1.43ac 1.64ac 2.11ac 2.18ac

0.63 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10ac 2.40ac 3.10ac 3.20ac

0.75 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40ac 3.10ac 4.00*

0.88 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10ac 4.60*

1.00 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 4.60*

1.13 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 –

1.25 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 –

1.50 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 –

7 / 2009 3.15

S-MD51Z

Screw selection

Screw programDrilling Fastening Dimensions Sealing Head Package Ordering Item no.thickness thickness washer size contents designationDC MF (dxL) ∅ AFmm max. mm mm mm

1.2-3 4 6.3x19 16 3/8" 500 S-MD51Z 6.3x19 219034


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


1.75 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 – – – –

2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 – – – –

S-MD51LZ

3.16 7 / 2009

S-MD51LZ 4.8×L carbon steel self-drillingscrew

General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, case-hardened, with fittedEPDM sealing washer ∅ 16 mm and extend-ed drill point.Self-drilling screws with coloured head andsealing washer; other special colours avail-able on request.

Product data

H

L

DC

d

MF SW

mm

DCmin

DCmaxMFmax

Sheet metal joints

DimensionsUses on siding:Fastening trapezoidal profile metal sheets with intermediate insulating layer to steel sections.


Hilti ST1800Drive using depth gauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driver S-NSD8: Item no. 308901


7 / 2009 3.17

S-MD51LZ

Design data

Load data


max. 2,75 mm





Component II steel with tll [mm] S280GD or S320GD (DIN EN 10326))

0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50


0.63 1.40 1.40 1.90 2.40 2.70 3.00 3.00

0.75 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.40 2.70 3.30 3.30

0.88 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.40 2.70 3.30 3.30

1.00 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.40 2.70 3.30 3.30

1.13 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.40 2.70 3.30 3.30

1.25 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.40 2.70 3.30 3.30

1.50 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.40 2.70 3.30 –


0.63 0.60 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.60 1.80 2.50

0.75 0.60 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.60 1.80 2.50

0.88 0.60 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.60 1.80 2.50

1.00 0.60 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.60 1.80 2.50

1.13 0.60 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.60 1.80 2.50

1.25 0.60 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.60 1.80 2.50

1.50 0.60 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.60 1.80 –

S-MD51LZ

3.18 7 / 2009

Screw selection


1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 252801


1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 1002 sand yellow 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB02 309220

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 1015 light ivory 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB15 258793

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 1019 grey beige 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB19 309227

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 3000 flame red 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB00 309225

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 5008 grey blue 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB08 374757

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 7006 beige grey 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB06 309226

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 7008 khaki grey 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB08 258795

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 7022 amber 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB22 258794

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 7032 pebble grey 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB32 309224

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 8012 red brown 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB12 374756

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 9002 grey white 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB02 258792

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 9006 white aluminium 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB06 258791

1.2-2.75 13 4.8x38 16 8 9010 pure white 250 S-MD51LZ 4.8x38 PB10 258790


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


7 / 2009 3.19

S-MD53Z


General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, case-hardened, ∅ 4.8 mm, withfitted EPDM sealing washer, ∅ 16 mm.Self-drilling screws with coloured head andsealing washer; other special colours avail-able on request.

Product data


MPA NRW

L

DC

dH

MF SW mm

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax

without insulation with insulation

DimensionsUses:Fastening sheet metal to steel framing, with or without intermediate insulation layers.




S-MD53Z

3.20 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 4.5 mm






1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00


0.63 2.40ac 2.70ac 2.70ac 2.70ac

0.75 3.00 3.50ac 3.50ac 3.90ac

0.88 3.40 4.10 4.10 5.40

1.00 3.70 4.70 4.70 6.60

1.13 4.00 5.00 5.00 6.70

1.25 4.40 5.30 5.30 6.80

1.50 4.90 5.60 5.60 6.90

1.75 490 5.60 5.60 –

2.00 4.90 5.60 5.60 –


0.50 0.92ac 1.40ac 1.40ac 1.40ac

0.55 1.16ac 1.77ac 1.77ac 1.77ac

0.63 1.70ac 2.60ac 2.60ac 2.60ac

0.75 1.70 2.70ac 2.70ac 3.30ac

0.88 1.70 2.70 2.70 4.20

1.00 1.70 2.70 2.70 5.00

1.13 1.70 2.70 2.70 5.20

1.25 1.70 2.70 2.70 5.20

7 / 2009 3.21

S-MD53Z

Screw selection


2.1-4.5 5 4.8x19 16 8 500 S-MD53Z 4.8x19 219035

2.1-4.5 18 4.8x38 16 8 500 S-MD53Z 4.8x38 224612


2.1-4.5 18 4.8x32 16 8 7032 pebble grey 500 S-MD53Z 4.8x38 PH32 235224


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


1.50 1.70 2.70 2.70 5.20

1.75 1.70 2.70 2.70 –

2.00 1.70 2.70 2.70 –

S-MD53Z

3.22 7 / 2009

S-MD53Z 5.5×L galvanized carbon steelscrew

General informationMaterial specification:self-drilling, case-hardened, with fittedEPDM sealing washer, ∅ 16 mm.Self-drilling screws with coloured head andsealing washer; other special colours avail-able on request.

Product data


MPA NRW

L

DC

dH

MF SW mm

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax


DimensionsUses:

Fastening sheet metal to steel framing, with or without intermediate insulation layers.




7 / 2009 3.23

S-MD53Z

Design data

Load data


max. 5,5 mm






2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00


0.63 3.10 ac 3.10 ac 3.10 ac 3.10 abcd

0.75 3.80 ac 3.80 ac 3.80 ac 3.80 ac

0.88 4.60 4.60 4.60 ac 4.60 a

1.00 5.30 5.30 5.40 5.49 a

1.13 5.30 5.30 6.20 6.20

1.25 5.30 5.30 7.60 9.80

1.50 6.10 6.10 9.10 12.00

1.75 6.10 6.10 9.10 –

2.00 7.80 7.80 9.70 –


0.50 1.62 ac 1.62 ac 1.73 ac 1.73 abcd

0.55 2.05 ac 2.05 ac 2.18 ac 2.18 abcd

0.63 3.00 ac 3.00 ac 3.20 ac 3.20abcd

0.75 3.00 ac 3.00 ac 3.90 ac 3.90 ac

0.88 3.00 3.00 4.80 ac 4.80 a

1.00 3.00 3.00 5.30 5.60 a

1.13 3.00 3.00 5.30 6.50

1.25 3.00 3.00 5.30 7.20

S-MD53Z

3.24 7 / 2009

Screw selection


2.6-5.5 4 5.5x19 16 8 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x19 219036

2.6-5.5 10 5.5x25 16 8 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x25 219037

2.6-5.5 17 5.5x32 16 8 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x32 219038

2.6-5.5 23 5.5x38 16 8 250 S-MD53Z 5.5x38 219039

2.6-5.5 35 5.5x50 16 8 250 S-MD53Z 5.5x50 235105


2.6-5.5 10 5.5x25 16 8 1015 light ivory 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x25 PB15 224639

2.6-5.5 10 5.5x25 16 8 9010 pure white 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x25 PL10 224636

2.6-5.5 10 5.5x25 16 8 7022 amber 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x25 PH22 224640

2.6-5.5 10 5.5x25 16 8 5008 grey blue 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x25 PF08 231398

2.6-5.5 10 5.5x25 16 8 9002 grey white 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x25 PL02 224638

2.6-5.5 10 5.5x25 16 8 9006 white aluminium 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x25 PL06 224637

2.6-5.5 10 5.5x25 16 8 8012 red brown 500 S-MD53Z 5.5x25 PK12 235228


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


1.50 3.00 3.00 5.30 7.20

1.75 3.00 3.00 5.30 –

2.00 3.00 3.00 5.30 –

7 / 2009 3.25

S-MD53Z


General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, case-hardened, with fittedEPDM sealing washer, ∅ 16 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data


MPA NRW

L

DC

dH

MF SW mm

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax




Hilti ST1800Drive using depth gauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driver S-NSD 3/8′′: Item no. 308905


S-MD53Z

3.26 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 6.0 mm






2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00


0.63 3.00 ac 3.00 ac 3.00 abcd 3.00 abcd

0.75 3.80 ac 3.80 ac 3.80 abcd 3.80 abcd

0.88 4.60 4.80 4.80 ac 4.80 abc

1.00 5.10 5.10 5.70 ac 5.70 ac

1.13 5.50 5.50 6.80 ac 6.80 a

1.25 6.10 6.10 7.90 ac 7.90 a

1.50 6.40 6.40 0.00 10.30 a

1.75 6.40 6.40 9.00 10.30

2.00 7.80 7.80 9.40 10.80


0.50 1.67 ac 1.67 ac 1.78 abcd 1.78 abcd

0.55 2.11 ac 2.11 ac 2.25 abcd 2.25 abcd

0.63 3.10 ac 3.10 ac 3.30 abcd 3.30 abcd

0.75 3.10 ac 3.10 ac 4.00 abcd 4.00 abcd

0.88 3.10 3.10 4.80 ac 4.80 abc

1.00 3.10 3.10 5.60 ac 5.60 ac

1.13 3.10 3.10 5.60 ac 6.40 a

1.25 3.10 3.10 5.60 ac 7.20 a

7 / 2009 3.27

S-MD53Z

Screw selection

Screw programDrilling Fastening Dimensions Sealing Head Package Ordering Item no.thickness thickness washer size contents designationDC MF (dxL) ∅ AFmm max. mm mm mm

2.6-6 4 6.3x19 163/8" 500 S-MD53Z 6.3x19 219040

2.6-6 10 6.3x25 163/8" 500 S-MD53Z 6.3x25 219041

2.6-6 17 6.3x32 163/8" 500 S-MD53Z 6.3x32 219042

2.6-6 23 6.3x38 163/8" 250 S-MD53Z 6.3x38 219043

2.6-6 35 6.3x50 163/8" 250 S-MD53Z 6.3x50 219044


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


1.50 3.10 3.10 5.60 7.20 a

1.75 3.10 3.10 5.60 7.20

2.00 3.10 3.10 5.60 7.20

S-MD55Z / S-MD65Z

3.28 7 / 2009

S-MD55Z 5.5×L/S-MD65Z 5.5×L carbonsteel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, case-hardened, with fittedEPDM sealing washer ∅ 16, 19 mm.Self-drilling screws with coloured head andsealing washer; other special colours availa-ble on request.

Product data


MPA NRW

L

DC

dH

mm

MFSW

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax



Fastening tools:Screwdriver: Hilti ST1800Drive using depth gauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driver S-NSD8: Item no. 308901


7 / 2009 3.29

S-MD55Z / S-MD65Z

Design data

Load data


max. 12.0 mm



Tightening torque: 5 Nm


4.00 5.00 6.00 > 6.00


0.63 3.30 abcd 3.30 abcd 3.30 abcd 3.30 abcd

0.75 3.90 ac 3.90 ac 3.90 abcd 3.90 abcd

0.88 4.40 ac 4.40 ac 4.40 abcd 4.40 abcd

1.00 4.90 ac 4.90 ac 4.90 ac 4.90 ac

1.13 5.40 5.40 ac 5.40 ac 5.40 ac

1.25 7.30 7.30 ac 7.30 ac 7.30 ac

1.50 7.90 7.90 7.90 7.90

1.75 7.90 7.90 7.90 7.90

2.00 9.10 9.10 9.10 9.10





0.75 3.20 ac 3.20 ac 3.20 abcd 3.20 abcd

0.88 3.40 ac 3.40 ac 3.40 abcd 3.40 abcd

1.00 3.60 ac 3.60 ac 3.60 ac 3.60 ac

1.13 3.80 3.80 ac 3.80 ac 3.80 ac

1.25 4.00 4.00 ac 4.00 ac 4.00 ac

1.50 4.30 4.30 4.30 4.30

S-MD55Z / S-MD65Z

3.30 7 / 2009

Screw selection


4.6-12 15 5.5x38 16 8 250 S-MD55Z 5.5x38 227504

4.6-12 27 5.5x50 16 8 250 S-MD55Z 5.5x50 219046

4.6-12 40 5.5x63 16 8 100 S-MD55Z 5.5x63 219048

4.6-12 15 5.5x38 19 8 250 S-MD65Z 5.5x38 227508


4.6-12 15 5.5x38 16 8 1015 light ivory 250 S-MD55Z 5.5x38 PB15 224376

4.6-12 15 5.5x38 16 8 9010 pure white 250 S-MD55Z 5.5x38 PL10 224373

4.6-12 15 5.5x38 16 8 7022 amber 250 S-MD55Z 5.5x38 PH22 224377

4.6-12 15 5.5x38 16 8 5008 grey blue 250 S-MD55Z 5.5x38 PF08 374758

4.6-12 15 5.5x38 16 8 9002 grey white 250 S-MD55Z 5.5x38 PL02 224375

4.6-12 15 5.5x38 16 8 9006 white aluminium 250 S-MD55Z 5.5x38 PL06 224374

4.6-12 15 5.5x38 16 8 8012 red brown 250 S-MD55Z 5.5x38 PK12 374759


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


1.75 4.30 4.30 4.30 4.30

2.00 4.90 4.90 4.90 4.90

7 / 2009 3.31

S-MS01Z

S-MS01Z carbon steel self-drilling screwfor sheet overlaps

General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, case-hardened.

Fastening tools:Screwdriver: Hilti ST1800Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutchNut set driver S-NSD8: Item no. 308901

Product data

SW

t It II

DimensionsUses:Side lap connector

Stand-up tool with screwdriver Hilti SDT30,

ST1800Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutchBit holder S-BH 435DT: Item no. 304415S-NSD8 DT nut set driver: Item no. 304413

Approvals:Z-14.1-4Hilti

MPA NRW


Examples of applications for the S-MS01Z:

19

Ø4.8

S-MS01Z

3.32 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 2.5 mm (max. 2×1.25 mm)



Total thickness Σ tl: up to 2×0.75 mm up to 2×1.25 mm


Component II steel with tll [mm] S280GD, S320GD or S350GD (DIN EN 10326)

0.50 0.55 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25

Component Isteel with tl [mm] S280GD, S320GD orS350GD (DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.50 1.29 1.37 1.51 1.71 1.71 1.71 1.71 1.71

0.55 1.29 1.54 1.65 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.05

0.63 1.29 1.54 1.80 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.59

0.75 1.29 1.54 1.80 2.27 2.27 2.27 2.84 3.40

0.88 1.29 1.54 1.80 2.27 2.96 2.96 2.96 3.40

1.00 1.29 1.54 1.80 2.27 2.96 3.64 3.64 3.64

1.13 1.29 1.54 1.80 2.27 2.96 3.64 3.87 3.87

1.25 1.29 1.54 1.80 2.27 2.96 3.64 3.87 4.10


0.50 0.76 0.87 1.04 1.29 1.56 1.82 1.93 1.93

0.55 0.76 0.87 1.04 1.29 1.56 1.82 2.09 2.25

0.63 0.76 0.87 1.04 1.29 1.56 1.82 2.09 2.34

0.75 0.76 0.87 1.04 1.29 1.56 1.82 2.09 2.34

0.88 0.76 0.87 1.04 1.29 1.56 1.82 2.09 2.34

1.00 0.76 0.87 1.04 1.29 1.56 1.82 2.09 2.34

1.13 0.76 0.87 1.04 1.29 1.56 1.82 2.09 2.34

1.25 0.76 0.87 1.04 1.29 1.56 1.82 2.09 2.34

7 / 2009 3.33

S-MS01Z


Tension Shear








Screw selection

Screw programDrilling thickness Fastening thickness Dimensions Head size Package Ordering Item no.DC MF (dxL) AF contents designationmm max. mm mm

2.5 2.5 4.8x20 8 250 S-MS01Z 4.8x20 385448

Collated self-drilling screws can be driven using the SDT30 stand-uptool and ST1800 metal construction screwdriver.


2.5 2.5 4.8x20 8 250 S-MS01Z 4.8x20 M 385450

S-MD01Z / S-MD01Y

3.34 7 / 2009

S-MD01Z, S-MD01Y carbon steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:S-MD01Z: galvanized, case-hardened.S-MD01Y: galvanized and yellow chromat-ed, case-hardened.

Fastening toolsScrewdriver: Hilti ST1800Torque settings ∅ 4.2 = 1– 3

∅ 4.8 = 3– 5∅ 5.5 = 6– 8∅ 6.3 = 8–10

Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutchNut set driver:S-MD01Z 4.2×L S-NSD7

Item no. 308900S-MD01Z 4.8x19 S-NSD8

Item no. 308901S-MD01Z 6.3x19 S-NSD3/8"

Item no. 308905

Product data

H

L

MF DC

d

SW

DC / MF

Sheet metal joints

DimensionsUses:Overlap joints in load-bearing (decking)sheets not exposed to the weather. Fastening liner trays, web joints.


ST1800Torque settings: ∅ 4.8 = 3–5

∅ 5.5 = 6–8Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutchBit holder S-BH 435DT: Item no. 304415S-NS D8 nut set driver: Item no. 304413


MPA NRW

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax


7 / 2009 3.35


S-MD01Z / S-MD01Y

3.36 7 / 2009

S-MD01Z 4.2

Design data

Load data


max. 2.5 mm






0,63 0,75 0,88 1,00 1,13 1,25 1,50


0.63 1.50 2.00 2.50 2.60 2.60 ac 2.60 ac 2.60 a

0.75 1.70 2.10 2.60 3.00 3.60 4.00 4.00

0.88 1.80 2.20 2.80 3.30 4.00 4.50 4.50

1.00 1.90 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.30 5.00 5.00

1.13 1.90 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.30 5.00 –

1.25 1.90 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.30 5.00 –

1.50 1.90 2.40 3.00 3.60 – – –


0.63 0.90 1.20 1.40 1.40 1.40 ac 1.40 ac 1.40 a

0.75 0.90 1.20 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.00 2.00

0.88 0.90 1.20 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.20 2.70

1.00 0.90 1.20 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.20 2.80

1.13 0.90 1.20 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.20 –

1.25 0.90 1.20 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.20 –

1.50 0.90 1.20 1.40 1.70 – – –

7 / 2009 3.37

S-MD01Z 4.2

Screw selection


1.2-2.50 4.5 4.2x13 7 1000 S-MD01Z 4.2x13 224500

1.2-2.50 7.5 4.2x16 7 1000 S-MD01Z 4.2x16 010405


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


3.38 7 / 2009

S-MD01Z 4.8

Design data

Load data


max. 2.75 mm






0,63 0,75 0,88 1,00 1,13 1,25 1,50 2,00


0.63 1.40 1.80 2.10 2.40 2.70 3.00 ac 3.60 ac 3.60 ac

0.75 1.40 1.90 2.30 2.70 3.10 3.50 4.40 4.40 a

0.88 1.40 1.90 2.40 2.90 3.30 3.90 5.10 –

1.00 1.40 1.90 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.30 5.80 –

1.13 1.30 1.90 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.30 5.80 –

1.25 1.40 1.90 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.30 5.80 –

1.50 1.40 2.00 2.70 3.50 4.40 5.40 – –


0.63 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.40 1.40 1.40 ac 1.40 ac 1.40 ac

0.75 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.00 2.00 2.00 a

0.88 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.70 –

1.00 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.70 –

1.13 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.70 –

1.25 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.70 –

1.50 0.80 1.00 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.10 – –

7 / 2009 3.39

S-MD01 4.8

Screw selection

Screw program – for sheet overlaps (with reduced drill point diameter)Drilling thickness Fastening thickness Dimensions Head size Package Ordering Item no.DC MF (dxL) AF contents designationmm max. mm mm

1.2-2.75 8.5 4.8x19 8 500 S-MD01Z 4.8x19 219557

Screw program – Mechanical and Electrical Drilling thickness Fastening thickness Dimensions Head size Package Ordering Item no.DC MF (dxL) AF contents designationmm max. mm mm

1,2-2,75 3,5 4,8x13 8 1000 S-MD01Z 4.8x13 224501

1,2-2,75 6,5 4,8x16 8 500 S-MD01Y 4.8x16 257732

Collated self-drilling screws can be driven using the SDT25 stand-uptool and ST1800 metal construction screwdriver.

Screw program – for sheet overlaps (with reduced drill point diameter)Drilling thickness Fastening thickness Dimensions Head size Package Ordering Item no.DC MF (dxL) AF contents designationmm max. mm mm

1.2-2.75 8.5 4.8x19 8 250 S-MD01Z 4.8x19M 378978

1.2-2.75 7 4.8x22 8 250 S-MD01LZ 4.8x22M 284488


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


3.40 7 / 2009

S-MD01Z 5.5

Design data

Load data


max. 3.00 mm






0,63 0,75 0,88 1,00 1,13 1,25 1,50 2,00


0.63 1.50 1.80 2.00 2.10 2.30 2.40 2.60 ac 2.60 ac

0.75 1.60 2.00 2.50 2.90 3.40 3.80 3.80 ac 3.80 a

0.88 1.70 2.10 2.60 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.10

1.00 1.90 2.30 2.80 3.20 3.70 4.20 5.20 5.20

1.13 2.70 3.10 3.60 3.90 4.40 5.10 5.90 –

1.25 3.50 3.90 4.30 4.60 5.00 6.00 6.60 –

1.50 3.50 3.90 4.30 4.60 5.60 6.00 6.60 –

1.75 3.50 3.90 4.30 4.60 – – – –

2.00 3.50 3.90 4.30 4.60 – – – –


0.63 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 ac 1.70 ac

0.75 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.30 2.30 ac 2.30 a

0.88 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 2.90 2.90

1.00 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 3.50

1.13 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 –

1.25 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 –

1.50 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 –

1.75 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 – – – –

2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 – – – –

7 / 2009 3.41

S-MD01Z 5.5

Screw selection


1.2-3 7.5 5.5x19 8 500 S-MD01Z 5.5x19 219558


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


3.42 7 / 2009

S-MD01Z 6.3

Design data

Load data


max. 3.00 mm






0,63 0,75 0,88 1,00 1,13 1,25 1,50 2,00


0.63 1.50 2.00 2.50 2.90 3.50 3.70 ac 3.70 ac 3.70 ac

0.75 1.90 2.30 2.80 3.30 3.80 4.30 4.80 ac 4.80 ac

0.88 2.00 2.40 2.90 3.30 3.80 4.30 5.10 6.00 a

1.00 2.10 2.50 3.00 3.40 3.90 4.40 5.40 7.20

1.13 2.10 2.50 3.10 3.60 4.20 4.80 6.00 –

1.25 2.10 2.60 3.30 3.90 4.60 5.20 6.70 –

1.50 2.10 2.60 3.30 3.90 4.60 5.20 6.70 –

1.75 2.10 2.60 3.30 3.90 – – – –

2.00 2.10 2.60 3.30 3.90 – – – –


0.63 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 1.90 1.90 ac 1.90 ac 1.90 ac

0.75 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 2.40 ac 2.40 ac

0.88 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 3.40 a

1.00 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 4.30

1.13 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 –

1.25 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 –

1.50 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.10 –

1.75 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 – – – –

2.00 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 – – – –

7 / 2009 3.43

S-MD01Z 6.3

Screw selection


1.2-3 7 6.3x19 3/8" 500 S-MD01Z 6.3x19 219559


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


3.44 7 / 2009

S-MD03Z / S-MD23Z / S-MD2310Y

S-MD03Z, S-MD23Z, S-MD2310Y carbonsteel self-drilling screw for sheet overlaps

General informationMaterial specification:S-MD03Z: galvanized, case-hardened.S-MD23Z: galvanized, case-hardened, withpressed-on flange.S-MD2310Y: galvanized and yellow chro-mated, case-hardened, with pressed-onflange.

Fastening tools:Screwdriver: Hilti ST1800Torque settings: ∅ 4.2 = 1– 3

∅ 4.8 = 3– 5∅ 5.5 = 6– 8∅ 6.3 = 8–10

Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutchNut set driver:S-MD03Z 4.2x16 + S-NSD7S-MD03Z 4.8xL Item no. 308900S-MD03Z 5.5x25 + S-NSD8S-MD23Z 5.5x22 + Item no. 308901S-MD2310Y 6.3x22M

Product data

H

L

MF DC

d

SW

DC / MF

Sheet metal joints

DimensionsUses:Overlap joints in load-bearing (decking)sheets not exposed to the weather.Fastening liner trays, web joints.


ST1800Torque settings: ∅ 4.8 = 3–5

∅ 5.5 = 6–8Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutchBit holder S-BH 435DT: Item no. 304415Nut set driver:S-MD03Z S-NS D8

Item no. 304413S-MD23Z + S-NSD10 DTS-MD2310Y 6.3x22M Item no. 284485


MPA NRW

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax


7 / 2009 3.45

S-MD03Z 4.2


3.46 7 / 2009

S-MD03Z 4.2

Design data

Load data


max. 3.5 mm






1.25 1.50 2.00


0.63 2.20 2.40 2.40

0.75 2.40 2.70 3.20

0.88 2.60 2.90 3.30

1.00 2.70 3.20 3.70

1.13 2.70 3.20 3.70

1.25 2.70 3.20 3.70


0.63 1.00 1.60 2.00

0.75 1.00 1.60 2.30

0.88 1.00 1.60 2.60

1.00 1.00 1.60 2.60

1.13 1.00 1.60 2.60

1.25 1.00 1.60 2.60

7 / 2009 3.47

S-MD03Z 4.2

Screw selection


2.1-3.50 7 4.2x16 7 1000 S-MD03Z 4.2x16 219013


Tension Shear








3.48 7 / 2009

S-MD03Z 4.8

Design data

Load data


max. 4,5 mm






1.50 2.00 2.50 3-00


0.63 2.30 2.70 ac 2.70 ac 2.70 ac

0.75 2.30 3.00 3.00 3.80 ac

0.88 2.60 3.50 3.50 4.90

1.00 2.90 4.00 4.00 6.00

1.13 3.50 4.60 4.60 6.60

1.25 4.10 5.20 5.20 7.10

1.50 5.20 6.00 6.00 7.30

1.75 5.20 6.00 6.00 –

2.00 5,20 6.00 6.00 –


0.63 1.60 1.60 1.60 ac 1.60 ac

0.75 1.60 2.20 2.20 2.20 ac

0.88 1.60 2.40 2.40 3.00

1.00 1.60 2.40 2.40 3.90

1.13 1.60 2.40 2.40 4.10

1.25 1.60 2.40 2.40 4.10

1.50 1.60 2.40 2.40 4.10

1.75 1.60 2.40 2.40 –

2.00 1.60 2.40 2.40 –

7 / 2009 3.49

Screw selection


2.1-4.50 7 4.8x16 8 500 S-MD03Z 4.8x16 219015

2.1-4.50 10 4.8x19 8 500 S-MD03Z 4.8x19 219016

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


S-MD03Z 4.8


Tension Shear








3.50 7 / 2009

S-MD03Z 5.5/S-MD23Z 5.5

Design data

Load data



max. 5.5 mm






2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00


0.63 2.60 ac 2.60 ac 2.60 ac 2.60 ac

0.75 3.70 ac 3.70 ac 3.70 ac 3.70 ac

0.88 4.50 4.50 5.00 ac 5.00 ac

1.00 4.50 4.50 6.50 ac 6.50 ac

1.13 4.90 4.90 7.00 7.90 a

1.25 5.30 5.30 7.40 9.30

1.50 6.20 6.20 8.30 10.10

1.75 6.20 6.20 8.30 –

2.00 7.80 7.80 9.40 –

7 / 2009 3.51

Screw selection


2.6-5.50 6 5.5x19 8 500 S-MD03Z 5.5x19 219018

2.6-5.50 12 5.5x25 8 500 S-MD03Z 5.5x25 *) 219019

2.6-5.50 19 5.5x32 8 500 S-MD03Z 5.5x32 219020

2.6-5.50 25 5.5x38 8 500 S-MD03Z 5.5x38 219021

2.6-5.5 10 5.5x22 8 500 S-MD23Z 5.5x22 234590

*) Screw for sheet overlaps with reduced drill point diameter

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap



0.63 1.70 ac 1.70 ac 1.70 ac 1.70 ac

0.75 2.20 ac 2.20 ac 2.20 ac 2.20 ac

0.88 2.80 2.80 2.90 ac 2.90 ac

1.00 2.80 2.80 3.50 ac 3.50 a

1.13 2.80 2.80 4.30 4.30

1.25 2.80 2.80 4.90 5.10

1.50 2.80 2.80 4.90 6.90

1.75 2.80 2.80 4.90 –

2.00 2.80 2.80 4.90 –

S-MD03Z 5.5/S-MD23Z 5.5


Tension Shear








S-MD03Z 6.3 / S-MD23Z 6.3 /S-MD2310Y 6.3

3.52 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 6.0 mm






2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00


0.63 3.10 ac 3.10 ac 3.10 abcd 3.10 abcd

0.75 4.20 ac 4.20 ac 4.20 abcd 4.20 abcd

0.88 5.40 ac 5.40 ac 5.40 ac 5.40 abcd

1.00 5.60 5.60 6.60 ac 6.60 ac

1.13 5.70 5.70 7.80 8.00 ac

1.25 5.90 5.90 9.00 9.50 ac

1.50 7.00 7.00 9.70 12.30

1.75 7.00 7.00 9.70 12.30

2.00 7.00 7.00 9.70 12.30


0.63 1.90 ac 1.90 ac 1.90 abcd 1.90 abcd

0.75 2.60 ac 2.60 ac 2.60 abcd 2.60 abcd

0.88 3.10 ac 3.10 ac 3.40 ac 3.40 abcd

1.00 3.10 3.10 4.30 ac 4.30 ac

1.13 3.10 3.10 5.30 5.30 ac

1.25 3.10 3.10 5.60 6.40 ac

1.50 3.10 3.10 5.60 6.90

1.75 3.10 3.10 5.60 6.90

2.00 3.10 3.10 5.60 7.20

7 / 2009 3.53

S-MD03Z 6.3 / S-MD23Z 6.3 /S-MD2310Y 6.3

Screw selection


2.6-6.00 6 6.3x19 3/8" 500 S-MD03Z 6.3x19 219022

2.6-6.00 12 6.3x25 3/8" 500 S-MD03Z 6.3x25 219023

2.6-6.00 19 6.3x32 3/8" 500 S-MD03Z 6.3x32 219024

2.6-6.00 37 6.3x50 3/8" 250 S-MD03Z 6.3x50 219026

2.6-6.00 9 6.3x22 10 200 S-MD2310Y 6.3x22M 284487

2.6-6.00 6 6.3x19 10 500 S-MD23Z 6.3x19 025541

2.6-6.00 9 6.3x22 10 500 S-MD2310Y 6.3x22 257731

2.6-6.00 12 6.3x25 10 500 S-MD23Z 6.3x25 025543

2.6-6.00 42 6.3x55 10 250 S-MD23Z 6.3x55 374755

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap



Tension Shear








S-MD21Z

3.54 7 / 2009

S-MD21Z carbon steel self-drilling screws

General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, case-hardened, with pressed-onflange.

Fastening toolsScrewdriver: Hilti ST1800Torque settings: 6–8Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutch.Nut set driver: S-NSD8

Item no. 308901S-NSD10Item no. 308902

Product data

H

15

SW L

DC MF

d

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin

DimensionsUses:Fastening supporting decking sheets to steel framing. Screw with pressed-on flange, particularly suitable for highly-stressed fastenings, e.g. roofing sheets on insulated (built-up) roofs.


ST1800Torque settings: ∅ 6.3 = 8–10Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutch.Bit holder: S-BH 435DT

Item no. 304415Nut set driver: S-NSD10 DT

Item no. 284485

7 / 2009 3.55

S-MD21Z


Design data

Load data


max. 3.0 mm






1.50 2.00


0.63 2.20 2.20

0.75 2.20 3.80

0.88 2.20 4.20

1.00 2.20 4.20

1.13 2.20 4.20

1.25 2.20 4.20

S-MD21Z

3.56 7 / 2009

Screw selection


1.2-3 15 5.5x25 8 500 S-MD21Z 5.5x25 234588


0.63 1.50 1.50

0.75 1.50 2.20

0.88 1.50 2.80

1.00 1.50 3.60

1.13 1.50 3.60

1.25 1.50 3.60


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.57

S-MD05Z / S-MD25Z

S-MD05Z, S-MD25Z carbon steel self-drilling screws

General information -MD05ZMaterial specification:galvanized, case-hardened.

Fastening toolsScrewdriver: Hilti ST1800Torque settings: 8–10Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutch.Nut set driver: S-NSD8

Item no. 308901


MPA NRW

Product data

Material specification:galvanized, case-hardened, with pressed-onflange.

Fastening toolsScrewdriver: Hilti ST1800Torque settings: 4–6Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutch.Nut set driver: S-NSD

Item no. 308901S-NSD10Item no. 308902

Stand-up tool with screwdriver: Hilti SDT25,

ST1800Torque settings: ∅ 6.3 = 8–10Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutch.Bit holder: S-BH 435DT

Item no. 304415Nut set driver: S-NSD10 DT

Item no. 284485

General information S-MD25Z

S-MD05Z / S-MD25Z

3.58 7 / 2009

Dimensions S-MD05ZUses:Fastening steel sections and sheet steel tosteel framing, with or without insulatingmaterial.

H

L

MF DC

d

SW

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax

without insulation with insulationH

15

SW L

DC MF

d

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin

Dimensions S-MD25ZUses:Fastening supporting decking sheets tosteel framing. Screw with pressed-on flange,particularly suitable for highly-stressedfastenings, e.g. roofing sheets on insulated(built-up) roofs.

ApplicationsExamples: S-MD05Z

7 / 2009 3.59

S-MD05Z / S-MD25Z

ApplicationsExamples: S-MD25Z

Design data

Load data


max. 12.00 mm





4.00 5.00 6.00 > 6.00



0.75 3.40 abcd 3.40 abcd 3.40 abcd 3.4 abcd0

0.88 4.20 ac 4.20 ac 4.20 ac 4.20 ac

1.00 4.90 ac 4.90 ac 4.90 ac 4.90 ac

1.13 5.70 ac 5.70 ac 5.70 ac 5.70 ac

1.25 6.50 6.50 6.50 6.50

1.50 7.60 7.60 7.60 7.60

1.75 7.60 7.60 7.60 7.60

2.00 7.60 7.60 7.60 7.60

S-MD05Z / S-MD25Z

3.60 7 / 2009

Screw selection


4.6-12.00 18 5.5x38 8 250 S-MD05Z 5.5x38 219030

4.6-12.00 30 5.5x50 8 250 S-MD05Z 5.5x50 219028

4.6-12.00 43 5.5x63 8 250 S-MD05Z 5.5x63 219031

4.6-12.00 18 5.5x38 8 500 S-MD25Z 5.5x38 234598

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap





0.88 2.10 ac 2.10 ac 2.10 ac 2.10 ac

1.00 2.40 ac 2.40 ac 2.40 ac 2.40 ac

1.13 2.70 ac 2.70 ac 2.70 ac 2.70 ac

1.25 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00

1.50 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60

1.75 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60

2.00 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.80


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.61

Product information

Applications� Stainless steel screws with sealing washers for fastening profile steel sheet to profile steelsheet or for fastening profile steel sheet to steel framing.

� Fastening profile aluminium sheet to profile aluminium sheet or for fastening profile alumi-nium sheet to steel framing.

� Screws without sealing washers for framing fastenings (not exposed to weather).

Product descriptionThe screw is made from two different materials:Stainless steel (part B) and hardened carbon steel (part A)The drill point and thread start are made from hardened carbon steel. Thisensures trouble-free screw fastening even in the hardest construction steel.The screw first drills the required hole in the part to be fastened and inthe framing (A). Then the thread is cut (B).A watertight seal is formed at the fastening when the screw with sealing washer is driven.The surface of the screw is galvanized. This protects the screw from corrosion and lubricatesthe drilling and thread-cutting operation.Several screw programs have been awarded approval by the public buildinginspection authorities in Germany.Please note the approval mark shown for each of the applicable screw programs.All screws can be ordered with coloured heads and washers in colours according to the RALcolour chart.

Screw designationse.g.: S-MD 51 S 5.5x45 S for screw fastening

M for metal constructionD for self-drilling screw5 2 – pressed-on steel flange ∅ 15 mm

4 – sealing washer ∅ 14 mm5 – sealing washer ∅ 16 mm6 – sealing washer ∅ 19 mm7 – sealing washer ∅ 22 mm0 – without sealing washer

1 1 – drill point # 1 = 1.25 to 4 mm drilling thickness3 – drill point # 3 = 2.1 to 6 mm drilling thickness5 – drill point # 5 = 4.6 to 12 mm drilling thicknessPlease refer to the screw program for the specific max.drilling thickness for each screw.

S stainless steel 1.4301 (S for stainless steel)5.5x45 screw dimensions (∅ x length)

Further designations:S-MD51Z 4.8x19 PB15 PB15 screw head in the colours listed in the RAL colour chartS-MD51LS 5.5x25 L extended drill pointS-MD01Z 4.8x19M M collated

Z-14.1-4Hilti

MPA NRW

Stainless steel self-drilling screws

S-MD51S / S-MD61S

3.62 7 / 2009

S-MD51S 4.8×L + 5.5×L/S-MD61S 4.8×Lstainless steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with hardened carbon steel drill point andthread start, reduced-diameter drill point forhigher pull-out values and fitted EPDMsealing washer ∅ 16 or 19 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data


MPA NRW

SW L

DC

dHS

MF

mm

DimensionsUses:Fastening sheet metal to sheet metal, with or without intermediate insulation layer.For corrosion-resistant and watertight joints.


Hilti ST1800Drive using depthgauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driverS-NSD8: Item no. 308901


7 / 2009 3.63

S-MD51S 4.8 / S-MD61S 4.8

Design data

Load data


max. 2,0 mm

Tightening torque (Recommendation)




0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25


0.63 1.00 1.50 1.80 2.00 a 2.00 a 2.00 a

0.75 1.00 1.80 2.10 2.40 2.40 a 2.40 a

0.88 1.20 1.90 2.30 2.80 2.80 –

1.00 1.40 2.10 2.60 3.10 – –

1.13 1.40 2.10 2.60 – – –

1.25 1.40 2.10 – – – –


0.50 0.43 0.54 0.65 0.76 a 0.92 a 1.08 a

0.55 0.55 0,68 0.82 0.95 a 1.16 a 1.36 a

0.63 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 a 1.70 a 2.00 a

0.75 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.70 a 2.00 a

0.88 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.70 –

1.00 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 – –

1.13 0.80 1.00 1.20 – – –

1.25 0.80 1.00 – – – –Additional provisions: For steel grade S320GD characteristic loads can be increa-

sed by 8%.

S-MD51S 4.8 / S-MD61S 4.8

3.64 7 / 2009

Screw selection

Screw programDrilling thickness Fastening thickness Dimensions Sealing washer Head size Package Ordering Item no.DC MF (dxL) ∅ AF contents designationmm max. mm mm mm

1.25-2.0 6.0 4.8x22 16 8 500 S-MD51S 4.8x22 375228

1.25-2.0 9.0 4.8x25 16 8 500 S-MD51S 4.8x25 375229

1.25-2.0 6.0 4.8x22 19 8 500 S-MD61S 4.8x22 283052


Tension Shear








(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


7 / 2009 3.65

S-MD51S 5.5

Design data

Load data


max. 3,0 mm





0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50 2.00


0.63 1.00 1.30 1.70 2.00 2.40 2.80 ac 3.00 ac 3.00 a

0.75 1.30 1.80 2.10 2.40 2.70 3.00 3.80 3.80 a

0.88 1.30 1.80 2.10 2.70 2.70 3.00 3.80 4.50

1.00 1.30 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.80 5.20

1.13 1.30 1.80 2.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 4.40 –

1.25 1.40 1.80 2.80 3.80 3.90 4.10 5.00 –

1.50 1.40 1.80 2.80 3.80 3.90 4.70 5.00 –


0.50 0.38 0.49 0.59 0.76 0.92 1.03 1.24 1.24

0.55 0.48 0.61 0.75 0.95 1.16 1.30 1.57 1.57

0.63 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.30 2.30

0.75 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.50 3.30

0.88 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.50 3.70

1.00 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.50 3.70

1.13 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.50 –

1.25 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.50 –

1.50 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.40 1.70 1.90 2.50 –Additional provisions: For steel grade S275J and S350GD characteristic loads can be

increased by 10%.

S-MD51S 5.5

3.66 7 / 2009

Screw selection


1.25-3.0 8.0 5.5x25 16 8 500 S-MD51S 5.5x25 378257

1.25-3.0 15.0 5.5x32 16 8 250 S-MD51S 5.5x32 375230

1.25-3.0 21.0 5.5x38 16 8 250 S-MD51S 5.5x38 375231

1.25-3.0 33.0 5.5x50 16 8 250 S-MD51S 5.5x50 375232

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap



Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.67

S-MD51LS / S-MD61LS / S-MD71LS

S-MD51LS 5.5×L/S-MD61LS 5.5×L/S-MD71LS 5.5×L stainless steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with hardened carbon steel drill point andthread start, with fitted EPDM sealing washer ∅ 16, 19 or 22 mm. Coloured screws available on request.

Product data


MPA NRW

H

L

DC

d

MF SW

mm

S

DimensionsUses:Fastening trapezoidal metal sheets to liner trays. For corrosion-resistant and watertight joints.

Fastening tools:Screwdriver: Hilti ST2500,




3.68 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 4,0 mm





2××0.63 2××0.75 2××0.88 2××1.00 2××1.13 2××1.25 2××1.50


0.63 2.20 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.90 3.10 3.10

0.75 2.40 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.30 3.60 3.60

0.88 2.70 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.50 4.00 4.00

1.00 3.10 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.80 4.40 4.40

1.13 3.40 3.40 3.80 4.20 4.50 4.90 –

1.25 3.70 3.70 4.40 5.10 5.30 5.40 –

1.50 3.70 3.70 4.40 5.10 5.30 5.40 –


0.50 1.03 1.13 1.24 1.24 1.24 1.24 1.24

0.55 1.30 1.43 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57

0.63 1.90 2.10 2.30 2.30 2.30 2.30 2.30

0.75 1.90 2.10 2.40 2.80 3.30 3.30 3.30

0.88 1.90 2.10 2.40 2.80 3.30 3.80 4.30

1.00 1.90 2.10 2.40 2.80 3.30 3.80 4.80

1.13 1.90 2.10 2.40 2.80 3.30 3.80 –

1.25 1.90 2.10 2.40 2.80 3.30 3.80 –

1.50 1.90 2.10 2.40 2.80 3.30 3.80 –Additional provisions: For steel grade S275J and S350GD characteristic loads can be

increased by 10%.

7 / 2009 3.69



Tension Shear








Screw selection


1.8-4.0 5.0 5.5x25 16 8 500 S-MD51LS 5.5x25 378258

1.8-4.0 5.0 5.5x25 19 8 500 S-MD61LS 5.5x25 283058

1.8-4.0 5.0 5.5x25 22 8 500 S-MD71LS 5.5x25 285596

S-MD53S / S-MD63S / S-MD73S

3.70 7 / 2009

S-MD53S/S-MD63S/S-MD73S 5.5×L +6.3×L stainless steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with hardened carbon steel drill point andthread start, with fitted EPDM sealing washer ∅ 16, 19 or 22 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

L

DC

dH

MF SW mm

S

DimensionsUses:

Fastening sheet metal to steel framing, with or without intermediate insulation layers.

For corrosion-resistant and watertight joints.





MPA NRW

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax


7 / 2009 3.71

S-MD53S 5.5

Design data

Load data


max. 5,50 mm





1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00


0.63 2.10 ac 2.60 ac 3.00 ac 3.40 ac 3.40 ac

0.75 2.50 ac 3.00 ac 3.50 ac 4.00 ac 4.00 ac

0.88 2.70 3.40 ac 4.00 ac 4.60 ac 4.60 a

1.00 2.90 4.80 ac 5.00 ac 5.20 ac 5.20 a

1.13 3.30 5.10 5.40 6.00 6.00

1.25 3.60 5.30 5.80 6.80 6.80

1.50 4.40 5.90 6.60 7.20 7.20

1.75 4.40 5.90 6.60 7.20 –

2.00 5.40 6.50 6.60 7.20 –


0.50 0.92 ac 1.35 ac 1.35 ac 1.35 ac 1.35 ac

0.55 1.16 ac 1.71 ac 1.71 ac 1.71 ac 1.71 ac

0.63 1.70 ac 2.50 ac 2.50 ac 2.50 ac 2.50 ac

0.75 1.70 ac 2.60 ac 3.30 ac 3.30 ac 3.30 ac

0.88 1.70 2.60 ac 3.60 ac 4.10 ac 4.10 a

1.00 1.70 2.60 ac 3.60 ac 4.60 ac 4.70 a

1.13 1.70 2.60 3.60 4.60 5.40

1.25 1.70 2.60 3.60 4.60 5.90

1.50 1.70 2.60 3.60 4.60 6.00

1.75 1.70 2.60 3.60 4.60 –

2.00 1.70 2.60 3.60 4.60 –

S-MD53S 5.5

3.72 7 / 2009

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


Additional provisions: For steel grade S275J and S350GD characteristic loads can beincreased by 10%.


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.73

S-MD53S 6.3

Design data

Load data


max. 6,00 mm





1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00


0.63 2.20 2.50 ac 2.80 ac 3.00 ac 2.00 ac

0.75 2.70 3.20 ac 3.60 ac 4.10 ac 4.10 ac

0.88 3.00 3.70 ac 4.50 ac 5.30 ac 5.30 ac

1.00 3.30 4.00 ac 5.20 ac 6.40 ac 6.40 ac

1.13 3.70 4.70 5.70 6.70 6.70

1.25 4.10 5.10 6.00 6.90 6.90

1.50 5.00 6.30 6.90 7.50 8.10

1.75 5.00 6.30 6.90 7.50 8.10

2.00 6.70 6.70 6.90 7.50 8.10


0.50 0.76 1.46 ac 1.62 ac 1.62 ac 1.62 ac

0.55 0.95 1.84 ac 2.05 ac 2.05 ac 2.05 ac

0.63 1.40 2.70 ac 3.00 ac 3.00 ac 3.00 ac

0.75 1.40 2.70 ac 3.90 ac 3.90 ac 3.90 ac

0.88 1.40 2.70 ac 4.00 ac 4.80 ac 4.80 ac

1.00 1.40 2.70 ac 4.00 ac 5.40 ac 5.60 ac

1.13 1.40 2.70 4.00 5.40 6.20

1.25 1.40 2.70 4.00 5.40 6.80

1.50 1.40 2.70 4.00 5.40 7.20

1.75 1.40 2.70 4.00 5.40 7.20

2.00 1.40 2.70 4.00 5.40 7.20


3.74 7 / 2009

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


Additional provisions: For steel grade S275J and S350GD characteristic loads can beincreased by 10%.


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.75


Screw selection


2.1-5.5 8 5.5x25 16 8 500 S-MD53S 5.5x25 375233

2.1-5.5 15 5.5x32 16 8 250 S-MD53S 5.5x32 375234

2.1-5.5 21 5.5x38 16 8 250 S-MD53S 5.5x38 375235

2.1-5.5 33 5.5x50 16 8 250 S-MD53S 5.5x50 375236

2.1-5.5 46 5.5x63 16 8 100 S-MD53S 5.5x63 375237

2.1-5.5 8 5.5x25 19 8 500 S-MD63S 5.5x25 283059

2.1-5.5 15 5.5x32 19 8 250 S-MD63S 5.5x32 283060

2.1-5.5 21 5.5x38 19 8 250 S-MD63S 5.5x38 283061

2.1-5.5 33 5.5x50 19 8 250 S-MD63S 5.5x50 283062

2.1-5.5 46 5.5x63 19 8 100 S-MD63S 5.5x63 283063

2.1-5.5 8 5.5x25 22 8 500 S-MD73S 5.5x25 285597

2.1-5.5 15 5.5x32 22 8 250 S-MD73S 5.5x32 285598

2.1-5.5 21 5.5x38 22 8 250 S-MD73S 5.5x38 285599

2.1-5.5 33 5.5x50 22 8 250 S-MD73S 5.5x50 285600

2.1-5.5 46 5.5x63 22 8 100 S-MD73S 5.5x63 285601

2.1-6.0 7 6.3x25 16 8 500 S-MD53S 6.3x25 375238

2.1-6.0 7 6.3x25 19 8 500 S-MD63S 6.3x25 283064

2.1-6.0 7 6.3x25 22 8 500 S-MD73S 6.3x25 285602

S-MD43S

3.76 7 / 2009

S-MD43S 5.5×L stainless steel self-drillingscrew

General informationMaterial specification:with hardened carbon steel drill point andthread start, with fitted EPDM sealing washer ∅ 14 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

L

DC

dH

MF SW mm

S

DimensionsUses:Fastening sheet metal to steel framing, with or without intermediate insulation layers. For corrosion-resistant and watertight joints.





MPA NRW

7 / 2009 3.77

S-MD43S 5.5

Load data


max. 5,50 mm





1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00


0.63 2.50 2.50 ac 2.60 ac 2.70 ac 2.70 ac

0.75 2.80 2.80 ac 2.80 ac 2.80 ac 3.70 ac

0.88 3.00 3.00 ac 3.00 ac 3.00 ac 3.70 a

1.00 3.30 3.70 ac 4.30 ac 4.90 ac 4.90 a

1.13 3.50 3.90 4.60 5.30 5.30

1.25 3.80 4.10 4.90 5.80 5.80

1.50 3.80 5.30 5.60 5.90 6.40

1.75 3.80 5.30 5.60 5.90 –

2.00 5.60 5.60 5.60 5.90 –


0.63 1.90 2.30 2.30 2.30 2.30

0.75 1.90 2.50 3.20 3.20 3.20

0.88 1.90 2.50 3.30 4.10 4.10

1.00 1.90 2.50 3.30 4.20 4.90

1.13 1.90 2.50 3.30 4.20 5.60

1.25 1.90 2.50 3.30 4.20 5.60

1.50 1.90 2.50 3.30 4.20 5.60

1.75 1.90 2.50 3.30 4.20 –

2.00 1.90 2.50 3.30 4.20 –Additional provisions: For steel grade S275J and S350GD characteristic loads

can be increased by 10%.

Design data

S-MD43S 5.5

3.78 7 / 2009

Screw selection


2.1-5.5 8 5.5x25 14 8 500 S-MD43S 5.5x25 378259

2.1-5.5 15 5.5x32 14 8 500 S-MD43S 5.5x32 378260

2.1-5.5 21 5.5x38 14 8 250 S-MD43S 5.5x38 378261

2.1-5.5 33 5.5x50 14 8 250 S-MD43S 5.5x50 378262

2.1-5.5 46 5.5x63 14 8 100 S-MD43S 5.5x63 378263

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap



Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.79


S-MD55S/S-MD65S/S-MD75S 5.5×Lstainless steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with hardened carbon steel drill point andthread start, with fitted EPDM sealing washer ∅ 16, 19 or 22 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

L

DC

d

MF SW

HS

mm L

DC

d

MF SW

HS

mm

DimensionsUses:Fastening sheet metal to thick, hot-rolled steel beams, with or without intermediate insulation layers.


Fastening toolsScrewdriver: Hilti ST1800Drive using depth gauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driver S-NSD8: Item no. 308901



MPA NRW

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax



3.80 7 / 2009

Load data


max. 12,00 mm




Component II steel with tll [mm] S235J according to DIN EN 10025-2

4.00 5.00 6.00 8.00 10.00

Component I steel with tl [mm] S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.63 2.70 ac 2.70 ac 2.70 abcd 2.70 abcd 2.70 abcd


0.88 3.50 ac 3.50 ac 3.50 ac 3.50 ac 3.50 ac

1.00 4.00 ac 4.00 ac 4.00 ac 4.00 ac 4.00 ac

1.13 5.00 5.00 5.00 ac 5.00 ac 5.00 ac

1.25 6.00 6.00 6.00 ac 6.00 ac 6.00 a

1.50 6.00 6.20 6.50 ac 6.50 6.50 a

1.75 6.00 6.20 6.50 6.50 6.50

2.00 6.00 6.40 6.90 6.90 6.90






0.88 4.10 ac 4.10 ac 4.10 ac 4.10 ac 4.10 ac

1.00 4.70 ac 4.70 ac 4.70 ac 4.70 ac 4.70 ac

1.13 5.40 5.40 5.40 ac 5.40 ac 5.40 ac

1.25 5.90 5.90 5.90 ac 5.90 ac 5.90 a

1.50 6.90 6.90 6.90 ac 6.90 ac 6.90 a

1.75 6.90 6.90 6.90 6.90 6.90

2.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00Additional provisions: For steel grade S275J and S350GD characteristic loads

can be increased by 10%.

Design data

7 / 2009 3.81


Screw selection


4.6-12 12 5.5x45 16 8 250 S-MD55S 5.5x45 375239

4.6-12 17 5.5x50 16 8 250 S-MD55S 5.5x50 375240

4.6-12 30 5.5x63 16 8 100 S-MD55S 5.5x63 375241

4.6-12 47 5.5x80 16 8 100 S-MD55S 5.5x80 375242

4.6-12 67 5.5x100 16 8 100 S-MD55S 5.5x100 375243

4.6-12 12 5.5x45 19 8 250 S-MD65S 5.5x45 283065

4.6-12 17 5.5x50 19 8 250 S-MD65S 5.5x50 283066

4.6-12 30 5.5x63 19 8 100 S-MD65S 5.5x63 283067

4.6-12 47 5.5x80 19 8 100 S-MD65S 5.5x80 283068

4.6-12 67 5.5x100 19 8 100 S-MD65S 5.5x100 283069

4.6-12 12 5.5x45 22 8 250 S-MD75S 5.5x45 285603

4.6-12 17 5.5x50 22 8 250 S-MD75S 5.5x50 285604

4.6-12 30 5.5x63 22 8 100 S-MD75S 5.5x63 285605

4.6-12 47 5.5x80 22 8 100 S-MD75S 5.5x80 285606

4.6-12 67 5.5x100 22 8 100 S-MD75S 5.5x100 285607

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap



Tension Shear









3.82 7 / 2009

S-MD01S/S-MD03S/S-MD05S stainlesssteel self-drilling screw

General InformationMaterial specification:with hardened carbon steel drill point andthread start.

Product data

H

L

MF DC

d

SW

S

DimensionsUses:Fastening steel sections and sheet steel to steel framing, with or without insulating material.

Fastening toolsScrewdriver: Hilti ST1800Torque settings: S-MD01S ∅ 4.8 3– 5S-MD01S / S-MD01LS / S-MD03S ∅ 5.5 6– 8S-MD03S ∅ 6.3 8–10S-MD05S ∅ 5.5 8–10Drive without depth gauge. Cut-out controlled by torque clutch.

Nut set driver S-NSD8: Item no. 308901

DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax


7 / 2009 3.83



S-MD01S 4.8

3.84 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 2.00 mm

Component II steel with tll [mm] S280GD or S320GD (DIN EN 10326

0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25


0.63 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90

0.75 0.90 1.60 1.60 1.60 – –

0.88 0.90 1.60 2.20 2.20 – –

1.00 0.90 1.60 2.20 2.80 – –

1.13 0.90 1.60 2.20 2.80 – –

1.25 0.90 1.60 – – – –


0.63 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

0.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.10 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40

1.13 1.10 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40

1.25 1.10 1.80 1.80 2.00 2.00 2.00

7 / 2009 3.85

S-MD01LS 5.5

Design data

Load data


max. 4,00 mm


2××0.63 2××0.75 2××0.88 2××1.00 2××1.13 2××1.25 2××1.50


0.63 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 – – –

0.75 2.10 3.00 3.00 3.00 – – –

0.88 2.10 3.00 3.10 3.10 – – –

1.00 2.10 3.00 3.10 3.20 – – –

1.13 2.10 3.00 3.10 – – – –

1.25 2.10 3.00 – – – – –

1.50 2.10 – – – – – –


0.63 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60

0.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00

0.88 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00

1.00 2.00 2.20 2.20 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10

1.13 2.00 2.20 2.20 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10

1.25 2.00 2.20 2.20 3.10 3.10 4.30 4.30

1.50 2.00 2.20 2.20 3.10 3.10 4.30 4.80

S-MD03S 5.5

3.86 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 5.50 mm


1.50 2.00 3.00


0.63 – 2.30 2.30

0.75 – 2.30 3.00

0.88 – 2.30 3.00

1.00 – 4.80 –


0.63 1.50 1.50 1.50

0.75 1.70 2.00 2.00

0.88 1.70 2.00 2.00

1.00 1.70 2.60 3.20

1.13 1.70 2.60 3.20

1.25 1.70 2.60 4.60

1.50 1.70 2.60 4.60

2.00 1.70 2.60 4.60

7 / 2009 3.87

S-MD03S 6.3

Design data

Load data


max. 6.00 mm


1.50 2.00 3.00


0.63 – 2.40 2.40

0.75 – 2.40 3.50

0.88 – 2.40 3.50

1.00 – 3.90 –


0.63 1.40 1.70 1.70

0.75 1.40 2.20 2.20

0.88 1.40 2.20 2.20

1.00 1.40 2.70 3.70

1.13 1.40 2.70 3.70

1.25 1.40 2.70 5.40

1.50 1.40 2.70 5.40

2.00 1.40 2.70 5.40

S-MD05S 5.5

3.88 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 12.00 mm


4.00 6.00 8.00


0.75 4.10 4.10 4.10

0.88 4.80 4.80 4.80

1.00 5.40 5.40 5.40

1.13 5.40 5.40 5.40

1.25 6.70 6.70 6.70


0.63 1.40 1.40 1.40

0.75 1.60 1.60 1.60

0.88 1.60 1.60 1.60

1.00 2.20 2.20 2.20

1.13 2.20 2.20 2.20

1.25 2.70 2.70 2.70

1.50 3.30 3.30 3.30

2.00 4.30 4.30 4.30

7 / 2009 3.89



1.25-2.0 9 4.8x22 8 500 S-MD01S 4.8x22 285608

1.8-4 8 5.5x25 8 500 S-MD01LS 5.5x25 285609

2.1-5.5 11 5.5x25 8 500 S-MD03S 5.5x25 285610

2.1-5.5 18 5.5x32 8 250 S-MD03S 5.5x32 285611

2.1-5.5 24 5.5x38 8 250 S-MD03S 5.5x38 285612

2.1-5.5 36 5.5x50 8 250 S-MD03S 5.5x50 285613

2.1-5.5 49 5.5x63 8 100 S-MD03S 5.5x63 285614

2.1-6.0 10 6.3x25 8 500 S-MD03 S 6.3x25 285615

4.6-12 15 5.5x45 8 250 S-MD05S 5.5x45 285616

4.6-12 20 5.5x50 8 250 S-MD05S 5.5x50 285617

4.6-12 33 5.5x63 8 100 S-MD05S 5.5x63 285618

4.6-12 50 5.5x80 8 100 S-MD05S 5.5x80 285619

4.6-12 70 5.5x100 8 100 S-MD05S 5.5x100 285620


Tension Shear








S-MD31PS 4.8

3.90 7 / 2009

S-MD31PS 4.8×19 stainless steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with hardened carbon steel drill point andthread start, with reduced drill point = greater pull-out value, with fitted EPDMsealing washer ∅ 12 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

L

DC

d

d

d

d

MF D

D

D

D

L

DC MF

L

DC

DC

MF

L

MF

DimensionsUses:Fastening profiled corrugated sheet metal with profiled corrugate sheet metal with or withoutintermediate insulation layers.


Fastening tools:Screwdriver: Hilti ST1800

Hilti ST2500Drive using depth gauge set: Item no. 304611Bit S-B TX25W: Item no. 237296


MPA NRW


7 / 2009 3.91

S-MD31PS 4.8

Design data

Load data


max. 2.75 mm


Component II steel with tll [mm] S235 (DIN EN 10025-1)S280GD, S320GD or S350GD (DIN EN 10326)

0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00

Component Isteel with tl [mm] S280GD up to S350GD (DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.63 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12

0.75 1.12 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31

0.88 1.12 1.31 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 –

1.00 1.12 1.31 1.92 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 –

1.13 1.12 1.31 1.92 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 – –

1.25 1.12 1.31 1.92 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 – –

1.50 1.12 1.31 1.92 2.53 2.53 2.53 – – –

1.75 1.12 1.31 1.92 2.53 – – – – –

2.00 1.12 1.31 – – – – – – –


0.63 0.59 0.87 1.12 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37

0.75 0.59 0.87 1.12 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37

0.88 0.59 0.87 1.12 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 –

1.00 0.59 0.87 1.12 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 –

1.13 0.59 0.87 1.12 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 –

1.25 0.59 0.87 1.12 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 – –

1.50 0.59 0.87 1.12 1.37 1.37 1.37 – – –

1.75 0.59 0.87 1.12 1.37 – – – – –

2.00 0.59 0.87 – – – – – – –

S-MD31PS 4.8

3.92 7 / 2009

Component II Solid timber S10/C24 with e ≥ 20 mmend stop oriented

Component I

steel with tl [mm] S280GD up to S350GD (DIN EN 10326 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00

Failure of component I Shear force VR,k [kN](bearing stress) 1.36 2.22 2.22 2.22 2.22 2.22 2.22 2.22 2.22

Failure of component I Tension force NR,k [kN](pull-over) 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34Addition provisions: Calculating the resistance of the screw in timber

(Component II) according to timber standard's

7 / 2009 3.93

S-MD31PS 4.8


max. 2.75 mm


Component II aluminium tll [mm] Profil sheeting with Rm ≥ 185 N/mm2 according to DIN EN 485-2:2004-09 or substructure according to DIN 4113-1/A1:2002-09 witht βz 185 N/mm

0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

Component Ialuminium tl [mm] Profil sheeting with Rm≥ 185 N/mm2 according toDIN EN 485-2:2004-09 Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.50 0.31 0.31 0.31 00.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31

0.60 0.31 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42

0.70 0.31 0.42 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53

0.80 0.31 0.42 0.53 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

0.90 0.31 0.42 0.53 0.70 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88

1.00 0.31 0.42 0.53 0.70 0.88 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05

1.10 0.31 0.42 0.53 0.70 0.88 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05

1.20 0.31 0.42 0.53 0.70 0.88 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05

1.30 0.31 0.42 0.53 0.70 0.88 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 –

1.40 0.31 0.42 0.53 0.70 0.88 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 – –

1.50 0.31 0.42 0.53 0.70 0.88 1.05 1.05 1.05 – – –


0.50 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61

0.60 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

0.70 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.82 0.83 0.83 0.83

0.80 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.82 0.91 0.99 0.99

0.90 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.82 0.91 1.00 1.05

1.00 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.82 0.91 1.00 1.05

1.10 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.82 0.91 1.00 1.05

1.20 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.82 0.91 1.00 1.05

1.30 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.82 0.91 1.00 –

1.40 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.82 0.91 – –

1.50 0.17 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.82 – – –

S-MD31PS 4.8

3.94 7 / 2009

Addition provisions: For asymmetric loading on profile sheeting with tI < 1.25 mm orasymmetric seel profiles with tll < 5.0 mm (load values have to bemultiplied by a factor of 0.7).

Component II Solid timber S10/C24 with e ≥ 20 mmend stop oriented

Component Ialuminium tl [mm] Profil sheeting with Rm≥ 185 N/mm2 according toDIN EN 485-2:2004-09 0.50 0.60 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

Failure of component I Shear force VR,k [kN](bearing stress) 0.79 0.93 1.06 1.28 1.49 1.71 1.71 1.71 1.71 1.71 1.71

Failure of component I Tension force NR,k [kN](pull-over) 0.61 0.70 0.83 0.99 1.19 1.42 1.70 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02Addition provisions: Calculating the resistance of the screw in timber

(Component II) according to timber standard's

Screw selection

Screw programDrilling thickness Fastening thickness Dimensions Sealing washer Drive Package Ordering Item no.DC MF (dxL) ∅ dimensions contents designationmm max. mm mm mm

1.00–2.75 5 4.8x19 12 TX25 500 S-MD31PS 4.8x19 202421


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.95

S-MD31PS 5.5

S-MD31PS 5.5 stainless steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with hardened carbon steel drill point andthread start, with reduced drill point = greater pull-out value, with fitted EPDMsealing washer ∅ 12 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

DimensionsUses:Fastening profiled corrugated sheet metal with profiled corrugate sheet metal with or withoutintermediate insulation layers.





MPA NRW


L

DC

d

d

d

d

MF D

D

D

D

L

DC MF

L

DC

DC

MF

L

MF

S-MD31PS 5.5

3.96 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 3.0 mm


Component II steel with tll [mm] S235 (DIN EN 10025-1)S280GD up to S350GD (DIN EN 10326)

0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.75


0.63 1.13 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38

0.75 1.21 1.74 1.74 1.74 1.74 1.74 1.74 1.74

0.88 1.21 1.74 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19

1.00 1.21 1.74 2.19 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63

1.13 1.21 1.74 2.19 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63

1.25 1.21 1.74 2.19 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63

1.50 1.21 1.74 2.19 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 –

1.75 1.21 1.74 2.19 2.63 2.63 2.63 – –

2.00 1.21 1.74 2.19 2.63 – – – –


0.63 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.39 1.68 1.91 1.91 1.91

0.75 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.39 1.68 1.91 1.91 1.91

0.88 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.39 1.68 1.91 1.91 1.91

1.00 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.39 1.68 1.91 1.91 1.91

1.13 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.39 1.68 1.91 1.91 1.91

1.25 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.39 1.68 1.91 1.91 1.91

1.50 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.39 1.68 1.91 1.91 1.91

1.75 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.39 1.68 1.91 1.91 1.91

2.00 0.66 0.89 1.14 1.39 1.68 1.91 1.91 1.91

7 / 2009 3.97

S-MD31PS 5.5



0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13


0.63 ×× 2 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04

0.75 ×× 2 2.04 2.41 2.41 2.41 –

0.88 ×× 2 2.04 2.41 2.41 2.41 –

1.00 ×× 2 2.04 2.41 2.41 3.07 –

1.13 ×× 2 2.04 2.41 2.41 – –

1.25 ×× 2 2.04 2.41 – – –


0.63 ×× 2 1.37 2.15 2.34 2.34 2.34

0.75 ×× 2 1.37 2.15 2.34 2.34 2.34

0.88 ×× 2 1.37 2.15 2.34 2.34 2.34

1.00 ×× 2 1.37 2.15 2.34 2.34 2.34

1.13 ×× 2 1.37 2.15 2.34 – –

1.25 ×× 2 1.37 2.15 – – –

1.50 ×× 2 1.37 – – – –

S-MD31PS 5.5

3.98 7 / 2009


Component II aluminium tll [mm] Profil sheeting with Rm ≥ 185 N/mm2 according to DIN EN 485-2:2004-09 or substructure according to DIN 4113-1/A1:2002-09 witht βz 185 N/mm2

0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.50 2.00

Component Ialuminium tl [mm] Profil sheeting with Rm≥ 185 N/mm2 according to DIN EN 485-2:2004-09 Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.50 0.35 0.48 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60

0.60 0.37 0.48 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60

0.70 0.39 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60

0.80 0.39 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60

0.90 0.39 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60

1.00 0.39 0.50 0.60 0.60 1.00 1.20 1.20 1.20

1.10 0.39 0.50 0.60 0.60 1.00 1.20 1.20 –

1.20 0.39 0.50 0.60 0.60 1.00 1.20 1.20 –

1.30 0.39 0.50 0.60 0.60 1.00 1.20 1.20 –

1.40 0.39 0.50 0.60 0.60 1.00 1.20 1.20 –

1.50 0.39 0.50 0.60 0.60 1.00 1.20 1.20 –


0.50 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61

0.60 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 0.70 0.70

0.70 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 0.83 0.83

0.80 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 0.99 0.99

0.90 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 1.19 1.19

1.00 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 1.25 1.25

1.10 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 1.25 –

1.20 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 1.25 –

1.30 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 1.25 –

1.40 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 1.25 –

1.50 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.53 0.64 0.69 1.25 –

7 / 2009 3.99

S-MD31PS 5.5


Component II steel tll [mm] S235 according to DIN EN 10026-2S280GD up to S350GD as per DIN EN 10326

2 ×× 0.63 2 ×× 20.70 2 ×× 0.80 2 ×× 1.00 2 ×× 1.13


0.50 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94

0.60 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94

0.70 0.94 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21

0.80 0.94 1.21 1.21 1.21 –

0.90 0.94 1.21 1.21 1.21 –

1.00 0.94 1.21 1.21 1.21 –

1.10 0.94 1.21 1.21 – –

1.20 0.94 1.21 1.21 – –

1.30 0.94 1.21 – – –

1.40 0.94 1.21 – – –

1.50 0.94 1.21 – – –


0.50 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61

0.60 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

0.70 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83

0.80 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 –

0.90 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 –

1.00 1.37 1.42 1.42 1.42 –

1.10 1.37 1.70 1.70 – –

1.20 1.37 2.02 2.02 – –

1.30 1.37 2.02 – – –

1.40 1.37 2.02 – – –

1.50 1.37 2.02 – – –Addition provisions:: For asymmetric loading on profile sheeting with tl < 1.25 mm

or asymmetric seel profiles with tll < 5.0 mm (load values haveto be multiplied by a factor of 0.7).

S-MD31PS 5.5

3.100 7 / 2009

Screw selection


1.0–3.00 7 5.5x22 12 TX25 500 S-MD31PS 5.5x22 202423

1.0–3.00 13 5.5x28 12 TX25 500 S-MD31PS 5.5x28 202424

1.0–3.00 23 5.5x38 12 TX25 250 S-MD31PS 5.5x38 202425

1.0–3.00 35 5.5x50 12 TX25 250 S-MD31PS 5.5x50 202426


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.101

S-MD33PS

S-MD33PS stainless steel self-drillingscrew


Product data

L

DC

d

d

d

d

MF D

D

D

D

L

DC MF

L

DC

DC

MF

L

MF

DimensionsUses:Fastening profiled corrugated sheet metal with steel base material with or withoutintermediate insulation layers.





MPA NRW


DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax


S-MD33PS

3.102 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data


max. 5.5 mm


Component II aluminium tll [mm] Profil sheeting with Rm ≥ 185 N/mm2 according to DIN EN 485-2:2004-09 or substructure according to DIN 4113-1/A1:2002-09 witht βz 185 N/mm2

1.00 1.50 2.00 2,50 3.00


0.63 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10

0.75 1.28 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46

0.88 1.32 1.73 1.73 1.73 1.73

1.00 1.36 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99

1.13 1.36 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99

1.25 1.36 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99

1.50 1.36 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99

1.75 1.36 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99

2.00 1.36 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99


0.63 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.34

0.75 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.34

0.88 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.34

1.00 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.34

1.13 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.34

1.25 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.34

1.50 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.34

1.75 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.34

2.00 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.34

7 / 2009 3.103

S-MD33PS



0.75 0.88 1.00 1.25 2 ×× 0.75 2 ×× 0.88 2 ×× 1.00 2 ××1.25


0.63 – – – – – – – –

0.75 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05

0.88 1.29 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.05 2.56 2.56 2.56

1.00 1.29 1.81 2.32 2.32 2.05 2.56 3.07 3.07

1.13 1.29 1.81 2.32 2.32 2.05 2.56 3.07 3.07

1.25 1.29 1.81 2.32 2.32 2.05 2.56 3.07 3.07

1.50 1.29 1.81 2.32 2.32 2.05 2.56 3.07 3.07

1.75 1.29 1.81 2.32 2.32 2.05 2.56 3.07 3.07

2.00 1.29 1.81 2.32 2.32 2.05 2.56 3.07 3.07


0.63 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

0.75 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

0.88 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

1.00 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

1.13 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

1.25 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

1.50 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

1.75 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

2.00 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

S-MD33PS

3.104 7 / 2009


max. 5.5 mm


Component II aluminium tll [mm] Profil sheeting with Rm ≥ 185 N/mm2 according to DIN EN 485-2:2004-09 or substructure according to DIN 4113-1/A1:2002-09 with βz 185 N/mm2

1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00


0.50 0.56 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79

0.60 0.65 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91

0.70 0.74 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03

0.80 0.85 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10

0.90 0.96 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18

1.00 1.07 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

1.10 1.07 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

1.20 1.07 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

1.30 1.07 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

1.40 1.07 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

1.50 1.07 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25


0.50 0.34 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61

0.60 0.34 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

0.70 0.34 0.78 0.83 0.83 0.83

0.80 0.34 0.78 0.99 0.99 0.99

0.90 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.19 1.19

1.00 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.42 1.42

1.10 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 1.70

1.20 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.02

1.30 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.02

1.40 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.02

1.50 0.34 0.78 1.17 1.66 2.02

7 / 2009 3.105

S-MD33PS



0.75 0.88 1.00 1.25 2 ×× 0.75 2 ×× 0.88 2 ×× 1.00 2 ××1.25


0.50 – – – – – – – –

0.60 – – – – – – – –

0.70 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18

0.80 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18

0.90 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18

1.00 0.99 0.99 1.31 1.31 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18

1.10 0.99 0.99 1.31 1.31 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18

1.20 0.99 0.99 1.31 1.31 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18

1.30 0.99 0.99 1.31 1.31 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18

1.40 0.99 0.99 1.31 1.31 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18

1.50 0.99 0.99 1.31 1.31 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18


0.50 0.45 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61

0.60 0.45 0.65 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

0.70 0.45 0.65 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83

0.80 0.45 0.65 0.85 0.99 0.97 0.99 0.99 0.99

0.90 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.19 1.19 1.19

1.00 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.42 1.42

1.10 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.70

1.20 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

1.30 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

1.40 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

1.50 0.45 0.65 0.85 1.08 0.97 1.24 1.51 1.91

S-MD33PS

3.106 7 / 2009

Screw selection


2.1–5.5 5 5.5x22 12 TX25 500 S-MD33PS 5.5x22 202427

2.1–5.5 11 5.5x28 12 TX25 500 S-MD33PS 5.5x28 202428

2.1–5.5 21 5.5x38 12 TX25 250 S-MD33PS 5.5x38 202429

2.1–5.5 33 5.5x50 12 TX25 250 S-MD33PS 5.5x50 202430


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.107

S-MD35PS

S-MD35PS stainless steel self-drillingscrew


Product data

L

DC

d

d

d

d

MF D

D

D

D

L

DC MF

L

DC

DC

MF

L

MF

DimensionsUses:Fastening profiled corrugated sheet metal with a thick, hot-rolled steel beams, with orwithout intermediate insulation layers.





MPA NRW


DCmax / MFmax

DCmin DCmin

DCmaxMFmax


S-MD35PS

3.108 7 / 2009


max. 12.5 mm



4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0


0.63 2.69 2.93 3.16 3.16 3.16

0.75 2.95 3.11 3.27 3.27 3.27

0.88 3.46 3.73 4.01 4.01 4.01

1.00 3.97 4.36 4.74 4.74 4.74

1.13 4.97 5.16 5.35 5.35 5.35

1.25 5.97 5.97 5.97 5.97 5.97

1.50 5.97 6.23 6.49 6.49 6.49

1.75 5.97 6.33 6.69 6.69 6.69

2.00 5.97 6.43 6.89 6.89 6.89


0.63 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34

0.75 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34

0.88 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34

1.00 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34

1.13 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34

1.25 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34

1.50 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34

1.75 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34

2.00 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34

Design data

Load data

7 / 2009 3.109

S-MD35PS



4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0

Component Ialuminium tl [mm] Profil sheeting with Rm≥ 185 N/mm2 according to DIN EN 485-2:2004-09 Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.50 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03

0.60 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27

0.70 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51

0.80 1.79 1.79 1.79 1.79 1.79

0.90 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.07

1.00 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35

1.10 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35

1.20 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35

1.30 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35

1.40 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35

1.50 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35


0.50 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61

0.60 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

0.70 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83

0.80 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99

0.90 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19

1.00 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42

1.10 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70

1.20 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02

1.30 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02

1.40 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02

1.50 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02 2.02

S-MD35PS

3.110 7 / 2009

Screw selection


4.6–12 12 5.5x45 12 TX25 250 S-MD35PS 5.5x45 202431


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.111

Product information

Applications� Screws with sealing washers for fastening profile steel sheet to profile steel sheet or forfastening profile steel sheet to steel framing.

Product descriptionThe screw cuts its own thread in the pre-drilled hole. The correct hole diameter can be foundin the technical data for each screw type. The fitted sealing washer makes the fasteningwatertight.� The carbon steel screw is case hardened.� The surface of the screw is galvanized. This protects the screw from corrosion and lubrica-tes the thread-cutting operation.

All screws can be ordered with coloured heads and washers in colours according to the RALcolour chart.

Screw designationse.g.: S-MP53Z 6.5x50 S for screw fastening

M for metal constructionP for self-tapping screw (P = pre-drill)5 4 – sealing washer ∅ 14 mm

5 – sealing washer ∅ 16 mm6 – sealing washer ∅ 19 mm7 – sealing washer ∅ 22 mm0 – without sealing washer

3 2 – screw with blunt point for steel memberswith thickness 1.25 mm or greater, not foruse on timber framing

3 – screw with point for steel members up tomax. 3 mm thickness or for use on timberframing

Z galvanized carbon steel (Z for zinc)6.5x50 screw dimensions (∅ x length)

Carbon steel self-tapping screws

S-MP53Z

3.112 7 / 2009

S-MP53Z 6.5×L case-hardened carbonsteel self-tapping screw

General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, with fitted EPDM sealing washer∅ 16 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

d

MF

LSWmm

30mm min.MF

MF

DimensionsUses:Fastening sheet steel to thin steel members and to timber framing.Steel framing Member thickness max. 3 mmTimber framing Depth of engagement min. 30 mm

Fastening tools:Drilling tool: Hilti UD16, UD30Screwdriver: Hilti ST1800Depth gauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driver S-NSD 3/8": Item no. 308905HSS drill bit


Recommended pre-drilled hole diameter in tll:t/mm 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.25 1.50 3.00

Predrilled ∅mm: 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.0Predrilled ∅ in timber: 4.5 mm

t

7 / 2009 3.113

S-MP53Z

Design data

Load data

Component II steel with tll [mm]S280GD or S320GD (DIN EN 10326

1.00 1.50 2.00 3.00

Component Isteel with tl [mm]S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN]]

0.63 2.20 2.70 2.70 –

0.75 2.30 3.20 3.20 –

0.88 2.30 3.20 3.20 –

1.00 2.40 3.40 3.60 –


0.63 1.40 2.20 3.20 3.20

0.75 1.40 2.20 3.50 3.80

0.88 1.40 2.20 3.50 3.80

1.00 1.40 2.20 3.50 5.00


Tension Shear








S-MP53Z

3.114 7 / 2009

Screw selection

Screw programFastening thickness Dimensions Sealing washer Head size Package Ordering Item no.MF (dxL) ∅ AF contents designationmax. mm mm mm

8 6.5x19 16 3/8" 500 S-MP53Z 6.5x19 375288

14 6.5x25 16 3/8" 500 S-MP53Z 6.5x25 375289

21 6.5x32 16 3/8" 250 S-MP53Z 6.5x32 375290

27 6.5x38 16 3/8" 250 S-MP53Z 6.5x38 375291

39 6.5x50 16 3/8" 250 S-MP53Z 6.5x50 375292

52 6.5x63 16 3/8" 100 S-MP53Z 6.5x63 375293

89 6.5x100 16 3/8" 100 S-MP53Z 6.5x100375287

7 / 2009 3.115

S-MP52Z

S-MP52Z 6.3×L case-hardened carbonsteel self-tapping screw

General informationMaterial specification:galvanized, with fitted EPDM sealing washer∅ 16 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

Fastening tools:Drilling tool: Hilti UD30Screwdriver: Hilti ST1800Depth gauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driver S-NSD 3/8": Item no. 308905HSS drill bit

d

MF

LSWmm

MFMF

DimensionsUses:Fastening sheet steel to steel framing, with or without intermediate insulating material.Steel framing Depth of engagement min. 1.25 mmTimber framing Unsuitable


Recommended pre-drilled hole diameter in tll:t/mm 1.25 1.50 2.00 4.00 6.00 ≥7.00Predrilled ∅mm: 5.00 5.00 5.30 5.30 5.50 5.70

t

S-MP52Z

3.116 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data

Component II steel with tll [mm]S280GD or S320GD (DIN EN 10326

3.00 4.00 6.00

Component Isteel with tl [mm]S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear forcet VR,k [kN]

0.63 2.80 2.80 2.80

0.75 2.80 3.60 3.60

0.88 2.80 3.60 4.60

1.00 2.80 3.60 4.60


0.63 3.20 3.20 3.20

0.75 3.80 3.80 3.80

0.88 3.80 3.80 3.80

1.00 4.80 4.80 4.80


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.117

S-MP52Z

Screw selection


10 6.3x19 16 3/8" 500 S-MP52Z 6.3x19 375279

16 6.3x25 16 3/8" 500 S-MP52Z 6.3x25 375280

23 6.3x32 16 3/8" 250 S-MP52Z 6.3x32 375281

29 6.3x38 16 3/8" 250 S-MP52Z 6.3x38 375282

41 6.3x50 16 3/8" 250 S-MP52Z 6.3x50 375283

54 6.3x63 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52Z 6.3x63 375284

66 6.3x75 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52Z 6.3x75 375285

79 6.3x88 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52Z 6.3x88 375286

91 6.3x100 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52Z 6.3x100375278

3.118 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 3.119

Product information

Applications� Stainless steel screws with sealing washers for fastening profile steel sheet to profile steelsheet or for fastening profile steel sheet to steel framing.

� Fastening profile aluminium sheet to profile aluminium sheet or for fastening profile alumi-nium sheet to steel framing.

Product descriptionThe screw cuts its own thread in the pre-drilled hole. The correct hole diameter can be foundin the technical data for each screw type. The fitted sealing washer makes the fasteningwatertight.� The screw is made from stainless steel.� The surface of the screw is galvanized. This lubricates the thread-cutting operation.These screws have been awarded the approval of the building inspection authoritiesin Germany. Please note the approval mark shown for each of the applicable screwprograms.All screws can be ordered with coloured heads and washers in colours according to the RALcolour chart.

Screw designationse.g.: S-MP53S 6.5x50 S for screw fastening

M for metal constructionP for self-tapping screw (P = pre-drill)5 4 – sealing washer ∅ 14 mm

5 – sealing washer ∅ 16 mm6 – sealing washer ∅ 19 mm7 – sealing washer ∅ 22 mm0 – without sealing washer

3 2 – screw with blunt point for steel members withthickness 1.25 mm or greater, not for use ontimber framing

3 – screw with point for steel members up to max.3 mm thickness or for use on timber framing


Z-14.1-4Hilti

MPA NRW

Stainless steel self-tapping screws

S-MP53S / S-MP63S /S-MP73S

3.120 7 / 2009

S-MP53S 6.5×L/S-MP63S 6.5×L/S-MP73S6.5×L self-tapping screw

General informationMaterial specification:made from A2 (18/8)stainless steel, withfitted EPDM sealingwasher ∅ 16, 19 or22 mm.Coloured screwsavailable on request.

Product data

Approvals:

Z-14.1-4Hilti

MPA NRW

d

MF

LSW

S

mm

30mm min.MF

MF

DimensionsUses:Fastening aluminium or steel sheet to thin steel or aluminiummembers or to timber framing.Steel framing: Member thickness max. 3 mmTimber framing: Depth of engagement min. 30 mm



tRecommended pre-drilled hole diameter in tII:t/mm 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.25 1.50 3.00Pre-drilled ∅mm 3.50 4.00 4.50 4.50 5.00 5.00Pre-drilled ∅ in timber 4.50mm

7 / 2009 3.121


Load data

Design data


Component II steel with tll [mm]S235J according to DIN EN 10025-2S280GD or S320GD (DIN EN 10326)

0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50 2.00 3.00

Pre-drill (∅ mm) 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0

Tightening torqueRecommendation (Nm) 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5

Component Isteel with tl [mm]S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN

0.63 1.30 1.50 1.80 2.00ac 2.30ac 2.50ac 2.90ac 2.90ac 2.90ac

0.75 1.40 1.60 1.90 2.20ac 2.50ac 2.60ac 3.10ac 3.50ac 3.50ac

0.88 1.50 1.70 2.00 2.30ac 2.60ac 2.80ac 3.20ac 3.70ac 3.70ac

1.00 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.50 2.80 3.10 3.60 3.90ac 3.90ac

1.13 1.60 1.80 2.20 2.60 2.90 3.20 3.80 4.00ac 4.00ac

1.25 1.60 1.90 2.30 2.70 3.00 3.30 4.00 4.10ac 4.10ac

1.50 1.60 1.90 2.40 2.80 3.20 3.50 4.00 4.30 4.30

1.75 1.60 1.90 2.40 2.80 3.20 3.50 4.00 4.30 4.30

2.00 1.60 1.90 2.40 2.80 3.20 3.50 4.00 4.30 4.30


0.50 0.49 0.59 0.70 0.76ac 0.86ac 0.97ac 1.13ac 1.19ac 1.19ac

0.55 0.61 0.75 0.89 0.95ac 1.09ac 1.23ac 1.43ac 1.50ac 1.50ac

0.63 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.40ac 1.60ac 1.80ac 2.10ac 2.20ac 2.20ac

0.75 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.40ac 1.60ac 1.80ac 2.10ac 2.80ac 2.80ac

0.88 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.40ac 1.60ac 1.80ac 2.10ac 3.50ac 3.50ac

1.00 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.20 3.60ac 3.60ac

1.13 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.30 3.60ac 3.60ac

1.25 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.30 3.60ac 3.60ac

1.50 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.30 3.60 3.60

1.75 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.30 3.60 3.60

2.00 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.30 3.60 3.60


3.122 7 / 2009

(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap


Component II aus HolzSolid timber S10/C24 with e ≥ 26 mmScrew in end-stop oriented

Componentt I

steel with tl [mm]S280GD or S350GD(DIN EN 10326 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.50 2.00 3.00

Failure ofcomponent I Shear force VR,k [kN(bearing stress) 2.90 3.50 3.70 3.90 4.00 4.10 4.30 4.30 4.30

Failure ofcomponent I Tension force NR,k [kN](pull-over) 2.00 2.80 3.50 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60Addition provisions: Calculating the resistance of the screw in timber (Component II)

according to timber standard's.


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.123

Screw selection

Screw programFastening thickness Dimensions Sealing washer Head size Package Ordering Item no.MFmax. mm (dxL) mm ∅ mm AF contents designation

8 6.5x19 16 3/8" 500 S-MP53S 6.5x19 08044814 6.5x25 16 3/8" 500 S-MP53S 6.5x25 08036221 6.5x32 16 3/8" 250 S-MP53S 6.5x32 08045027 6.5x38 16 3/8" 250 S-MP53S 6.5x38 08045139 6.5x50 16 3/8" 250 S-MP53S 6.5x50 08033752 6.5x63 16 3/8" 100 S-MP53S 6.5x63 08533264 6.5x75 16 3/8" 100 S-MP53S 6.5x75 22455877 6.5x88 16 3/8" 100 S-MP53S 6.5x88 08533489 6.5x100 16 3/8" 100 S-MP53S 6.5x100 085335114 6.5x125 16 3/8" 100 S-MP53S 6.5x125 219093139 6.5x150 16 3/8" 100 S-MP53S 6.5x150 219094164 6.5x175 16 3/8" 100 S-MP53S 6.5x175 224559




3.124 7 / 2009

S-MP52S 6.3×L/S-MP62S 6.3×L/S-MP72S6.3×L self-tapping screws

General informationMaterial specification:made from A2 (18/8)stainless steel, withfitted EPDM sealingwasher ∅ 16, 19,22 mm.Coloured screwsavailable on request.

Product data

d

MF

LSW

S

mm

MFMF

DimensionsUses:Fastening aluminium or steel sheet on steel or aluminiummembers, with or without interme-diate insulating material.Steel framing Depth of engagement min. 1.25 mmTimber framing Unsuitable


Recommended pre-drilled hole diameter in tII:t/mm 1.25 1.50 2.00 4.00 6.00 ≥7.00Pre-drilled ∅mm: 5.00 5.00 5.30 5.30 5.50 5.70

t

Approvals:

Z-14.1-4Hilti

MPA NRW



7 / 2009 3.125

Design data

Load data



Component II steel with tll [mm]S235J according to DIN EN 10025-2S280GD or S320GD (DIN EN 10326)

1.25 1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00 6.00 ≥ 7.00

Pre-drill (∅ mm) 5.0 5.0 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.5 5.5

Tightening torqueRecommendation (Nm) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Component Isteel with tl [mm]S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN

0.63 2.50 ac 2.70 ac 2.90 abcd 3.00 abcd 3.10 abcd 3.10 abcd 3.10 abcd

0.75 2.60 ac 3.10 ac 3.30 ac 3.60 ac 3.70 abcd 3.70 abcd 3.70 abcd

0.88 2.80 ac 3.20 ac 3.80 ac 4.10 ac 4.30 ac 4.40 ac 4.40 ac

1.00 3.20 3.60 ac 4.10 ac 4.80 ac 4.90 ac 5.10 ac 5.10 ac

1.13 3.40 4.00 4.60 ac 5.40 ac 5.60 ac 5.80 ac 5.80 ac

1.25 3.60 4.20 5.00 ac 6.10 ac 6.30 ac 6.50 ac 6.50 ac

1.50 3.70 4.40 5.70 6.80 7.10 7.30 7.30

1.75 3.70 4.70 6.20 7.60 7.70 8.10 8.10

2.00 5.00 6.30 7.90 8.30 8.40 9.40 9.40





0.75 2.00 ac 2.60 ac 3.10 ac 3.60 ac 3.60 abcd 3.60 abcd 3.60 abcd

0.88 2.00 ac 2.70 ac 3.30 ac 3.80 ac 3.80 ac 3.80 ac 3.80 ac

1.00 2.00 2.70 3.40 ac 4.00 ac 4.00 ac 4.00 ac 4.00 ac

1.13 2.00 2.70 3.60 ac 4.40 ac 4.40 ac 4.40 ac 4.40 ac

1.25 2.00 2.70 3.60 ac 4.80 ac 4.90 ac 4.90 ac 4.90 ac

1.50 2.00 2.70 3.60 5.60 5.90 5.90 5.90

1.75 2.00 2.70 3.60 5.80 6.90 7.10 7.10

2.00 2.00 2.70 3.60 6.00 7.30 7.60 7.60

3.126 7 / 2009


(a)single

(b)side lap

(c)end overlap



Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.127


Screw selection


10 6.3x19 16 3/8" 500 S-MP52S 6.3x19 080412

16 6.3x25 16 3/8" 500 S-MP52S 6.3x25 080413

23 6.3x32 16 3/8" 250 S-MP52S 6.3x32 080414

29 6.3x38 16 3/8" 250 S-MP52S 6.3x38 080415

41 6.3x50 16 3/8" 250 S-MP52S 6.3x50 080417

54 6.3x63 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52S 6.3x63 080418

66 6.3x75 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52S 6.3x75 080421

79 6.3x88 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52S 6.3x88 080419

91 6.3x100 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52S 6.3x100 080420

116 6.3x125 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52S 6.3x125 224533

141 6.3x150 16 3/8" 100 S-MP52S 6.3x150 081766

10 6.3x19 19 3/8" 500 S-MP62S 6.3x19 285239

16 6.3x25 19 3/8" 500 S-MP62S 6.3x25 285240

23 6.3x32 19 3/8" 250 S-MP62S 6.3x32 285241

41 6.3x50 19 3/8" 250 S-MP62S 6.3x50 285242

54 6.3x63 19 3/8" 100 S-MP62S 6.3x63 285243

66 6.3x75 19 3/8" 100 S-MP62S 6.3x75 285244

79 6.3x88 19 3/8" 100 S-MP62S 6.3x88 285245

91 6.3x100 19 3/8" 100 S-MP62S 6.3x100 285246

116 6.3x125 19 3/8" 100 S-MP62S 6.3x125 285247

141 6.3x150 19 3/8" 100 S-MP62S 6.3x150 285248

10 6.3x19 22 3/8" 500 S-MP72S 6.3x19 285229

16 6.3x25 22 3/8" 500 S-MP72S 6.3x25 285230

23 6.3x32 22 3/8" 250 S-MP72S 6.3x32 285231

41 6.3x50 22 3/8" 250 S-MP72S 6.3x50 285232

54 6.3x63 22 3/8" 100 S-MP72S 6.3x63 285233

66 6.3x75 22 3/8" 100 S-MP72S 6.3x75 285234

79 6.3x88 22 3/8" 100 S-MP72S 6.3x88 285235

91 6.3x100 22 3/8" 100 S-MP72S 6.3x100 285236

116 6.3x125 22 3/8" 100 S-MP72S 6.3x125 285237

141 6.3x150 22 3/8" 100 S-MP72S 6.3x150 285238

3.128 7 / 2009

7 / 2009 3.129

Product information

Applications� Stainless steel screws with sealing washers for fastening sandwich panels to steel mem-bers or timber framing.

Product descriptionThe screw is made from two different materials:Stainless steel (part B) and hardened carbon steel (part A)

The drill point and thread start are made from hardened carbon steel. This ensures trouble-free screw fastening even in the hardest construction steel.� The screw first drills the required hole in the part to be fastened and in the framing.It then cuts the thread.

� The threadless shank ensures that the screw can be driven without stressing the sandwichpanel (no denting).

� The larger thread at the head (6.3 mm) pulls the sealing washer against the outer skin ofthe sandwich panel. This ensures that no water can penetrate.

The surface of the screw is galvanized. This protects the screw from corrosion and lubricatesthe drilling and thread-cutting operation.These screws have been awarded approval by the building inspection authorities inGermany. Please note the approval mark shown for each of the applicable screwprograms.All screws can be ordered with coloured heads and washers in colours according to the RALcolour chart.

Screw designationse.g.: S-CD65S 5.5x130 S for screw fastening

C for sandwich panels (C = composite)D for self-drilling screw (D = drilling)6 6 – sealing washer ∅ 19 mm

7 – sealing washer ∅ 22 mm5 1 – drill point # 1 = for use on timber framing.

3 – drill point # 3 = 2.0 to 5.5 mm drilling thickness5 – drill point # 5 = 3.5 to 12 mm drilling thickness


Further designations:S-CDW61S 6.5x180 W applications on timber (W = wood)

Z-14.4-407Hilti

MPANRW

Stainless steel screws for sandwich panels

S-CD63S / S-CD73S

3.130 7 / 2009

S-CD63S 5.5×L/S-CD73S 5.5×Lself-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with fitted sealing washer ∅ 19 or 22 mm.Hardened drill point and thread start fortrouble-free drilling and thread cutting in thesupporting member, stainless steel section(threaded shank and head) for corrosionresistance.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data


MPANRW

L

DC

d

max. CP

min. CP

HS

SW

mm

DimensionsUses:The Hilti S-CD self-drilling screw features a threadless shank for relief of pressure on thesandwich panel (no denting) and a threaded section at the head for good sealing washercontact.

Fastening toolsScrewdriver: Hilti ST1800Drive using depthgauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driver S-NSD8: Item no. 308901


7 / 2009 3.131

S-CD63S / S-CD73S

Design data

Load data

Drilling capacity ΣΣ ((tN2 + tll)

max. ≤ 5.5 mm


1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00

Component ISheeting with tN1 or tN2 [mm] S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.50 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

0.55 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50

0.63 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70

0.75 2.00 a) 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00

0.88 2.30 a) 2.30 2.30 2.30 2.30

1.00 2.50 a) 2.60 a) 2.60 2.60 2.60


0.50 1.80 2.60 b) 2.60 b) 2.60 b) 2.60 b)

0.55 1.80 2.80 3.00 b) 3.00 b) 3.00 b)

0.63 1.80 2.80 3.40 b) 3.40 b) 3.40 b)

0.75 1.80 2.80 3.80 4.20 b) 4.20 b)

0.88 1.80 2.80 3.80 4.50 4.50

1.00 1.80 2.80 3.80 4.50 4.50For tN2 made of S320GD all VR,k values, except those marked with a), can be increased by8.3%.For tN2 and tll made of S320GD all VR,k values can be increased by 8.3%.For tN1 made of S320GD all NR,k values, except those marked with b), can be increased by8.3%.For tN1 and tll made of S320GD all VR,k values can be increased by 8.3%.

S-CD63S / S-CD73S

3.132 7 / 2009

Max. screw head deflection udepending on the sandwich panel thickness[mm]

40 18.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 5.0

50 22.0 10.5 9.0 7.5 6.5

60 26.0 13.0 11.0 9.0 8.0

70 29.5 16.5 14.0 12.0 11.5

80 33.0 20.0 17.5 15.0 14.0

100 33.0 20.0 17.5 15.0 14.0

120 33.0 20.0 17.5 15.0 14.0

≥≥140 33.0 20.0 17.5 15.0 14.0


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.133

Screw selection

Screw programDrilling thickness Sandwich panel thickness Dimensions Sealing washer Head size Package Ordering Item no.DC CP (dxL) ∅ AF contents designationmm min.–max. in mm mm mm

2.0–5.5 22– 47 5.5x75 19 8 100 S-CD63S 5.5x75 375244

2.0–5.5 32– 57 5.5x85 19 8 100 S-CD63S 5.5x85 375245

2.0–5.5 42– 67 5.5x95 19 8 100 S-CD63S 5.5x95 375246

2.0–5.5 62– 87 5.5x115 19 8 100 S-CD63S 5.5x115 375247

2.0–5.5 82–107 5.5x135 19 8 100 S-CD63S 5.5x135 375248

2.0–5.5 102–127 5.5x155 19 8 100 S-CD63S 5.5x155 375249

2.0–5.5 122–147 5.5x175 19 8 100 S-CD63S 5.5x175 284542

2.0–5.5 137–182 5.5x210 19 8 100 S-CD63S 5.5x210 284543

2.0–5.5 22– 47 5.5x75 22 8 100 S-CD73S 5.5x75 285642

2.0–5.5 32– 57 5.5x85 22 8 100 S-CD73S 5.5x85 285643

2.0–5.5 42– 67 5.5x95 22 8 100 S-CD73S 5.5x95 285644

2.0–5.5 62– 87 5.5x115 22 8 100 S-CD73S 5.5x115 285645

2.0–5.5 82–107 5.5x135 22 8 100 S-CD73S 5.5x135 285646

2.0–5.5 102–127 5.5x155 22 8 100 S-CD73S 5.5x155 285647

2.0–5.5 122–147 5.5x175 22 8 100 S-CD73S 5.5x175 285648

2.0–5.5 137–182 5.5x210 22 8 100 S-CD73S 5.5x210 285649

S-CD63S / S-CD73S

3.134 7 / 2009


S-CD65S 5.5×L/S-CD75S 5.5×L self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with fitted sealing washer ∅ 19 or 22 mm.Hardened drill point and thread start for trouble-free drilling and thread cutting in thesupporting member, stainless steel section(threaded shank and head) for corrosionresistance. Coloured screws available on request.

Product data


MPANRW

L

DC

d

max. CP

min. CP

HS

SW

mm



S-CD65S / S-CD75S

7 / 2009 3.135

Design data

Load data

S-CD65S / S-CD75S

Drilling capacity ΣΣ ((tN2 + tll)

max. ≤ 12.0 mm


3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00

Component ISheeting with tN1 or tN2 [mm] S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.50 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

0.55 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50

0.63 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80

0.75 2.30 2.30 2.30 2.30

0.88 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90

1.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50


0.50 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10

0.55 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50

0.63 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90

0.75 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70

0.88 4.50 a) 4.60 4.60 4.60

1.00 4.50 a) 5.20 5.20 5.20For tN2 made of S320GD all VR,k values can be increased by 8.3%.For tN1 made of S320GD all NR,k values, except those marked with a), can be increased by8.3%.For tN1 and tll made of S320GD all NR,k values can be increased by 8.3%.

3.136 7 / 2009

S-CD65S / S-CD75S

Max. screw head deflection udepending on the sandwich panel thickness[mm]

40 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.0

50 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.0

60 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.0

70 12.5 11.5 11.0 9.5

80 15.0 14.0 13.0 11.0

100 15.0 14.0 13.0 11.0

120 15.0 14.0 13.0 11.0

≥≥140 15.0 14.0 13.0 11.0


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.137

Screw selection


3.5–12.0 22– 45 5.5x90 19 8 100 S-CD65S 5.5x90 375250

3.5–12.0 32– 55 5.5x100 19 8 100 S-CD65S 5.5x100 375251

3.5–12.0 42– 65 5.5x110 19 8 100 S-CD65S 5.5x110 375252

3.5–12.0 62– 85 5.5x130 19 8 100 S-CD65S 5.5x130 375253

3.5–12.0 82–105 5.5x150 19 8 100 S-CD65S 5.5x150 375254

3.5–12.0 102–125 5.5x170 19 8 100 S-CD65S 5.5x170 375255

3.5–12.0 122–145 5.5x190 19 8 100 S-CD65S 5.5x190 284544

3.5–12.0 137–175 5.5x220 19 8 100 S-CD65S 5.5x220 284545

3.5–12.0 22– 45 5.5x90 22 8 100 S-CD75S 5.5x90 285650

3.5–12.0 32– 55 5.5x100 22 8 100 S-CD75S 5.5x100 285651

3.5–12.0 42– 65 5.5x110 22 8 100 S-CD75S 5.5x110 285652

3.5–12.0 62– 85 5.5x130 22 8 100 S-CD75S 5.5x130 285653

3.5–12.0 82–105 5.5x150 22 8 100 S-CD75S 5.5x150 285654

3.5–12.0 102–125 5.5x170 22 8 100 S-CD75S 5.5x170 285655

3.5–12.0 122–145 5.5x190 22 8 100 S-CD75S 5.5x190 285656

3.5–12.0 137–175 5.5x220 22 8 100 S-CD75S 5.5x220 285657

S-CD65S / S-CD75S

3.138 7 / 2009

S-CDW61S / S-CDW71S


S-CDW61S 6.5×L/S-CDW71S 6.5×L self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with fitted sealing washer ∅ 19 or 22 mm.Hardened drill point and thread start fortrouble-free drilling and thread cutting, stain-less steel section (threaded shank and head)for corrosion resistance.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data


MPANRW

L

DC

d

max. CP

min. CP

HS

SW

mm



50mm min.

7 / 2009 3.139

S-CDW61S / S-CDW71S

Design data

Load data

Screw-in depth lef≥ 50 mm

Component IIsolid timber C24 (S10 according to DIN 4074-1)

Sandwich panel thickness [mm]

30 40 50 60 70 80 100 120 ≥≥140

Component Isheeting with tN1 or tN2 [mm] S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.50 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90

0.55 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

0.63 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60

0.75 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10

0.88 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10

1.00 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10


0.50 2.60 a) 2.60 a) 2.60 a) 2.60 a) 2.60 a) 2.60 a) 2.60 a) 2.60 a) 2.60 a)

0.55 3.10 a) 3.10 a) 3.10 a) 3.10 a) 3.10 a) 3.10 a) 3.10 a) 3.10 a) 3.10 a)

0.63 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50

0.75 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50

0.88 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50

1.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50For tN2 made of S320GD all VR,k values can be increased by 8.3%.For tN1 made of S320GD all NR,k values, marked with a), can be increased by 8.3%.Calculating the screw resistance in timber (Component II) according to timber standards.

Max. screw head deflection u

[mm] – 5.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 18.0 18.0 18.0

Screw selection

Screw programDrilling Sandwich panel Dimensions Sealing Head Package Ordering Item no.thickness thickness washer size contents designationDC CP (dxL) ∅ AFmm min.–max. in mm mm mm

≥50 mm timber 27– 47 6.5x100 19 8 100 S-CDW61S 6.5x100 375256




≥50 mm timber 87–107 6.5x160 19 8 100 S-CDW61S 6.5x160 375260

≥50 mm timber 107–127 6.5x180 19 8 100 S-CDW61S 6.5x180 375261≥50 mm timber 127–147 6.5x200 19 8 100 S-CDW61S 6.5x200 284540












3.140 7 / 2009

S-CDW61S / S-CDW71S


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.141

Product information

Applications� Carbon steel screws with sealing washers for fastening sandwich panels to steel membersor timber framing.

Product descriptionThe screw is made from carbon steel.The surface of the screw is coated in a special process that increases corrosion resistancecompared to standard galvanized carbon steel screws.

Coated carbon steel screws for sandwich panels

� The drill point� first drills the hole in the part to be fastened and in the supporting mem-ber.

� The first threaded section� then cuts the thread.� The threadless shank� ensures that the screw can be driven without stressing the sand-wich panel (no denting).

� The larger thread at the head� pulls the sealing washer against the outer skin of thesandwich panel. This ensures that no water can penetrate.

All of these screws can be ordered with coloured heads and sealing washers in coloursaccording to the RAL colour chart.

Screw designationse.g. S-CD65C 5.5x130 S for screw fastening

C for sandwich panels (C = composite)D for self-drilling screw ( D = drilling)6 6 – sealing washer ∅ 19 mm5 1 – drill point # 1 = for use on timber framing

3 – drill point # 3 = 2.0 to 5.5 mm drilling capacity5 – drill point # 5 = 3.5 to 12 mm drilling capacity

C carbon steel with special finish (C = coating)5.5x130 screw dimensions (∅ x length)

Further designations:S-CDW61C 6.5x180 W applications on timber (W = wood)

a b c d

S-CD63C

3.142 7 / 2009

S-CD63C 5.5×L coated, case-hardenedcarbon steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with fitted EPDM sealing washer ∅ 19 mm.

Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

L

DC

d

max. CP

min. CP

H

SW

mm

DimensionsUses:The Hilti S-CD self-drilling screw features a threadless shank for fastening sandwich panelswithout tension (no denting) and a threaded section below the head for good sealing washercontact with the surface of the sandwich panel.

Fastening toolsScrewdriver: Hilti ST1800Drive using depthgauge set: Item no. 304611Nut set driver S-NSD8: Item no. 308901


7 / 2009 3.143

S-CD63C

Design data

Load data

Drilling capacity ΣΣ

max. 5,5 mm


2.00 3.00 4.00


0.50 1.30 1.30 1.30

0.63 1.50 1.50 1.50

0.75 2.00 2.00 2.00

1.00 2.60 2.60 2.60


0.50 2.50 2.50 2.50

0.63 2.80 3.30 3.30

0.75 2.80 4.10 4.10

1.00 2.80 4.20 4.50


Tension Shear








S-CD63C

3.144 7 / 2009

Screw selection


2.0–5.5 22– 47 5.5x75 19 8 100 S-CD63C 5.5x75 206965

2.0–5.5 32– 57 5.5x85 19 8 100 S-CD63C 5.5x85 206966

2.0–5.5 42– 67 5.5x95 19 8 100 S-CD63C 5.5x95 206967

2.0–5.5 62– 87 5.5x115 19 8 100 S-CD63C 5.5x115 206968

2.0–5.5 82–107 5.5x135 19 8 100 S-CD63C 5.5x135 206969

2.0–5.5 102–127 5.5x155 19 8 100 S-CD63C 5.5x155 206970

2.0–5.5 122–147 5.5x175 19 8 100 S-CD63C 5.5x175 206971

2.0–5.5 137–182 5.5x210 19 8 100 S-CD63C 5.5x210 206972

7 / 2009 3.145

S-CD65C


S-CD65C 5.5×L coated, case-hardenedcarbon steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with fitted EPDM sealing washer ∅ 19 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

L

DC

d

max. CP

min. CP

H

SW

mm



S-CD65C

3.146 7 / 2009

Design data

Load data

Drilling capacity ΣΣ

max. 12.00 mm


3.00 4.00 > 6.00


0.50 2.50 2.50 2.50

0.63 3.30 3.30 3.30

0.75 4.10 4.10 4.10

1.00 5.10 5.10 5.10


0.50 1.30 1.30 1.30

0.63 1.80 1.80 1.80

0.75 2.30 2.30 2.30

1.00 3.50 3.50 3.50


Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.147

S-CD65C

Screw selection


3.5–12.0 22– 45 5.5x 90 19 8 100 S-CD65C 5.5x90 206973

3.5–12.0 32– 55 5.5x100 19 8 100 S-CD65C 5.5x100 206974

3.5–12.0 42– 65 5.5x110 19 8 100 S-CD65C 5.5x110 206975

3.5–12.0 62– 85 5.5x130 19 8 100 S-CD65C 5.5x130 206976

3.5–12.0 82–105 5.5x150 19 8 100 S-CD65C 5.5x150 206977

3.5–12.0 102–125 5.5x170 19 8 100 S-CD65C 5.5x170 206978

3.5–12.0 122–145 5.5x190 19 8 100 S-CD65C 5.5x190 206979

3.5–12.0 137–175 5.5x220 19 8 100 S-CD65C 5.5x220 206980

S-CDW61C

3.148 7 / 2009


S-CDW61C 6.5×L coated, case-hardenedcarbon steel self-drilling screw

General informationMaterial specification:with fitted EPDM sealing washer ∅ 19 mm.Coloured screws available on request.

Product data

L

DC

d

max. CP

min. CP

H

SW

mm



50mm min.

7 / 2009 3.149

S-CDW61C

Design data

Load data

Screw-in depth lef≥ 50.00 mm

Component II

solid timber C24 (S10 according to DIN 4074-1)

30 40 50 69 70 80 100 120 ≥≥ 140

Component Isheeting with tN1 or tN2 [mm] S280GD or S320GD(DIN EN 10326) Shear force VR,k [kN]

0.50 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90

0.55 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

0.63 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60

0.75 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10

0.88 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10

1.00 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10


0.50 2.50 a) 2.50 a) 2.50 a) 2.50 a) 2.50 a) 2.50 a) 2.50 a) 2.50 a) 2.50 a)

0.55 2.90 a) 2.90 a) 2.90 a) 2.90 a) 2.90 a) 2.90 a) 2.90 a) 2.90 a) 2.90 a)

0.63 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30

0.75 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50

0.88 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50

1.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50For tN2 made of S320GD all VR,k values can be increased by 8.3%.For tN1 made of S320GD all NR,k values, marked with a), can be increased by 8.3%.Calculating the screw resistance in timber (Component II) according to timber standards.

S-CDW61C

3.150 7 / 2009

Screw selection

Screw programDrilling Sandwich panel Dimensions Sealing Head Package Ordering Item no.thickness thickness washer size contents designationDC CP (dxL) ∅ AFmm min.–max. in mm mm mm

≥50 mm timber 27– 47 6.5x100 19 8 100 S-CDW61C 6.5x100 206981




≥50 mm timber 87–107 6.5x160 19 8 100 S-CDW61C 6.5x160 206985






Tension Shear








7 / 2009 3.151

S-AW

S-AW sealing washers

General information

Product data

d1 d2

DimensionsUses:For all outdoor applications where the fastening is exposed to the weather.

Fastening tools:ST1800 screwdriver with depth gaugeNut set drivers to fit the screws usedS-NSD 8: Item no. 308901S-NSD10: Item no. 308902S-NSD3/8": Item no. 308905

22 mm 19 mm 16 mm


Material specification:e.g.: S-AW04 S16S for screw fasteningA for accessoriesW for washer04 04 – screw ∅ 4.8 mm

05 – screw ∅ 5.5 mm06 – screw ∅ 6.5 mm

S stainless steel 1.4301 (S for stainless steel)16 16 – sealing washer outside dia. 16 mm

19 – sealing washer outside dia. 19 mm22 – sealing washer outside dia. 22 mm

It is essential that the screw be driven cor-

rectly in order to ensure that the sealing

washer will fulfill its function for many years.

S-AW

3.152 7 / 2009

Sealing washer selection

Sealing washer programOutside ∅ Inside ∅ Package Ordering Item no.d1 d2 contents designationmm mm

= screw ∅

16 4.8 200 S-AW04S 16 284880

16 5.5 200 S-AW05S 16 284883

16 6.5 200 S-AW06S 16 284886

19 4.8 200 S-AW04S 19 284881

19 5.5 200 S-AW05S 19 284884

19 6.5 200 S-AW06S 19 284887

22 4.8 200 S-AW04S 22 284882

22 5.5 200 S-AW05S 22 284885

22 6.5 200 S-AW06S 22 284888

7 / 2009 3.153

Screwdriver/accessories/bits

Hilti supplies a complete, perfectly coordina-ted system for dependable decking andsiding fastening. All of the tools and compo-nents of this system - from the Hilti ST1800and Hilti ST2500 decking and sidingscrewdrivers to the revolutionary SDT30 andSDT25-15 stand-up extensions for deckingfastening using collated screws – are preci-sely matched for maximum efficiency.

Professional, on-the-spot advice from faste-ning specialists, efficient logistical solutions,good availability and short delivery timesbring Hilti users genuine cost-saving advan-tages through every phase of the project.Hilti supplies everything you need for thejob: highly efficient tools for maximum pro-ductivity at each step, superior fasteningsolutions and truly comprehensive service.

Hilti SDT30/SDT25-15The high-speed decking specialist� Up to three times faster with this stand-up

extension for the Hilti ST1800 and colla-ted Hilti metal construction screws.

� Work faster for longer: Allows the operatorto work in a comfortable, much less tiring,upright position.

The power driverfor decking and siding� Drives metal construction screws

reliably.� Without sealing washer: The torque

clutch prevents overtightening andscrew breakage.

� With sealing washer: The depth gaugeensures correct compression of the sea-ling washer for a watertight fastening.

� No burning of the screw point thanks tooptimum drilling / driving speed forthicknesses up to 12 mm.

� The high-performance screwdriver for usewith the SDT25/SDT25-15 stand-up toolfor decking applications.

Hilti ST1800

Hilti ST2500

The lightweight driver,

ideal for siding work� High spindle speed for fast drilling in

materials up to 6 mm.� Perfectly balanced – no heavy front end.� Drives metal construction screws with

sealing washers reliably: The depth gauge

ensures correct compression of the sea-

ling washer for a watertight fastening.


3.154 7 / 2009

AccessoriesDescription Package Ordering Item no.

contents designation

Screw magazine 1 Magazine 387598

for SDT30

Supply cord strain relief hook 1 Strain relief hook 305726

for SDT30, SDT25-15

SDT30 stand-up toolFor driving collated screws (the magazine holds 2 strips of 25 self-drilling screws)Ordering designation Item no.

Hilti SDT30 stand-up tool 304457

for Europe, Asia, Africa

Hilti SDT30HNA stand-up tool 387785

for USA, Canada, Latin America

Comprising: stand-up tool, screw magazine, bit holder, hex. insert,supply cord strain relief hook, operating instructions.Packed in a cardboard box.

ToolsDescription Package Ordering Item no.


Stand-up tool insert 3 S-NSD8DT 304413

for SDT30Stand-up tool insert 3 S-NSD5/16DT 304414

for SDT30HNAStand-up tool bit holder 1 S-BH435DT 304415

for SDT30, SDT25-15

7 / 2009 3.155


SDT25-15 stand-up toolFor driving collated screws with pressed-on flange(the magazine holds 2 strips of 20 collated self-drilling screws)Ordering designation Item no.

Hilti SDT25-15 stand-up tool 284484

Comprising: stand-up tool, screw magazine, bit holder, hex. insert,supply cord strain relief hook, operating instructions.Packed in a cardboard box.



Screw magazine 1 Magazine15 284486

for SDT25-15

Supply cord strain relief hook 1 Strain relief hook 305726

for SDT25-15 + SDT25

Bit holdersDescription Package Ordering Item no.


Stand-up tool insert 3 S-NSD10DT 284485

for SDT25-15

Stand-up tool bit holder 1 S-BH435DT 304415

for SDT25-15, SDT25


3.156 7 / 2009

ST1800 metal construction screwdriverFor torque and depth gauge controlled screw fastening.Description Item no.

Hilti ST1800 in toolbox 378557

Complete with:depth gauge, 4 m supply cord, operating instructions

Hilti ST1800 in cardboard box 378548


Tools for metal construction

ST2500 metal construction screwdriver

For depth gauge controlled screw fastening.Description Item no.

Hilti ST2500 in toolbox 378575


Hilti ST2500 in cardboard box 378566

Complete with: depth gauge, 4 m supply cord, operating instruc-tions

Scaffold hook

Belt hook

Depth gauge set

Belt bag



Scaffold hook 1 S-SH/ST1800 378884

only for ST1800

Belt hook 1 hook 240719

for ST1800 + ST2500

Depth gauge set 1 S-TA SET 304611

for ST1800 + ST2500for screws with sealing washers up to ∅ 23 mmfor use with bit holder and bit (PH, PZD, TX etc.)

Belt bag 1 Belt bag 304455

for ST1800 + SDT25Belt bag for collated screws

Toolbox 1 Toolbox 257395

for ST1800 + ST2500

7 / 2009 3.157


Screwdriving bitsNut set drivers for the ST1800 + ST2500For screws Package Ordering Item no.with hex. head contents designation

7 mm 1 S-NSD 7 308900

8 mm 1 S-NSD 8 308901

10 mm 1 S-NSD 10 3089023/8" 1 S-NSD 3/8" 308905

Description Package Ordering Item no.contents designation

Bit holder, length 75 mm 1 S-BH75M 257258

for ST1800 + ST2500, magnetic

Bit dispenser 1 Bit safe, heavy 334032

for ST1800 + ST2500Contents:

Bit holder, nut set drivers 8 mm, 10 mm, 3/8"Bits:

PH1 3x, PH2 5x, PH3 2x, PZ1 3x, PZ2 5x,PZ3 2x, PZ4 1x, TX10 1x, TX15 1x, TX20 1x,TX25 1x, TX30 2x, TX40 4x

Nut set driver

Bit spender

Bit holder, 75 mm

Tools and systemsfor steel and metal trade

3.158 7 / 2009

Quick, accuratehorizontal and verticalalignment:Hilti PR25rotating laser

Highly accuratedistance measurement:Hilti PD40 laser rangemeter

Hilti DX76 PTR: Theideal powder-actuatedfastening tool forfastening decking andsiding.

The fully-automatic,stand-up deckingfastening tool for maxi-mum productivity withminimum effort:Hilti DX860ENP

Top performance fordrilling anchor holesfor columns andpurlins and for generalchiseling work:Hilti TE56-ATCcombihammer.

Hilti UD16 / UD30electric drill:High torque and highpower in reserve fordrilling in wood andsteel.

Hilti ST1800:The high-performancescrewdriver for fasten-ing decking and siding.Three times faster ondecking with the HiltiSDT25 stand-up exten-sion.

Hilti ST2500:The lightweight screw-driver with the highspindle speed, ideal forsiding fastening work.

Hilti measuring systems Hilti direct fastening systems

Hilti drilling and demolitionsystems

Hilti screw fastening systems

7 / 2009 3.159

Tools and systemsfor steel and metal trade

Renowned throughoutthe world:the Hilti HSL-3heavy-duty anchor.

Cutting profile metalsheets, sections andpipes, even whereaccess is difficult:Hilti WSR650-A cord-less reciprocating saw

Hilti WSJ850-EBorbital-action jig sawwith a range ofperfectly-matched sawblades for straight andcurved cuts in metaland sandwich panels.

Hilti high-performanceangle grinders withvibration-absorbingside handle – forcutting and grindingin the metalworkingtrades.

For precisely posi-tioned, neatly drilledholes, even throughrebars: the hand-heldHilti DDEC-1with revolutionaryTopspin technology.

Hilti supplies acomprehensive rangeof quick-to-assembleinstallation systemproducts for use insteel construction.

Hilti anchor systems

Hilti cutting and grindingsystems

Hilti diamond systems

Hilti installation systems

Hilti supplies a rangeof innovative,worldwide approvedfirestop systemsbacked up by on-the-spot advice on allaspects of passive fireprevention.

Hilti firestop systems andfoams

3.160 7 / 2009

Principles and technique

7 / 2009 4.1

Introduction 11.1 Definitions and general terminology 4.31.2 Reasons for using powder or gas-actuated fastening 4.3–4.41.3 Direct fastening applications 4.5–4.7

The direct fastening system 22.1 Fasteners 4.9–4.102.2 Manufacturing process 4.10–4.112.3 Fastener raw material 4.112.4 Powder- and gas-actuated tools 4.12–4.132.5 Cartridges (powder loads, boosters) 4.14–4.15

Health and safety 33.1 Operator safety 4.16–4.193.2 Fastening safety 4.20–4.213.3 Functional safety 4.22

Corrosion 44.1 Different forms of corrosion 4.23–4.244.2 Corrosion characteristic of powder-and gas-actuated fasteners 4.25–4.26

4.3 Fastener selection 4.27

Steel base material 55.1 Anchoring mechanisms 4.28–4.295.2 Factors influencing the resistance to pull-out 4.30–4.355.3 Suitability of the steel for fastening 4.355.4 Application limit diagrams 4.365.5 Thin steel base material 4.375.6 Types of load and modes of failure 4.38–4.445.7 Effect of fasteners on structural steel 4.455.8 Effect on the stress-strain behaviour of structural steel 4.45–4.465.9 Effect on the fatigue strength of structural steel 4.47–4.48

Principles and technique

4.2 7 / 2009

Concrete base material 66.1 Anchoring mechanisms 4.49–4.506.2 Factors influencing the resistance to pull-out 4.51–4.546.3 Effect of time on pull-out resistance 4.546.4 Effect on concrete components 4.55

Masonry base material 77.1 General suitability 4.56

Temperature effects on the fastening 88.1 Effect of low temperature on fasteners 4.57–4.588.2 Effect of low temperatures on fastenings to steel 4.58–4.598.3 Fire rating on fastenings to steel 4.60–4.618.4 Fire rating on fastenings to concrete 4.62–4.63

Design concepts 4.64–4.65 9

Determination of technical data for

fastening design 1010.1 Fastenings to steel 4.6610.2 Profiled sheet fastenings 4.6710.3 Fastenings to concrete (standard DX / GX) 4.68–4.7010.4 DX fastenings to concrete (DX-Kwik) 4.70–4.7110.5 Fastener design in the USA and Canada 4.71

Tips for users (”trouble shooting”) 4.72–4.75 11

Approval listing 4.76–4.77 12

7 / 2009 4.3

Introduction

1.1 Definitions and general terminologyHilti direct fastening technology is a tech-nique in which specially hardened nails orstuds are driven into steel, concrete ormasonry by a piston-type tool. Materialssuitable for fastening by this method aresteel, wood, insulation and some kinds ofplastic. Fastener driving power is generated

by a power load (a cartridge containing com-bustible propellant powder, also known as a“booster”), combustible gas or compressedair. During the driving process, base materialis displaced and not removed. In Hilti termi-nology, DX stands for “powder-actuated”and GX for “gas-actuated” systems.

1.2 Reasons for using powder- or gas-actuated fasteningThe illustrations below show some of themain reasons why many contractors take

advantage of the benefits of powder or gas-actuated fastening.

1

2

Speed is important. An easy-to-use, uncomplicatedfastening system is required.

A weather-independent fasteningsystem is required.

Electric power is not available orelectric cables would hinder thework.

Introduction

4.4 7 / 2009

+

= 2.4 kN

+

A complete fastening system withassured strength is required.

Drilling is not viable because ofnoise.

?Drilling would be too difficult.

Drilling would cause too much dust.

7 / 2009 4.5

Introduction

1.3 Direct fastening applicationsTypical applications for powder- orgas-actuated fastening are shown inthe illustrations below:

• Fastening thin metal sheets: roof deckingwall liners and floor decking

• Fastening thicker steel members:e.g. metal brackets, clips

• Fastening soft materials such as woodenbattens or insulation to steel, concrete ormasonry

• Threaded studs for suspended ceilings,installing building services, bar gratings orchequer plate floors

• Connections for composite structures:fastening nailed composite shear connectors

Roof decking Wall liners Floor decking

Metal brackets, clips and tracks Fixtures for mechanical and electri-cal installations

Hangers with threaded connectors

HILTI

Wooden battens fastened to steelor concrete

Grating fastenings Shear connectors

Introduction

4.6 7 / 2009

Hilti direct fastening systems are speciallydesigned for each application and trade.

Key applications and the correspondingfastening systems are shown below.

Roof and floor decking in steel & metal construction

X-ENP-19 L15 DX 76 PTR

Gratings in the petrochemical and other industries

X-BT +X-FCM R

DX 351 BTG

Interior partition walls (drywall) in interior finishing

X-GN GX 120

7 / 2009 4.7

Introduction

Concrete forms in building construction

X-FS DX 460

Conduit clips and ties in mechanical and electrical installations

X-EKS, X-ECT GX 120-ME

The direct fastening system

4.8 7 / 2009

The direct fastening systemThe fastener, tool and driving energy forma fastening systemwith its own specificcharacteristics. Examples of Hilti direct

fastening system components are shownbelow.

Powder-actuated tool

Gas-actuated tool

Fasteners Fastening tools Driving energy

Other examples of direct fastening methods are self-drilling screws and welding.

7 / 2009 4.9


2.1 FastenersFasteners can be classified in three general types: nails, threaded studs and compositefasteners.

HILTI

X-FCM grating disk with threadedstud

X-HVB shear connectors fastenedwith X-ENP-21 HVB nails

X-ENP nail with SDK2 sealing cap

Nails

Multi-part fasteners

Threaded studs Composite fastenersSiding and decking nails

General purpose nails

for steelBlunt-ended fastener(requires pre-drilling)

Knurling

for steel

for concreteforconcrete

The nails used (also known as drive pins) areof a special type equipped with washers tomeet the needs of the application and toprovide guidance when driven. Threadedstuds are essentially nails with a threadedupper section instead of a head. Compositefasteners are an assembly consisting of anail with an application-specific fasteningcomponent such as a clip, plate or diskmade of metal or plastic.Siding and decking nails can be recognizedby their washers which are speciallydesigned to hold down the metal sheets andto absorb excess driving energy. Fastenersdesigned for driving into steel usually have

knurled shanks which increase their pull-outresistance. Fasteners for use on concretehave longer shanks than those for use onsteel. Threaded studs may have either ametric (M6, M8 or M10) or Whitworth (1/4",5/16" or 3/8") thread.Nails and threaded studs are commonlyzinc- plated (5 to 16 µm zinc) for resistanceto corrosion during transport, storage andconstruction. As this degree of protection isinadequate for long-term resistance to cor-rosion, use of these zinc-plated fasteners islimited to applications where they are notexposed to the weather or a corrosiveatmosphere during their service life. The zinc


4.10 7 / 2009

layer on fasteners driven into steel is, in fact,a disadvantage in that it reduces pull-outresistance. For this reason, the thickness ofzinc on the fastener must be optimized toensure good corrosion protection as well ashigh holding power. During production, tightcontrol of the galvanizing process is neces-sary to prevent excess zinc thickness andthereby poor fastening performance.Fasteners must be 2 to 3 times harder thanthe material into which they are driven. Thetensile strength of structural steel is com-

monly between 400 and 600 MPa. Fasten-ers for use on steel thus require a strength ofapproximately 2000 MPa. As Rockwell hard-ness is much easier to measure thanstrength, but good correlation existsbetween hardness and strength, this char-acteristic is used as a parameter in thespecification and manufacturing of the fas-teners. In the table below, HRC hardness isgiven for a range of tensile strengths (DIN50150).

Tensile strength(MPa) 770 865 965 1810 1920 1995 2070 2180HRC 20.5 25.5 30 52.5 54 55 56.5 58

2.2 Manufacturing processThis risk is mitigated by heat-treating the gal-vanized product at the optimum temperaturefor the correct time. Galvanized and heat-treated fasteners are subjected to impactbending tests to check the effectiveness ofthe process. Depending on their intendedapplication, some fasteners are additionallysampled and tested under tension and shear.

Standard hardened steelfasteners

Almost all powder and gas-actuated fasten-ers used throughout the world are manufac-tured from carbon steel wire which is subse-quently thermally hardened to provide thestrength needed for driving into steel andconcrete. In nail manufacturing, shank diam-eter is determined by the wire diameterused. Threaded studs are made from wirecorresponding to the required thread diame-ter. The manufacturing process, which issummarized in the diagram below, consistsof cutting the wire to length, shaping thehead, knurling, forging or thermo pulling thepoint, hardening, galvanizing and assem-bling with washers.The process of hardening the steel to morethan HRC 50 combined with the zinc platingpresents a risk of hydrogen embrittlement.

Manufacturing ProcessStandard zinc-coated fasteners

Cutting to length and head forming↓↓

(Knurling)↓↓

Point forging or thermo pulling↓↓

Thermal hardening↓↓

Galvanizing↓↓

Heat treatment↓↓

Assembly with washers

7 / 2009 4.11


Stainless steel fasteners

Hilti introduced the first powder-actuatedstainless steel fastener in 1994. These fas-teners, which are not thermally hardened,are manufactured from special stainlesssteel wire with an ultimate tensile strength of1850 MPa. One effect of using steel of suchhigh strength as a raw material is that theforming and forging processes presentgreater technical difficulties. These fasten-

Manufacturing ProcessStainless Steel Fasteners

Cutting to length and head forming↓↓

Point forging↓↓

Assembly with washers

2.3 Fastener raw materialHilti standard zinc plated fasteners are made from carbon steel wire with an ultimate tensilestrength of 590 to 760 MPa.

ers, on the other hand, suffer no risk ofhydrogen embrittlement and their strengthdecreases only very slightly when subjectedto high temperatures such as in a fire.

Hilti X-CR / X-CRM / X-ET stainless steelfasteners are made from high-strength nitro-gen alloyed stainless steel wire (Hilti desig-nation CR500). Nickel and chromium are the components ofstainless steel that make it resistant to corro-sion. CR500 steel is compared to commonlyused stainless steels like AISI 304 and 316(European A2 and A4) in the graph below.Note that CR500 steel contains considerablymore nickel and chromium than both 304and 316.

CR500

Another comparison of interest is the differ-ence in ultimate tensile strength, as shownin the graph below

0

4 00

8 00

1 2 00

1 6 00

2 0 00

AISI 316 (A4) CR500

Content (%)

Tensile strength (M

Pa)


4.12 7 / 2009

2.4 Powder- and gas-actuated toolsDefinitionsIn the ANSI A10.3-2006 standard, two basic types of tool are referred to: direct-acting andindirect-acting. The two types are defined by the manner in which the energy is transferredfrom the hot expanding gases to the fastener.

Direct-acting tool: The expanding gases act directly on the fas-tener and accelerate it to a velocity of 400 to500 m/s (1300 to 1600 fps). This velocityplaces the tool in the high-velocity class,thereby subjecting it to more stringent rulesfor usage.

Indirect-acting tool: The expanding gases act on a captive pistonthat drives the fastener, which in Hilti indi-rect-acting tools reaches a velocity of lessthan 100 m/s (328 fps). Because of the lowervelocity, the possibility and extent of injurydue to incorrect operation is very muchreduced. Rules for usage are less stringentthan for high-velocity tools.

ANSI A10.3-2006 classifies powder-actuat-ed tools according to velocity. With increas-ing velocity, rules for usage become morestringent, for example with regard to equip-ping the tools with shields. The lowestvelocity tool capable of performing theapplication should be used.

Class of Average Maximum single powder-actuated test velocity test velocitytool in m/s [fps] in m/s [fps]

Low-velocity 100 [328] 108 [354]

Medium-velocity 150 [492] 160 [525]

High-velocity >150 [492] >160 [525]

7 / 2009 4.13


Hilti ToolsAll Hilti tools supplied for construction appli-cations are low-velocity, indirect-actingtools.Indirect-acting tools operate according toone of three different principles – co-acting,impact or contact operation – which eachaffect the operating characteristics and theapplication limit of the system. It should benoted that 100% co-acting operation can be

achieved by pushing the fastener all the wayback against the piston with a ramrod or, ifthe tool is so designed, with a built-in ram-rod mechanism. Tools with nail magazinesdo not achieve 100% co-action because ofthe need for clearance between the pistonend and the collated nail strip. Some single-shot tools allow the operator to make animpact-type tool work as a co-acting tool byusing a ramrod.

X

Y

Operating principle CharacteristicsCo-acting operation

Impact operation

Contact operation

• X > 0 ; Y = 0• Highest application limit• Lowest recoil

• X = 0 ; Y > 0• Lower application limit• Higher recoil

• X = 0 ; Y = 0• Lowest application limit• Highest recoil


4.14 7 / 2009

2.5 Cartridges (power loads, boosters)Cartridges for indirect-acting tools are avail-able in various standard sizes and each sizeis available in up to 6 power levels. In theUnited States, the powder in a cartridge, thesensitivity of the primer, and the cartridgedimensions are governed by technical datapublished by the Powder-Actuated Tool

Manufacturers Institute, Inc. (PATMI). PATMIdefines the power level by the velocitymeasured in a standard test in which a stan-dardized 350 grain [22.7gram] cylindricalslug is fired from a standardized apparatus.The identification and limitations of use areaddressed in ANSI A10.3-2006.

Size Colour code Power Velocity of 350 grain slug Calculated energy (joules)level ft./sec. [m/sec.] minimum average maximum

6.8 / 11 Gray 1 370 ± 45 [113 ± 13.7] 111 144 182

[Cal. 27 short] Brown 2 420 ± 45 [128 ± 13.7] 148 186 228

Green 3 480 ± 45 [146 ± 13.7] 200 243 291

Yellow 4 560 ± 45 [171 ± 13.7] 280 331 386

Red 5 610 ± 45 [186 ± 13.7] 337 392 452

Purple / black 6 660 ± 45 [201 ± 13.7] 399 459 524

6.8 / 18 Green 3 550 ± 45 [168 ± 13.7] 269 319 373

[Cal. 27 long] Yellow 4 630 ± 45 [192 ± 13.7] 361 419 480

Blue 4.5 725 ± 45 [221 ± 13.7] 488 554 625

Red 5 770 ± 45 [235 ± 13.7] 554 625 700

Purple / black 6 870 ± 45 [265 ± 13.7] 718 798 883

PATMI colour codes, power levels and definition of cartridges

The German DIN 7260 standard specifiescartridge dimensions, colour codes andpower levels, which are defined in terms ofenergy delivered when a cartridge is fired in

a standardized apparatus. DIN 7260 speci-fies a 3.66 gram slug with a somewhat morecomplex geometry than that of the PATMIslug.

7 / 2009 4.15


DIN 7260 colour codes, power levels and definition of cartridges

Size Colour code Power Specified energy level (joules)

6.8 / 11 White weakest 120 ± 50

Green weak 200 ± 50

Yellow medium 300 ± 50

Blue heavy 400 ± 50

Red very heavy 450 ± 50

Black heaviest 600 ± 50

6.8 / 18 Green weak 200 ± 50

Yellow medium 400 ± 50

Blue heavy 500 ± 50

Red very heavy 600 ± 100

Black heaviest 800 ± 100

In order to achieve interchangeability of thetools and cartridges from various manufac-turers, PATMI provides guidelines on car-tridge dimensions. Manufacturers optimizethe cartridge characteristics for their tools inorder to achieve functional reliability andlong life.

Interchanging of components is men-tioned in 7.10 of ANSI A10.3-2006: “Only

those types of fasteners and power loadsrecommended by the tool manufacturerfor a particular tool, or those providingthe same level of safety and perform-ance, shall be used.”

It is the responsibility of the user of powder-actuated products to comply with thisrequirement.

Health and safety

4.16 7 / 2009

3. Health and safetyThe safety of powder-actuated fastening systems can be examined in terms of three generalsafety characteristics:• Operator safety refers to safeguarding the operator and bystanders.• Fastening safety is a measure of the adequacy of the in-place fastenings.• Functional safety refers to the operability of the tool, especially the operator safety

devices, under construction site conditions.

3.1 Operator safetyHilti powder-actuated systems incorporate five main design features for maximum operatorsafety – the DX piston principle, drop-firing safety mechanism, contact pressure safetymechanism, trigger safety mechanism and the unintentional firing safety mechanism.

Hilti DX piston principleOne of the main concerns about the use ofexplosive powder-filled cartridges to drivefasteners is what happens if the base mate-rial is missed by the fastener. The pistonprinciple ensures that the energy from thepropellant in the cartridge is transferred to apiston, the accelerated mass of which thendrives the fastener. Because the piston iscaptive within the tool, roughly 95% of thedriving energy is absorbed by the tool in theevent of the fastener missing the base mate-rial. Thus, the velocity of a fastener thatmisses the base material is far lower thanthe velocities associated with fasteners fromhigh-velocity tools (tools that do not operatewith the piston principle).

7 / 2009 4.17

Health and safety

Drop-firing safetyThe drop firing safety mechanism preventsthe tool from firing if dropped unintentionally.This mechanism is so designed that the tool,cocked or uncocked, will not fire whendropped at any angle onto a hard surface.

Trigger safetyThis mechanism ensures that pulling thetrigger alone cannot cause the cartridge tofire. The trigger in a Hilti DX powder-actuat-ed tool is uncoupled from the firing pinmechanism until the tool is fully compressedagainst the work surface.

Health and safety

4.18 7 / 2009

Contact pressure safetyA Hilti tool is made ready for firing by com-pressing it against the work surface. Thisrequires a force of at least 50 N [11.2pounds]. Tools with large baseplates thatcan be easily gripped with the hand, forexample the DX 76 and the DX 460 SM,have an additional surface contact pin thatmust also be pushed back to allow firing.This is designed to prevent the tool firingwhen its nosepiece is not in contact with thework surface.

Unintentional firing safetyHilti DX tools cannot be fired by pulling thetrigger and then compressing the toolagainst the work surface (also known as“bump firing”). These tools can be fired onlywhen they are (1) compressed against thework surface and (2) the trigger is thenpulled.

Cartridge (power load or booster)Due to its extremely high detonation veloci-ty, the propellant powder in the cartridgecan detonate only if the primer detonatesfirst. The primer can be detonated only byan impact applied with the correct velocityand in the correct location. The propellantand primer are protected from externalinfluences by the metal casing of the car-tridge.

Magazine stripCollated cartridges in strips of 10 (or 40)offer greater safety because the plastic striphelps protect the cartridge cases fromimpacts and ensures separation betweenthe cartridges.

PackagingThe packaging is designed to protect thecartridges from damage and to protect

7 / 2009 4.19

Health and safety

bystanders. Safety tests with cartons con-taining 20,000 cartridges packed in theiroriginal individual packaging have been car-ried out to demonstrate and verify the pro-tection provided.

Drop testDropping a carton of 20,000 cartridges froma height of 8 meters [25 feet] resulted in:• No damage to the packaging• No cartridge detonations

External detonation testDetonating a parcel bomb next to a cartonof 20,000 cartridges resulted in:

• 0.3% of the cartridges detonating in onetest

• 6% of the cartridges detonating in anothertest

Fire testPlacing a carton of 20,000 cartridges onsteel grating and exposing it to fire resultedin:• Individual cartridges detonating one afterthe other over a period of five minutes

• No mass explosion

Promotion of operator safetySafety of the operator and bystanders is pro-moted by use of the appropriate safetyequipment and by following the instructionsin the operator's manual. By supplying thepowder-actuated tool in a lifetime kit boxwith space for eye protectors, operator'smanual, etc., retention and use of the safetyequipment is much improved.

Tool compatibility information and installationguidelines printed on the cartridge and fas-tener packaging supplement the operator'smanual.

Hilti organizes operator training courses inwhich general safety measures for powder-actuated tools are covered as well as meas-ures specific to each model of tool used. Insome countries, certificates or operator IDsare issued upon completion of trainingcourses to encourage attention to safety byoperators and to allow safety officials toenforce training requirement regulations.

Health and safety

4.20 7 / 2009

3.2 Fastening safetyFastening safety depends on a reasonably correct prediction of the loads and the conditionsto which the fastening is subjected and a correct prediction of fastening performance. Thenecessary conditions for predictable fastening performance are:1. The fastening systemmust have been engineered and tested for the application.2. The quality of the fastening system components used must correspond to the quality ofthose originally tested.

3. The fastenings must be made as foreseen in the engineering of the system or in the sameway as when the system was tested.

Engineering and testingSources of information about the engineer-ing and testing of a fastening system are themanufacturer's technical literature, testreports, official approvals and publications intechnical journals. If an “or equal” clause isused in the specification, then approval ofany alternate fastening system should bemade contingent on provision of documen-tation showing that the proposed fasteningsystem has been engineered and tested forthe given application.

Production qualityThe need for the materials used on the job-site to correspond to the design of the pro-duct and to be of the same quality as thosetested is clear. This requires the manufactur-er to have a production quality control sys-tem, which is necessary for ISO 9001 certifi-cation.

7 / 2009 4.21

Health and safety

Quality of installationThe use of fastening systems for which themanufacturer provides application guide-lines and a technical advisory service helpsensure that fasteners will be installed cor-rectly. The concept of controlling the qualityof the work must include some feature thatcan be measured and that feature must indi-cate the performance of the fastenings.The primary means of checking the qualityof a powder-actuated fastening is by check-ing the stand-off over the surface of the fas-tened material. For fasteners that do notallow an accurate visual check of the stand-off, the use of a stand-off template is recom-mended. In some cases tensile testing offasteners on jobsites is necessary. Threadedstuds and some decking fasteners with suit-able head design can be tensile in their finalposition on a jobsite. Other fasteners likesimple flat-headed nails have to be driventhrough a pull-over test specimen and thentested.

Checking the standoff of an X-ENP-19 L15 roof deckfastening with a plastic template

Pull-out test of an ENP fastening with a Mark V testerand ENP adapter

Health and safety

4.22 7 / 2009

Lifetime testing of the DX 750 powder-actuated toolwith nail magazine

3.3 Functional safetyConstruction professionals demand fasten-ing systems that are dependable under thetoughest jobsite conditions. The goal offunctional reliability has to be integrated intothe development, manufacture, sales andservice of a fastening system. The develop-ment of a new fastening system must con-sider the operating conditions and thedegree of reliability required. During devel-opment, system components and proto-types are tested to determine if they willfunction reliably. Pilot production lots aretested by contractors on their jobsites toensure that the design can be produced in aquality that will function. Quality control isintegrated in the manufacturing process toensure that all components are manufac-tured according to specifications. Salesper-sons are trained so that they can advise theircustomers as to the proper system to usefor the application. Tool repair and mainte-nance training help keep the fastening sys-tems functioning.

7 / 2009 4.23

Corrosion

4. CorrosionThis chapter gives a brief overview aboutcorrosion, with a main focus on specificaspects of high strength material wherepowder- and gas-actuated fastener are

4.1 Different forms of corrosionDepending on the environmental conditions and material, different forms of corrosion willoccur.

1. Homogeneous corrosion

A = starting levelB = reduction of the thickness due to homogeneous

corrosionK = grain (crystal), the structure is determined by a

large number grains

Homogeneous material reduction

Most of the commonly observed materialdegradation can be traced back to this cor-rosion form, characterized by a more or lesshomogeneous surface reduction. This formof corrosion is not of great importance forDX- / GX-fasteners.The amount of material loss due to corrosioncan be approximated in laboratory scaleexperiments. The so-called corrosion rate isgenerally listed as mm/year or g/m2 h (labo-ratory values). The mean corrosion rate oflow alloyed steel and zinc, for example, isshown in following table.

Atmosphere Mean surface removal / yearzinc coatings low alloyed steel(dechema handbook)

rural 1– 2 µm 10– 60 µm

town 3– 5 µm 30– 70 µm

industrial 6–10 µm 40–160 µm

marine 5– 9 µm 60–230 µm

made of. More details on corrosion aredescribed in the Hilti corrosion brochure“Corrosion Resistant Fastenings, EditionMay 2000” a prerequisite (e.g. water).

Corrosion

4.24 7 / 2009

2. Contact corrosion

Corrosion is accelerated in situations wherean electrochemically “less noble” material isin contact with a “noble” material. The mate-rial loss of the noble partner is reduced, theloss of surface area of the less noble partneris increased. A prerequisite for this form ofcorrosion is an electrically conductive con-nection between these two materials.

A Starting levelB1, B2 Reduction of the thickness depending on the

material's resistance

Two materials of different resistance/polarity exposed to the same media,not in direct electrical contact

in direct electrical contact

Surface area ratio

Whether or not contact corrosion occursalso depends on the surface area ratio.

A)If the surface of the less noble material (1) isgreater than that of the more noble material(2), it will act as a very small cathode and thecurrent density on the “large anodic” less

noble material is thus very small. Further-more, this also implies a very low rate of cor-rosion of the less noble metal due to electro-chemical effects.

B)However, if the surface of the less noblematerial is smaller than that of the morenoble material, the rate of corrosion of theless noble metal will be very high.

Material 1 Material 2

Material 1 Material 2

7 / 2009 4.25

Corrosion

4.2 Corrosion characteristics of powderand gas-actuated fasteners

Hilti galvanized carbon steelfastenersDX fasteners are galvanized with a zinc plat-ing thickness of approx. 5 to 15 microns.The lifetime of this form of corrosion protec-tion depends on the environmental-condi-tions and therefore on the rate of corrosionof the zinc layer. Most commonly observed

material degradation can be traced back tohomogeneous corrosion, characterized by amore or less homogeneous surface reduc-tion.The life expectancy of galvanized fastenersand nails in wet atmospheres is thereforevery short.

Application provisions to observe poten-tial risk of failure due to hydrogen embrit-tlementAll Hilti powder and gas-actuated fastenersare manufactured from a high-strengthmaterial and, accordingly, are exposed tothe risk of corrosion-induced hydrogenembrittlement.

When zinc-plated fasteners are used in wetor corrosive surroundings, the zinc plating isattacked and the fastener can corrode.Cracks will form in the fastener and it maysuddenly fail even under a very low staticload. This phenomenon, resulting in a highrisk to the structure, is unpredictable and notcontrollable.

Hydrogen embrittlement• Brittleness due to dissolution of hydrogenin the metal lattice

• Inter-crystalline (between the grains)• Tensile stress• Associated with hardened high-strengthsteel

Example of incorrect applicationZinc-plated powder-actuated fastener usedin corrosive industrial environment

Stress cracks

Corrosion

4.26 7 / 2009

On the basis of results from field tests carried out, forexample, in industrial atmospheres, road tunnels andin sea water over many years, it has been concludedthat AISI 316 (A4) grade steel provides adequate cor-rosion resistance for use in “corrosive conditions inindustrial and marine air”. CR500 also provides thisresistance with great certainty.

Hilti X-CR / X-BT stainless steelfastener (CR500 material)Tests carried out by independent authorities(FMPA Stuttgart ([5], RWTH Aachen [6]) clear-ly indicate the superior properties of theCR500 material when compared to AISI 316(A4) or AISI 304 (A2). The superior propertieswith regard to pitting potential are mainly dueto the higher molybdenum, nickel, chromiumand nitrogen content of the steel. Conse-quently, CR500 material can be classified inthe same corrosion category as AISI 316(A4).

Contact corrosionContact corrosion, where stainless steelsare concerned, is not a matter of concern.Stainless steels are higher in the galvanicseries, i.e. more noble, than most generallyused materials such as aluminum, zinc andsteel. Stainless steel in contact with thesematerials thus benefits from cathodic pro-

tection. This type of contact therefore gener-ally has a favourable effect on the corrosionproperties of stainless steels.The “noble” stainless steel fastener has avery much lower rate of corrosion than the“less noble” base material, and the materialof the component fastened, due to electro-chemical effects.

Heavily corrosive environmentsIn some heavily corrosive environments, e.g.in road tunnels in the Alps (salt and air pollu-tion) and in applications in the chemicalsindustry in particular, where chlorides andacid compounds are combined and thefastening has a high safety relevance, use ofCR500 steel is not permissible.This combination of “maritime” environmentas well as more acidic and oxidizing activeconstituents in the electrolyte film are thereason why conventional stainless steels ofthe AISI 304 and AISI 316 grades can suffer

pitting corrosion and stress corrosion crack-ing as a further consequence. This is one ofthe most dangerous forms of corrosion. Thiscorrosion-induced failure can only occur ifparticular media and a tensile stress arepresent. Existing residual stress may be suf-ficient to induce stress corrosion cracking.

7 / 2009 4.27

Corrosion

The subject of corrosion has a major influ-ence on the suitability of a fastener andtherefore also on fastener selection.For applications with no safety relevance,zinc-plated fasteners made of normal carbon

Fasteners used in wet areas must be at leastas noble or, better, more noble than the fas-

For safety-relevant, permanent fastenings:Use Hilti galvanized DX- and GX- fasteners only for dry, indoor applications. Use of HiltiX-CR fasteners is recommended in more corrosive and/or wet atmospheres.

Condition for use Fastener:zinc-plated CR500carbon steel stainless steel

Indoors, rooms without condensationand corrosive gases � �

Indoors, with heavy condensation � �

Short-term exposure to weather (i.e. during construction) � �

Outdoors, coastal area or industrial atmospherewithout chlorides � �

Highly-corrosive surroundings(indoor swimming pools, highway tunnels) � �

� = suitable

� = not suitable

Fastened component / base material Fastener:zinc-plated CR500carbon steel stainless steel

Construction steel (uncoated) � �

Galvanized steel sheet � �

Aluminium alloy � �

Stainless steel sheet � �

� = Negligible or no corrosion of fastener

� = Heavy corrosion of fastener

steel can be used without restriction.For safety-relevant, permanent fastenings,the following table shows the suitability (�)under different atmospheric conditions.

tened component. The effect of contact cor-rosion is shown in the table below.

4.3 Fastener selection

Steel base material

4.28 7 / 2009

5.1 Anchoring mechanismsThe following four mechanisms cause aDX- / GX-fastener to hold when driven intosteel:• clamping• keying• fusing (welding)• soldering

These mechanisms have been identified andstudied by analyzing pull-out test data andby microscopic examination of fasteningcross-sections.

ClampingAs a fastener is driven, the steel is displacedradially and towards both the entry andopposite surfaces. This results in residualpressure on the surface of the nail, whichleads to friction or clamping. Clamping is theprimary anchoring mechanism of through-penetrating fasteners. This is indicated bythe fact that when through-penetrating fas-teners are extracted, the pull-out forcedecreases only slowly over several millime-ters of displacement.

KeyingThe keying mechanism is possible when thefastener is knurled, that is, it has finegrooves along the shank in which zinc andparticles of base steel accumulate duringthe driving process. Microscopic examina-tion of cross sections has shown that thegrooves are not completely filled. Keying isan especially important anchoring mecha-nism for fasteners that do not penetrate rightthrough the base material.

Knurling

Base steel

Fastener

1 mm

7 / 2009 4.29

Steel base material

Fusing (welding)Complete fusing of the fastener with the basesteel is indicated by portions of base materialclinging to the extracted fastener as well asby the decarbonized zone. Fusing or weldingis observed mostly at the point of a fastenerwhere the temperature during driving can beexpected to be the highest.For fasteners that do not through-penetrate, thisis an important anchoring mechanism. It can berelied upon only if the fastener point is manufac-tured without cracks and with an appropriategeometry. The thermo pulling process is idealfor achieving an optimized geometry. Control of

SolderingIn the zone further from the point, there is aprominent zinc layer separating the fastenerfrom the base steel. This zinc, soldered tothe base steel, also makes a contribution tothe pull-out resistance of the fastener.

Blunt-tipped fastener X-BTThe X-BT fastener with a shank diameter of 4.5 mm is drivenin a pre-drilled 4.0 mm diameter hole. This leads to displace-ment of the base material. Part of the base steel is puncheddown into the pre-drilled hole, generating high temperaturesand causing friction welding. Due to elasticity of the basesteel, additional clamping effects are also superposed.Displaced base material can be clearly seen in the photo-graph. Base material adhering to the fastener shank indi-cates a welding effect.

Fastener (bainite)

Decarbonized zone

Base steel (ferrite, perlite)

Fastener

Zinc layer

Base steel

all steps in the production process isnecessary to avoid cracks in the point.

250 µm

250 µm

hN

VS

23,8

hE

T

t II

ΣtI,tot ≤ 4 mm

Steel base material

4.30 7 / 2009

Siding and decking pin X-ENP-19 L15•4.5 mm [0.177"] shank diameter

Nail for X-HVB composite connectorX-ENP-21 HVB

5.2 Factors influencing pull-out resistancePowder-actuated fastening systems must bedesigned and manufactured to ensure that pull-out resistance will be adequate for the applica-tions intended. Through understanding of theanchoring mechanisms, experience and testing,factors that influence pull-out strength havebeen identified. Some of these factors are:• Depth of penetration in the base material• Surface characteristics of the fastener• Coatings on the steel base material• Driving velocity• Diameter of the fastener shank

Knowledge of the influencing factors is vitalto the design of fastening systems and isuseful for operators in understanding thevarious application guidelines and restric-tions that apply to a fastening system. Someof the influencing factors are discussed inthe following section.

Depth of penetration in the base materialThe depth of penetration of fasteners in steelis taken as the distance that the point travelsbelow the surface of the base steel, inde-pendent of the steel thickness. In otherwords the depth of penetration hET can begreater than, equal to or less than the steelthickness.Resistance to pull-out increases withincreasing depth of penetration. This is alsotrue for through-penetrating fasteners wherehET is greater than the steel thickness.The design of a powder-actuated fastenerhas to take into account the depth penetra-tion necessary to achieve the pull-out resist-ance required for the application. Applica-tion guidelines published for any fastenerinclude the required nail head stand off hNVS,which corresponds to the penetration depth.

25,8

hE

Tt II

hN

VS

7 / 2009 4.31

Steel base material

Guide values for the depth of penetration of specific fastener types are as follows:

Galvanized fastener with knurled shank: hET = 12 to 18 mm (shank diameter 4.5 mm)hET = 10 to 14 mm (shank diameter 3.7 mm)

Galvanized fastener with knurled tip: hET = 9 to 13 mm (shank diameter 4.5 mm)Galvanized fastener with smooth shank: hET = 15 to 25 mmStainless steel fastener with smooth shank: hET = 9 to 14 mmBlunt-ended fasteners: hET = 4 to 5 mm

The effect of penetration depth on pull-out strength can be demonstrated in experiments inwhich the driving energy is varied so as to produce varying penetration. The results of a testof this kind are summarized below. The application recommendations for fasteners arebased on tests like these and they clearly show the importance of carrying out the fasteningwork in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.

yellow

o 4.5

[0.177"]

o 7.4

[0.291"]

23.8

[ 0.9

38"]

o 15

[0.591"]

Steel: tII = 20 mm (0.787")fu = 630 N/mm2 (63.817 psi)

Tool: DX 76 / DX 76PTR and DX 860Fastener: X-ENP-19 L15

Pulloutload[kN]

Depth of penetration [mm]

Steel base material

4.32 7 / 2009

Knurling on the fastener shank

Fasteners for use in steel base material usually have knurling on the shank so as to improvethe resistance to pull-out. The effect of the knurling was shown in a test with fasteners thathad knurled and unknurled shanks, but were otherwise the same.

Zinc coating on the fastener shankZinc on a fastener shank appears to act as a lubricant that reduces its resistance to penetra-tion into steel. Reduced pull-out strength results because the lower resistance means lessheat is generated, thus reducing the welding effect between the shank and the base steel.This was shown in an experiment with fasteners that were identical except for the thicknessof zinc coating.

The benefit of knurling is clearly seen fromthe test results. With virtually the same pen-etration (actually 106%), the smooth-shankfastener had only 68% of the pull-outstrength of the knurled-shank type. Evenwith the penetration increased to 137%, thepull-out strength was still only 81% of thatof the knurled-shank fastener. In this test,the steel thickness of 10 mm (0.394")allowed through penetration of the steel. Ifthe steel is too thick for through penetration,the beneficial effect of knurling becomeseven more pronounced.

Although driving the fastener through sheet metal, as is the case when fastening siding anddecking, reduces the negative effect of zinc coating on pull-out strength, the reason for tight-ly controlling the galvanization process is clear.

Steel base material: tII = 20 mm [0.787"],fu = 440 MPa [63,817 psi]

Zinc Average penetration Average ultimate pull-out load Variationthickness hET Nu,m CVin mm mm / [in.] % kN / [kip] % %

ca. 10 12.12 [0.477] 100 8.53 / [1.918] 67 25.6

2–5 11.86 [0.470] 98 12.82 / [2.882} 100 9.3

Smooth shank Knurled shank

7 / 2009 4.33

Steel base material

Surface of the steel base materialCorrosion protection of structural steel is often achieved by hot-dip galvanizing. Tests haveshown that if the fastener penetrates right through the steel, the galvanizing has no signifi-cant effect on pull-out strength. In the case of fasteners that do not through-penetrate, pull-out strength is reduced by about 25%. The summary of results from one test is shown belowto illustrate these effects.

Average ultimate pull-out loads

Steel thickness 6 mm [0.236"] Steel thickness 20 mm [0.787"]

Ultimate tensile strength of steel : fu = 430 MPa [62,366 psi]Surface of the steel : 1. Rough with some slag and rust (reference)

2. Sandblasted3. Pickled + hot-dip galvanized (min. 60 µm zinc)

Several important observations can be made based on these results:• Pull-out loads in 6 mm (1/4") steel base material are much less affected by the surface con-

dition of the steel than they are in 20 mm (3/4") steel. The reason is that the main anchoringmechanism of through-penetration fastenings is clamping, which is not affected by thesurface condition of the steel.

• Hot-dip galvanizing appears to reduce the pull-out strength of non-through-penetratingfastenings by nearly 30%. Note, however, that even with hot-dip galvanizing, the pull-outstrength was still 12.5 kN (2.8 kips).

• The negative effect of hot-dip galvanizing is explained by the tendency of zinc on the fas-tener to act as a lubricant that reduces heat generation during driving. This in turn reducesthe tendency of the fastener point to fuse to the base steel. Zinc from the coating on thebase steel apparently becomes attached to the fastener as it enters the base steel.

For applications where tensile strength of the fastening is critical and the steel has a heavycoating, the fastening system can be qualified by carrying out pull-out tests on site. If pull-out strength is not adequate, depth of penetration can be increased to improve the situation.

Surface number Surface number

Steel base material

4.34 7 / 2009

Tensile stress in the steelThe integrity of a powder-actuated fastening is dependent on a relatively smooth pin remain-ing anchored in structural steel. A large amount of test data, technical assessments,approvals and practical experience with powder actuated fastenings is available to supportuse of powder-actuated fastening. Performance of fasteners anchored in the steel undertension was investigated by driving fasteners into unstressed steel plates and extractingthem with the plates stressed in tension. The steel plates measured 6 × 80 × 455 mm [0.236"× 3.15" × 17.9"] and possessed two different yield stresses - 328.6 MPa [47.7 ksi] and 411.7MPa [59.7 ksi].By expressing the steel stress in terms of % of actual yield, it was possible to combine thedata for both steel grades and obtain a reasonable curve fit.

Of significance to the designer is the expected decrease in pull-out strength of the fastenerat a typical maximum allowable design stress of 60 to 70% of yield. At this stress, the pull-out strength reduction is less than 15%. The absolute value in the experiment was stillgreater than 2 tons.

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

6

1

2

3

4

5

Pul

l-out

load

(kN

)

Stress in steel (% of yield)

7 / 2009 4.35

Steel base material

Compressive stress in the steelCompressive stress in the base steel has no influence on the pull-out strength of the fasten-er. This was demonstrated by placing fasteners in unstressed 15 mm [0.59"] thick steelplates having a yield strength of 259.3 MPa [37.6 ksi] and extracting them while the plateswere compressed in a testing machine.

0

5

10

15

20

25

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1

2

3

4

5 ki ps

Pul

l-out

load

(kN

)

Stress in steel (% of yield)

The minimal variation in pull-out load is simply random variation experienced in testing.

5.3 Suitability of the steel for fasteningThere are three main factors determining the suitability of a construction grade steel memberfor DX fastening:• Steel thickness• Ultimate tensile strength• Flexibility of the base steel member

Steel base material

4.36 7 / 2009

5.4 Application limit diagramsThe application limit of a fastening system is a term applied to a combination of the maxi-mum thickness tII and ultimate tensile strength fu of steel in which fastenings can be made.There are two general types of application limit diagrams:• Short fasteners (e.g. siding and decking nails and threaded studs)• Long fasteners (e.g. nails used to fasten wood to steel)

The application limit line for a short fastener is a plot of steel thickness versus ultimatetensile strength. In situations represented by steel thickness / ultimate tensile strengthcombinations above and to the right of the line, some of the fasteners may shear off duringdriving. The failure surface will be roughly at a 45° angle to the shank length.

400

5

Ste

elth

ickn

ess,

t ll(m

m)

10

15

20

25

500 600 700

fu (N/mm2)

1"

3/4"

1/2"

1/4"

30

60 70 80 90 100 ksi

54

Steel thickness, tII [mm]

Sh

an

kle

ng

th,

LS

[mm

]

276 7 8 9 10 11

32

37

42

47

52

57

62

67

The application limit lines for long nails used to fastenwood to steel are plots of nailshank length Ls versus steel thickness tII. Each line is valid only for one ultimate tensilestrength of steel fu. Attempts at working to the right of the limit line result in buckled nailshanks.

7 / 2009 4.37

Steel base material

5.5 Thin steel base materialIn the context of powder-actuated fastening, steel is considered thin when flange deformationduring driving dominates fastener design. When the steel flange is thinner than about 6 mm[0.25"], flange deformation makes use of fasteners with a 4.5 mm [0.177"] shank diametermore difficult and switching to a 3.7 mm [0.145"] shank fastener leads to better results. Use offasteners with tapered shanks and energy-absorbing washers improves performance andreliability.

A fastener can penetrate into steel only when the steel (flange) deflects and develops aresistance greater than the force required for penetration. This implies the use of energy inexcess of that required for penetrating into the steel. In fact, if the driving energy remainsconstant, fasteners placed closest to the web will be driven deepest. All siding and deckingfasteners should have a mechanism to clamp the sheets down tightly over the entire rangeof allowable standoffs. This is especially critical for fasteners used for fastening to thin steel.

Obviously, under shear loading, failure of the base material is more likely with thin steel thanwith thick steel. When approving fastening systems for a project, it is important to considerwhether the system has actually been tested with thin base steel or not.

Hilti's general recommendation for thin base steel fasteners is to place the fastenings withinbx = 8 × tII of the web.

bx

tll

Steel base material

4.38 7 / 2009

5.6 Types of load and modes of failureShear loadsThe shear loads acting on siding and decking fasteners come from:• Diaphragm action of the fastened sheets• Forces of constraint (for example due to temperature changes)• Intrinsic weight of siding material

TestingShear testing of siding and decking fastenings is done using specimens made up of a strip ofsheet metal fastened to a steel plate. Suitable, non-slip fixtures have to be used at either end.In some cases specimens are bent up at the sides to hinder eccentricity.

Failure of the fastened materialThe load-deformation curves of shear tests with powder-actuated fasteners show a nearlyideal behavior. After an initial elastic phase during which the clamping force of the washersagainst the sheet metal is overcome, the sheet metal reaches its yield stress in an area wherethe fastener bears against it. Then the fastener shank cuts through the sheet metal until theend of the sheet is reached. The large area under the load-deformation curve represents ener-gy absorbed, and this is what makes the fastening method ideal for diaphragms.

7 / 2009 4.39

Steel base material

Failure of the base steelIf the thickness of the fastened sheet metalis large compared to the base steel thick-ness, bearing failure of the base material is apossible mode of failure.

Pull-out from the base steelThe unavoidable eccentricity in the sheartest specimen leads to a tensile load com-ponent on the fastener. Thick fastenedmaterial and thin base material is alsoinvolved in this mode of failure. This failuremode is generally not governing for basematerial thickness of tI > 6 mm.

Fracture of the fastenerAbout 20 kN (4.5 kips) of force is required toshear the Ø 4.5 mm (0.177") shank of anX-ENP-19 L15 fastener. With 2.0 mm (12gauge) steel sheet as the fastened material, aforce of this magnitude could be possible.The force needed to break a Ø 3.7 mm(0.145") shank of an X-EDNK22 THQ12 fas-tener is about 13 kN (2.9 kips). This force canbe generated with 1.5 mm (16 gauge) sheetsteel. In practice, this failure mode is likelyonly where expansion joints are not providedto relieve forces of constraint from tempera-ture differences.

Tensile loadsThe most common source of tensile loading on siding and decking fasteners comes fromwind suction acting on the roof or wall cladding. In diaphragms, fasteners can be subject totensile loads in situations where the combination of geometry and thickness of decking fas-tened leads to prying. In designs with very stiff decking and wide beams or unbalancedspans, prying can also be caused by concentrated loads.

Steel base material

4.40 7 / 2009

100

50140

15∞

t fix

50

h

100

50140

15∞

4 . t fix

50

h

Pull-over test specimen Pull-over test specimen with 3 extralayers to simulate end lap – side lap

Test setup

Sheet pull-overIn this failure mode, the sheet tears and is lifted up over the fastener head and washers.Depending on the sheet thickness and tensile strength, the washers may be bent up.

Washer pull-overAnother possible failure mode is that of the washers being pulled up over the head of thenail. Obviously, this happens when the sheet is somewhat stronger and /or thicker thanwhen sheet pull-over occurs. This failure mode is also heavily dependent on fastenerdesign.

TestingTensile testing of siding and decking fastenings is carried out using specimens made up of atrapezoidal-shaped piece of sheet metal fastened to a steel plate. Suitable, vice-like fixturesare used to grip the specimen. This is often referred to as a pull-over test because the com-mon failure mode is the sheet pulling over the washers or the head of the fastener. If thesheet thickness fastened is increased so that pull-over does not govern, pull-out will be thefailure mode.Some fasteners like the Hilti X-ENP have a head that can be gripped and pulled out by asuitable fixture. With these fasteners, a pull-out test can still be done even if pull-over is theoriginal mode of failure. This fastener type has the further advantage of allowing in-placefasteners on a jobsite to be tested.

7 / 2009 4.41

Steel base material

Pull-over test specimen at test start Sheet pull-over Washer pull-over

Pull-out from the base steelAs sheet thickness and number of layers is increased, this failure mode becomes more likely.For a properly driven X-ENP-19 L15 pull-out from the base steel is not a likely mode of fail-ure. The head and washer design of the X-EDNK22 THQ12 or X-EDN19 THQ12 fastenerscan allow this failure mode, especially with multiple layers of sheets.

Fracture of the fastenerA force of more than 30 kN [6.7 kips] is required to break the Ø 4.5 mm [0.177"] shank of anENP2-21 L15 fastener and, even if sheet or washer pull-over does not govern, pull-outstrengths of this magnitude are not very common. This mode of failure will therefore hardlyever occur with these heavy-duty fasteners. The Ø 3.7 mm [0.145"] shank of an X-EDNK22THQ12 or X-EDN19 THQ12 fastener may break at about 20 kN [4.5 kips] tension. Sincethese smaller fasteners will pull out at a force of 8 to 15 kN [1.8–3.3 kips], fractures due totensile loads are rare. If fractured fasteners of this type are found on a jobsite, the most likelycause is that the application limit has been exceeded (the base steel is too hard and/or toothick for the pin).

Cyclic loadingSiding and decking nails used in wall and roof construction are subject to cyclic loading fromwind suction. Cyclic load testing is carried out to determine characteristic resistance andallowable (recommended) loads. The approval requirements of the European TechnicalApproval ETA prepared by DIBt (Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik) govern the design-rele-vant number of load repetitions (5,000) and the necessary safety factors. Notes in this regardare found on the corresponding product data sheets.If the fastener will be subjected to a large number of load repetitions and fatigue, we recom-mend carrying out a design check according to the requirements of Eurocode 3 (or similar

Steel base material

4.42 7 / 2009

code). Eurocode 3 gives the characteristic fatigue resistance and safety concept for steelconstruction. To carry out the check according to Eurocode 3 it is necessary to have a statis-tical analysis of test data obtained under the application conditions. Except for siding anddecking fasteners, the applicable product data sheets limit the validity of recommendedloads to predominantly static loading. If a design analysis has to be carried out for truefatigue loading, test data can be obtained from Hilti. Examples of such data are shownbelow.

X-EM8-15-14(standard zinc-plated fastener)The X-EM8-15-14 has a shank diameter of4.5 mm and a hardness of HRC 55.5(fu = 2,000 MPa). The S-N diagram showsthe load range ∆F for a lower load of 0.05kN. The individual test results are displayedas points and the curves show average andcharacteristic (95% survival probability) val-ues. The failure mode was shank fracture orfracture in the M8 threading.The recommended load for predominantlystatic loading is 2.4 kN. Comparing this val-ue to the S-N diagram will lead to the con-clusion that EM8-15-14 fastenings designedfor 2.4 kN static loading will survive a largenumber of load repetitions. The fasteningscan be said to be robust, even when theactual loading turns out to be in part cyclic.

0 .0

0 .5

1 .0

1 .5

2 .0

2 .5

3 .0

3 .5

4 .0

4 .5

1 .E + 0 5 1 .E + 0 6 1 .E + 0 7

Load range (kN)

Mean value (kN)

Characteristic value (kN)

Number of Cycles (LS)

Loadrange[kN]

7 / 2009 4.43

Steel base material

X-CRM8-15-12 (stainless steel fastener)The X-CRM8-15-12 has a shank diameter of4.0 mm and a minimum ultimate tensilestrength of 1,850 MPa. The S-N diagramshows the load range ∆F for a lower load of0.05 kN. The individual test results are dis-played as points. The failure mode wasshank fracture or fracture just below thehead of the stud.The recommended load for predominantlystatic loading is 1.8 kN. Comparing this val-ue to the S-N diagram will lead to the con-clusion that X-CRM8-15-12 fasteningsdesigned for 1.8 kN static loading will sur-vive a large number of load repetitions. Thefastenings can be said to be robust, evenwhen the actual loading turns out to be inpart cyclic.

Mode of failure under cyclic loadingA major finding of cyclic loading tests is thatthe strength of a DX fastening subject tocyclic loading is not limited by failure of theanchorage. It is only when the number ofcycles is very low – i.e. predominantly staticloading – that nail pull-out is observed. Thetwo schematic diagrams below show therelationship between failure mode and num-ber of cycles. All tests show that the anchor-age of DX fasteners in steel and in concreteis extremely robust with regard to resistingcyclic loading. Fasteners subject to a largenumber of load repetitions fracture in theshank, head or threading. A condition forobtaining this behaviour is that the fasteners

are correctly driven. Fasteners that are notdriven deeply enough exhibit low pull-outstrength and in a cyclic loading test may notnecessarily fail by fracture.

S-N diagram, X-CRM8-15-12

Number of load repetitions (LS)

• Load range

Loadrange[kN]

Steel base material

4.44 7 / 2009

1Number of load cycles

Fastener pull-outFastener fracture

Load

rang

e102 104 106 108

Effect of number of cycles on failuremodeDX fastener in steel (incorrectly placed)

In older product information and data sheets, this basic suitability of DX fasteners for cyclicloading was emphasized by defining the recommended loads as cyclic recommendedloads. At the time that this product information was assembled, a true safety concept for astrict check of DX fastenings subject to fatigue loading was not available. With Eurocode 3,this is today available. If a fatigue design analysis is carried out, it is important – as with staticdesign – that adequate redundancy be provided.

Failure of the sheetIn cyclic load tests, failure of the steelsheet itself is common.

1Number of load cycles

Fastener pull-out

Fastener fracture

Load

rang

e

102 104 106 108

Effect of number of cycles on failuremodeDX fastener in steel (correctly placed)

7 / 2009 4.45

Steel base material

Driving powder- or gas-actuated fasteners into a steel member does not remove steel fromthe cross-section, but rather displaces steel within the cross-section. It is therefore not sur-prising that tests like those described in following sections show that both drilled holes andscrews, either self-drilling or self-tapping, reduce the strength of a cross-section more thanpowder-actuated fasteners.The results of the tests can also be used to show that it is conservative to consider a pow-der-actuated fastener as a hole. This allows the effect of fasteners in a steel member subjectto static loading to be taken into consideration.Fatigue seldom needs to be considered in building design because the load changes areusually minor in frequency and magnitude. Full design wind and earthquake loading is soinfrequent that consideration of fatigue is not warranted. However, fatigue may have to beconsidered in the design of crane runways, machinery supports, etc. The S-N curves result-ing from fatigue tests of steel specimens with fasteners installed are also presented.

Series A:• ASTM 607, grade 50• Cross-section 3.42 x 74 mm

[0.135 x 2.913"]• X-EDNK22 powder-actuated fasteners,

shank diameter 3.7 mm [0.145"]• Drilled holes, diameter 3.7 mm [0.145"]• Self-drilling screws, shank diameter

5.5 mm [0.216"]

Series B:• S235 and S355 steel• Cross-section 6 x 45 mm [0.236 x 1.772"]• Powder-actuated fasteners, shank diam-

eter 4.5 mm [0.177"]• Drilled holes, diameter 4.5 mm [0.177"]

55..77 EEffffeecctt ooff ffaasstteenneerrss oonn ssttrruuccttuurraall sstteeeell

55..88 EEffffeecctt oonn tthhee ssttrreessss--ssttrraaiinn bbeehhaavviioouurr ooffssttrruuccttuurraall sstteeeellThe effect that powder-actuated fasteners (PAF's) have on the stress-strain behaviour ofstructural steel was investigated in a systematic test programme using tensile test speci-mens containing PAF's, self-drilling screws and drilled holes. A control test was carried outusing specimens without any holes or fasteners.

Steel base material

4.46 7 / 2009

The figures below show representative stress-strain curves for the tests (the plotted stress isbased on the cross section). Note that the line for the powder-actuated fasteners follows thecontrol test line more closely than the lines for drilled holes or self-drilling screws.

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

Strain [%]

0

Drilled Holes

Hilti PAFs

Selfdrilling Screws

Control Test

ASTM 607, Grade 50

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

Series A

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

Strain [%]

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

Drilled Holes

Hilti PAFs

Control Test

S 235

Series B

The test results were evaluated in terms of “utilization” as a measure of ultimate strength.Utilization is the ultimate load of a sample expressed as a percent of the ultimate load of thecontrol test. Ultimate strength results are shown in the following graphs.

84

86

88

90

92

94

96

98

100

102

0 5 10 15 20 25

X-EDN K22

"PAF -

H oles "

D rilled H oles

Selfdrilling

Screw s

Series A

86

88

90

92

94

96

98

100

102

0 5 10 15 20

ENP2,

S235

X-EM10,

S235

X-CRM8,

S235

ENP2,

S355

Drilled Holes, S235

Drilled Holes, S355

Series B

Graphs of the utilization versus cross-section reductions show that:• The utilization for PAFs is clearly better than that of drilled holes or self-drilling screws.• The hole left by a removed PAF has the same effect as when the PAF is left in place.• Increasing the number of PAFs across a section from one to two or more has a proportion-

ally smaller effect on utilization than placement of the first fastener.

Str

ess

[N/m

m2 ]

Str

ess

[N/m

m2 ]

Utilization [%]

Reduction of Cross Section [%] Reduction of Cross Section [%]

Utilization [%]

LOAD _DEFORMATION_SERIES_A LOAD _DEFORMATION_SERIES_B

15% cross-section reduction 20% cross-section reduction

Ultimate Tensile StrengthAmerican Grade 50 Steel

Ultimate Tensile StrengthS235 and S355

7 / 2009 4.47

Steel base material

5.9 Effect on the fatigue strength of structural steelDuring the late 1970s and early 1980s, a fatigue testing program consisting of 58 tests withover 1,100 specimens was carried out at the University of Darmstadt in Germany. The reasonfor the research at that time was to support the use of powder-actuated fasteners for attach-ing noise-dampening cladding to railway bridges in Germany.

Parameters investigated in those tests are shown in following table:

Steel grade Steel thicknesses Stress ratio R ImperfectionsS 235 (St 37) / 6, 10, 15, 20, 0.8 0.5, 0.14, Fastener:A36 26.5, 40, 50 mm -1.0, -3.0 - installed and pulled out,S 355 (St 52) / [0.236, 0.394, 0.591, - inclined installation and pulled outgrade 50 1.043, 1.575, 1.969"] - inclined installation

Loading conditionsThe terminology and notation is shown in the illustration below.

σmax = maximum stress

σmin = minimum stress

σmean = mean stress

σa = stress amplitude

∆σ (or SB) = stress range

R = = stress ratio

N = number of cycles

σminσmax

Steel base material

4.48 7 / 2009

Fasteners testedThe primary fastener used in the tests was the Hilti ENP3-21 L15, the forerunner of theENP2-21 L15. The difference is in the head shape, which has no effect on interaction withthe base steel. Tests were also performed with the ENP2-21 L15, ENP3-21 D12 and theEM8-11-14 threaded stud, all of which have 4.5 mm diameter knurled shanks.

ENP3-21 L15 ENP2-21 L15 ENP3-21 D12 EM8-11-14 P8

The data has now been re-plotted in S-N curves withstress range as the independ-ent variable. The purpose ofcomparison, the AWS-C,AWS-D, AWS-E and AWS-DEn F2 as well as EC3-90and EC3-100/m = 5 curveshave been plotted in all thediagrams. There are 22 S-Ndiagrams for St 37 (similar toA36) and 36 for St 52 (similarto A572 Grade 50). An exam-ple with stress ratio R = 0.5 isshown in following S-Ngraph.

Conclusions• The effect of driving a power-actuated fastener into structural steel is predictable.• The effect of power-actuated fasteners on the fatigue strength of steel is well known.

In comparison with most weld details, power-actuated fasteners have a smaller stress con-centration effect. This is shown by the fact that all power-actuated fastener results wereabove the AWS category C curve.

• Fatigue curves according to Eurocode 3 allow fatigue design of steel members in whichpower-actuated fasteners have been driven.

Str

ess

Ran

ge [k

si]

Str

ess

Ran

ge [N

/mm

2 ]

Effekt of Hilti PAFs on Fatigue Strength of Structural SteelComparison of Fatigue Test Data with AWS S-N curves

Cycle Life

7 / 2009 4.49

Concrete base material

6.1 Anchoring mechanismsThe following three mechanisms cause a DX-/GX-fastener to hold in concrete:• Bonding / sintering• Keying• Clamping

These mechanisms have been identified and studied by analyzing pull-out test data and bymicroscopic examination of pulled-out fasteners and the concrete to fastener interface.

Bonding / sinteringWhen driving a fastener into concrete, theconcrete is compacted. The intense heatgenerated during driving causes concrete tobe sintered onto the fastener. The strengthof this sintered bond is actually greater thanthat of the clamping effect due to reactiveforces of the concrete on the fastener.The existence of the sintered bond isdemonstrated by examining pulled-out fas-teners. The fastener surface, especially inthe region of the point, is rough due to sin-tered-on concrete, which can only beremoved by using a grinding tool.When performing pull-out tests, the mostcommon failure mode is breakage of the sin-tered bond between the concrete and thefastener, especially at or and near the point.

KeyingThe sintered material forms ridges on thefastener surface. These ridges result in amicro-interlocking of the fastener and theconcrete.This anchoring mechanism is studied byexamining pulled-out fasteners under amicroscope. As in the case of sintering, key-ing is primarily active in the region of the fas-tener point.

Mechanically cleaned point of a pulled-outDX fastener

Sintered point


4.50 7 / 2009

ClampingThe compressibility of concrete limits thebuildup of compressive stress around thedriven fastener. This in turn limits the effec-tiveness of clamping as an anchoring mecha-nism.

Concrete failureConcrete cone failure is occasionallyobserved when using a testing device withwidely spaced supports. The fact that theconcrete failed indicates that the fastenerbond to the concrete was stronger than theconcrete.

The tendency of stressed concrete to relaxfurther reduces the compressive stress andhence the clamping effect. For these rea-sons, clamping of the fastener shank con-tributes only insignificantly to the total pull-out strength.

7 / 2009 4.51


Depth of penetration hETFasteners that are driven deeper typicallyhave a higher resistance to pull-out. Thisrelation is best shown by placing groups offasteners with different driving energy andcomparing the results for each group withthe others. The result of such a test is shownin the graph at the right. Note that fastenerdriving failures were not considered in calcu-lation of the average ultimate load, Nu,m.

The value of increasing the depth of pene-tration in order to increase pull-out strengthis limited by the increasing fastener drivingfailure rate. Provided that the penetrationdepth is the same, fastenings in concretewith a higher compressive strength hold bet-ter than fastenings in lower strength con-

crete. The ability to exploit this characteristicis also limited by increased fastener drivingfailure rate with higher strength concrete.As could be expected, the depth of penetra-tion at which the failure rate is at a minimumdecreases with increasing concretestrength.

Pull-out strength and fastener driving failurerate both increase with increasing penetra-tion depth. The optimum depth of penetra-tion is taken as the depth at which the yieldin terms of pull-out strength begins todecrease. This is within a range of 18–32mm depending on the grade and age of theconcrete as well as the strength of the fas-tener.

6.2 Factors influencing resistance to pull-outFactors that can affect the pull-out strength of fastenings to concrete include:• Depth of penetration into the concrete• Concrete parameter (compressive strength, grain structure, direction of concrete placement)• Distance to concrete edge and fastener spacing

Meanultim

atepulloutNu,m[kN]

Depth of penetration hET [mm]

Averageultim

atepull-outNu,m[kN]

Optim

aldepth

0fpenetration

Failurerate,p

(%)

Average ultimate pull-out Nu,m [kN]

yield


4.52 7 / 2009

Concrete parametersThe concrete parameters (such as thetype and size of concrete aggregates,type of cement and the location on top orbottom surface of a concrete floor) doaffect the fastener driving failure rate,sometimes significantly.Fastener driving failures are caused by thefastener hitting a hard aggregate, such asgranite, located close to the concrete sur-face. A hard aggregate can deflect thefastener and in a severe case, the fastenermay bend excessively, leading to con-

crete fracture in a cone shape and no holdbeing obtained by the fastener.In case of slight fastener bending, con-crete spalling may occur at the surface.However, because pull-out strength isobtained mostly in the area of the fastenerpoint, concrete spalling does not affectthe permissible load of the DX-/GX-fas-tening.Softer aggregates such as limestone,sandstone or marble may be completelypenetrated when hit by the fastener.

Overhead fastening is usually associatedwith a higher rate of fastener driving failurethan floor fastening. This is due to the distri-bution of the aggregates within the concrete.Large aggregates tend to accumulate at thebottom of a floor slab. At the top, there is agreater concentration of small aggregatesand fines.

Bottom side

Concreteplacement

Top side

7 / 2009 4.53


There are several possible ways of reduc-ing the failure rate when powder-actuatedfasteners are used for fastening to con-crete. There are two basic ideas: one is to

reduce concrete tensile stresses near thesurface and the other is to delay the effectof these stresses.

Pre-drilling the concrete (DX-Kwik)By pre-drilling a very small hole (5mm diam-eter, 18 or 23 mm deep), the stresses arerelocated to greater depth in the concrete.Fasteners placed with DX-Kwik are sur-rounded by a stress “bulb” located deep inthe concrete. With this method, virtually nofastener driving failures occur.

Spall stop fastener guideA spall stop is a heavy steel fastener guide.Its weight and inertia counteract the stress-es at the surface for a very short time. Thisallows redistribution of the stresses to otherparts of the concrete.

Changing from a long to a short fastenerreduces the magnitude of the stressesand thus the rate of fastener driving fail-ure.


4.54 7 / 2009

Edge distance and fastener spacingIf fasteners are placed too close to the con-crete edge, pull-out load capacity will bereduced. Minimum edge distances aretherefore published with a view to reducingthe effect edges have on pull-out strength.The corresponding data has been obtainedfrom tests and analysis and is published inthe product information manual.The typical edge distance for reinforcedconcrete is 80 mm, and for non-reinforcedconcrete 150 mm.Additional provision is made for fastenerspacing when positioned in pairs or wherefasteners are placed in rows along a con-crete edge.These edge distances and spacing also

Edge distance (mm)

Pullo

utstr

ength

(kN

)

40

8

50 60 70 80

7

6

5

4

3.7 mm shank diameter

B15/55

min

imum

have the purpose of helping to prevent con-crete spalling and/or cracking due to fasten-ing. However, spalling has generally only aninsignificant influence on pull-out strength.

6.3 Effect of time on pull-out resistanceThe effect of age on pull-out strength has been investigated in comprehensive tests.The main concern is, in fact, the effect of concrete relaxation in the area around the drivenfastener.

This graph provides an overview of testsperformed with DX-Kwik fasteners. Sincestandard DX fastenings have the sameanchoring mechanism, this statement is alsovalid for standard DX fastenings. The testresults indicate very strongly that relaxationof the concrete has no detrimental effect onthe pull-out resistance of DX fastenings.The test data also shows that sintering andkeying are the dominant anchorage mecha-nisms because they do not rely on frictionbetween the fastener and the concrete.

Nu,m[kN]

Time [years]

7 / 2009 4.55


If the concrete is too thin, concrete will spalloff on the rear surface. The minimum thick-ness of concrete depends on the shankdiameter of the fastener used.

6.4 Effect on concrete componentsFastenings in the compression zone of the structure have no effect on concrete compressiveresistance as long as detailed provisions on theedge distance and spacing are complied with.

Fastenings in the tensile zone the are subject to the following provisions:a. Installations on plain load-bearing

components such as concrete walls orceilings are generally possible withoutrestrictions as the load-bearing behav-iour of these components is only negligi-bly affected by the fasteners. The pre-dominant condition is static loading.This statement is based on experimentalinvestigations carried out at the TechnicalUniversity of Braunschweig, Germany.

b.Fastenings in reinforced concrete beams:it has to be ensured that the main rein-

forcement steel will not be hit or penetrat-ed by the DX fasteners. This measure ofprecaution is mainly founded on thereduction of the ultimate strain of the steelreinforcement. Exceptions are possiblewhen the structural engineer responsiblefor design is consulted.

c. Fastenings in pre-stressed concretemembers:it has to be ensured that the pre-stressingsteel reinforcement or cables will not behit or penetrated by the DX fasteners.

Fastener shank Minimum concretediameter thicknessdnom (mm) hmin (mm)

3.0 60

3.5 / 3.7 80

4.5 100

5.2 100

Masonry base material

4.56 7 / 2009

Suitability table: DX fastening on masonryMasonry material Unplastered masonry Plastered masonry

Fastenings Fastenings Fasteningin mortar joints* in masonry in plaster(joint width ≥ 10 mm blocks or bricks (thickness ≥ 20 mm)

Clay bricksolid ++ + ++vertical perforated ++ – ++horizontally perforated ++ – ++

Clay clinkersolid ++ + ++vertical perforated ++ – ++

Sand-lime blocksolid ++ ++ ++perforated ++ ++ ++hollow ++ ++ ++

Aerated concrete –– –– ––

Lightweight concretesolid ++ – ++hollow ++ – ++

Hollow concrete ++ + ++

Slag aggregatesolid ++ – –perforated ++ – ++hollow ++ – ++

++ suitable + limited suitability – not fully investigated –– not suitable

*) Joints must be completely filled with mortar

77..11 GGeenneerraall ssuuiittaabbiilliittyyDirect fastening technology can also beused on masonry. The joints between bricksor blocks and the covering plaster layer onvirtually all types of masonry (exception for

lightweight aerated concrete blocks) providean excellent substrate for light-duty andsecondary fastenings.

The above table is based on laboratory and field experience. Because of the wide variety oftypes and forms of masonry in use worldwide, users are advised to carry out tests on site oron masonry of the type and form on which the fastenings are to be made.

7 / 2009 4.57

Temperature effects

88..11 EEffffeecctt ooff llooww tteemmppeerraattuurreess oonn ffaasstteenneerrssSteel tends to become more brittle withdecreasing temperature. Increased devel-opment of natural resources in Arcticregions has led to the introduction of steelsthat are less susceptible to brittle failure atsubzero temperatures. Most siding anddecking fasteners are used to fasten theliner sheets of an insulated structure andare not exposed to extremely low tempera-

tures during service. Examples of situationswhere the fastenings are exposed toextremely low temperatures during theirservice life are:• Fastenings securing cladding in single-skin construction

• Construction sites left unfinished over awinter

• Liner sheets in a cold-storage warehouse

Impact bending test - DSH57 (4.5 mm diameter, HRC 58 ± 1)Temperature Impact energy (foot-pounds) Impact energy (Joules)°F °C minimum maximum mean minimum maximum mean

68 20 35.1 >36.1 >36.1 47.6 >48.9 >48.9

32 0 35.8 >36.1 36.0 48.5 >48.9 48.8

– 4 –20 31.4 >36.1 34.3 42.6 >48.9 46.5

–40 –40 34.4 36.5 35.7 46.6 49.4 48.4

–76 –60 35.6 36.2 35.9 48.2 49.0 48.7

Impact bending test - X-CR (4.0 mm diameter)Temperature Impact energy (foot-pounds) Impact energy (Joules)°F °C minimum maximum mean minimum maximum mean

68 20 14.8 17.0 15.9 20 23 21.6

32 0 17.7 15.5 18.3 24 21 24.8

– 4 –20 14.8 15.9 15.5 20 21.6 21.0

–40 –40 16.2 17.9 16.8 21.9 24.2 22.8

–76 –60 14.2 15.6 15.1 19.2 21.1 20.5

Low temperature embrittlementThe susceptibility of fasteners to becomebrittle at low temperatures can be shownby conducting impact bending tests over achosen temperature range. The ability of

Hilti drive pins to remain ductile over a tem-perature range from +20°C to –60°C isshown clearly by the fact that the impactenergy required remains nearly constantthroughout this temperature range.

Temperature effects

4.58 7 / 2009

Base steel: S355K2G3 h = 25 mmfy = 402 MPafu = 538 MPa

Fastened material: sheet steel, 2 x 1 mmTool: DX 750Fastener: ENPH2-21 L15

8.2 Effect of low temperatures on fastenings to steelEffect of low temperatures on pull-outstrengthTests show that very low temperatures tendto increase pull-out strength with both stan-dard zinc-plated fasteners and with the stain-less steel. The results of two tests are sum-marized below. The fasteners were driven at

room temperature and tested at –40°C to–70°C. A control sample was tested at 20°C.Explanations for the greater strength at lowtemperatures include increase in the strengthof the zinc that is displaced into the knurlingas well as increased strength of the fusing atthe point of the fastener.

gelbyellowjauneamarillo

o 4.5[0.177"]

o 7.4[0.291"]

25.8

[ 1.0

16"]

o 15[0.591"]

Impact bending test - X-CR (3.7 mm diameter)Temperature Impact energy (foot-pounds) Impact energy (Joules)°F °C minimum maximum mean minimum maximum mean

68 20 11.5 14.8 13.2 15.6 20.0 17.9

32 0 12.9 16.3 15.1 17.5 22.1 20.4

– 4 –20 13.1 15.8 14.7 17.8 21.4 19.9

–40 –40 14.2 15.8 14.8 19.2 21.4 20.1

–76 –60 12.3 15.0 13.7 16.7 20.3 18.6Tests conducted according to DIN EN 10045 parts 1–4Distance between supports = 22 mmThe symbol “>” indicates no breakage of the specimens. In the other cases, about 50% of the specimens suffered breakage.

Pullout load [kN]

N5% Nu,m

≈20° ≈20°

≤– 40° ≤– 40°

7 / 2009 4.59

Temperature effects

Base steel : h = 20 mm fu = 450 MPa

Fastened material :noneTool : DX 750 GFastener : X-CRM8-15-12 FP10

Two facts stand out from this testing:• Pull-out strength increased as temperature decreased• Pull-out from the base steel was the only mode of failure observed. There were no

fractures!

o10

30

14 12,5

M8 o 4

Pullout load [kN]

N5% Nu,m

ca. 20°

ca. 20°

≤40°

≤40°

Temperature effects

4.60 7 / 2009

8.3 Fire rating of fastenings to steelStandard zinc-plated, thermally hardenedsteel fastenersWhen subjected to high temperatures as in afire, both powder-actuated fasteners and

structural steel lose strength. Data for stan-dard zinc-plated, thermally hardened fasten-ers and structural steel are plotted in thegraph below.

Up to about 300°C [572°F], the strength lossfor DX fasteners is roughly proportional tothe yield strength loss of structural steel. At600°C [1112°F], DX fasteners have about12% of their 20°C [68°F] strength left andstructural steel about 26%. Since DX fasten-ers obtain their high strength through a ther-mal hardening process, the loss in strengthat elevated temperatures is proportionallygreater than for structural steel. The relevance of different strength losseshas to be evaluated in the context of theproportion of the material strengths that areactually exploited in a design. In a designcalculation, it is conceivable that some steelwill actually reach yield stress. The material strengths of an X-ENP-19 L15

fastener is 30 kN [6.74 kips] in tension and18.6 kN [4.18 kips] in shear respectively.The recommended working load in tensionand shear for an X-ENP-19 L15 16 gauge(1.5 mm) fastening is 4.7 kN [1.057 kips] intension and 4.6 kN [1.034 kips] in shearrespectively. Thus, the exploitation of the X-ENP-19 L15 strength at about 600°C isonly 16 to 25% compared to about 74% forstructural steel.

In a fire, powder-actuated fastenings will notbe the governing factor. If the fire protectionrequirements permit the use of structuralsteel, then powder-actuated fastening canalso be used without negative impact on fireprotection.

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 7000

20

40

60

80

100

120

32 212 392 572 752 932 1112 1292

% o

f va

lue

at

20

°C

[ 6

8°F]

T [°F]

T [°C]

E of structural steel

fy of structural steel

vu of DX fastener

fu of DX fastener

7 / 2009 4.61

Temperature effects

CR500 stainless steel fastenersHilti X-CR/X-CRM fasteners are much moreresistant to loss of strength at high tempera-tures than standard fasteners. The effect oftemperature on ultimate shear stress of X-CR/X-CRM/X-BT fasteners was deter-mined in single-sided shear tests by the

Swiss Federal Laboratory for Materials Test-ing and Research (EMPA). The results areplotted in the diagram below. This test wasdone by shearing 4.5 mm diameter fasten-ers that were inserted in steel plates with 4.6 mm diameter drilled holes.

In Japan, similar tests were carried out byJTICM (Japan). These tests were done bydriving a 4.5 mm diameter X-CR nail througha 6 mm steel plate into a second 6 mm thicksteel plate and shearing the two plates.From the graph it is apparent that the resultsare nearly the same.

At 600°C, the CR500 material has 64% of its20°C shear strength left. By comparison,standard fasteners have only 12% andstructural steel only about 26%. The excel-lent fire resistance of the CR500 materialalone justifies its use for some applications.

Ultimate shear stress [MPa]

Ultimate shear stress [MPa]

Temperature [°C]Temperature [°C]

Temperature effects

4.62 7 / 2009

8.4 Fire rating of fastenings to concreteConcrete is weakened and damaged by fire but not as quickly as steel. In ISO- standard firetests conducted with DX-Kwik fastenings at the Braunschweig Technical University in Ger-many the only failure mode was fracture of the nails.

The actual test data are shown in the table below:

X-DKH 48 P8S15 DX-Kwik fastener, 4.0 shankTested Tensile load, Permissible load Fire resistance/ Failure modein crack F per Z-21.7-670 time to failure

(N) (N) (minutes)

4 250 500 103 Nail fracture







The characteristic failurestress curve from the previ-ous graph can be used to cal-culate the failure load for vari-ous shank diameters withexposure to fire of differentlengths of time. The calculat-ed failure loads for 3.7, 4.0and 4.5 mm shank diameterfasteners after 60, 90 and 120minutes exposure to fire areshown in the table below.

Fire resistance of DX-Kwik fasteners

Time to failure [minutes]

Characteristic failure stress

Stress in fastener [M

Pa]

The stress in the fasteners at failure was calculated and plotted so that a plot of stress versus time resulted.

7 / 2009 4.63

Temperature effects

Failure loads for various shank diameters and fire exposure timesShank Fire exposure time and failure stressdiameter 60 minutes 90 minutes 120 minutes(mm) 32.1 MPa 22.3 MPa 19.1 MPa

3.7 340 N 240 N 200 N

4.0 400 N 280 N 240 N

4.5 510 N 350 N 300 NThis table can be used to determine recommended loads for the ISO fire resistancerequired.

Design concepts

4.64 7 / 2009

Design conceptsThe recommended working loads Nrec andVrec are suitable for use in typical workingload designs. If a partial factor of safetydesign method is to be used, the Nrec andVrec values are conservative when used asNRd and VRd. Alternatively, the designresistance may be calculated from the re-commended loads by multiplying by the fac-tor 1.4, which considers the uncertaintiesfrom the load on the fasteners. Exact values

for NRd and VRd can be determined by usingthe safety factors where given and orreviewing test data. Based on cyclic tests itcan be stated that DX fastenings can be saidto be robust, even when the actual loadingturns out to be in part cyclic. Design loads(characteristic strength, design resistanceand working loads) for the X-HVB shearconnector are listed and specified perdesign guideline.

Working load concept

NS ≤≤ Nrec =

where γγGLOB is an overall factor of safetyincluding allowance for:• errors in estimation of load• deviations in material and workmanship

and NS is in general a characteristic actingload.NS ≅≅ NSk

NRkγγGLOB

Partial factors of safety

NSk ×× γγF = NSd ≤≤ = NRd

where: γγF is a partial factor of safety to allow forerrors in estimation on the acting load and γγM is a partial factor of safety to allow fordeviations in material and workmanship.

NRkγγM

The designer may encounter two main fastening design concepts:

7 / 2009 4.65

Design concepts

The characteristic strength is defined as 5%fractile:

NRk = Nu,m - k ×× S

The k factor is a function of the sample sizeand the accuracy required. The characteris-tic strength of fastenings to concrete isdetermined based on a 90% probabilitywhile fastenings to steel are based on a 75%probability.

Structural analysis of the fastened part (e.g.roof deck panel or pipe hung from a numberof fastenings) leads to calculation of the loadacting on a single fastening, which is thencompared to the recommended load (or

design value of the resistance) for the fas-tener. In spite of this single-point designconcept, it is necessary to ensure adequateredundancy so that failure of a single fasten-ing will not lead to collapse of the entire sys-tem. The old saying “one bolt is no bolt” canalso be applied to DX fastening.

For standard DX fastenings on concrete, aredundant design concept based on multiple fastening is applied in order to allowfor fastener driving failures and the largescatter in holding power observed. This concept applies to tensile as well as shearloading and is described in following chapter.

Determination of technical data

4.66 7 / 2009

Determination of technical datafor fastening designThe determination of technical data is based on the following tests:• Application limits• Tensile tests to determine pull-out and pull-over strength• Shear tests to determine pull-out and hole bearing capacity of the attached material.

These tests are described in more detail in the sections “Steel and other metal base materi-al” and “Concrete base material”.

10.1 Fastenings to steelFailure loads in tension and in shear are normally distributed and the variation coefficient is<20%. The test data for each test condition are evaluated for the average and characteristicvalues. The characteristic value is based on the 5% fractile for a 75% probability.

The application range of the fastener is determined by application limit test where fastenersare set on steel plates of thickness ranging from the minimum recommended thickness tII,min

to full steel (≥ 20 mm) and varied plate strength. The application limit is reached when noshear off failure occurs with 30 fasteners tested or with one shear off failure with 50 fastenersand if no detrimental effect on the load values (resistance) occurs for each condition.

Due to the small scatter in failure loads fastenings in steel can thus be designed as singlepoints, although good engineering practice should be kept in mind. System redundancymust be always ensured.

7 / 2009 4.67


10.2 Profile sheet fasteningsIn addition to general fastenings to steel, specific data applies to profile sheet fastenings:

Cyclic loadingProfile sheet fastenings are subjected to repeated loading to simulate wind effects. Cyclicpull-through tests are additional optional tests where the failure load at 5,000 cycles is deter-mined.The design value of the pull-through resistance for repeated wind loads is the design valueof the static pull-through resistance multiplied by a reduction factor of αcycl..• If cyclic tests are carried out:

ααcycl. = 1.5 (NRk,cycl./ NRk,sta) ≤ 1(The factor 1.5 takes the different safety levels for fatigue and predominately static designinto account)

• If no cyclic tests are carried out:ααcycl. = 0.5

Sheet bearing capacityProfile sheet fastenings may be subjected to shear stresses from building movements orthermal dilatation of the sheets. Tests are undertaken to prove the suitability of the fasteningsto support the deformations imposed.For this, shear tests are carried out using a substrate of the minimum and maximum thick-ness and 2 layers of profile sheet of the thickness specified. The fastening is considered suitable if an elongation of 2 mm is achieved without the sheetcoming loose or showing an excessive reduction in pull-out load capacity. In this case, noprovisions for strain require to be made since sufficient ductility is provided by the fasteningdue to hole elongation.

StandardizationThe pull-over strength of profiled sheet fastenings is given with reference to core sheet thick-ness. Ultimate load data is standardized to the minimum sheet thickness and strength asspecified by the relevant sheet standard. The correction applied is as follows:

Fu' = Fu ×× ××tmintact

fu,minfu,act


4.68 7 / 2009

Test dataThe test data for the fastener is consolidated to form a master curve.

SSttaattiicc ssyysstteemm

Two static systems are examined• A suspended beam allowing unre-strained flexure of the beam

• A beam directly attached to the surface,which shows restrained flexure

0.4 F

1.1 F

4 F

1 F

1.1 F

0.4 F

10.3 Fastenings to concrete (standard DX / GX)The failure loads in tension and shear show a large scatter with a variation coefficient of up to60%. For specific applications, fastener driving failures may be detected and the fastenersreplaced (e.g. threaded studs). For others, however, detection may not be possible (e.g.when fastening wooden battens) and this must be taken into consideration.

The design resistance is therefore determined for:• failure loads without considering fastener driving failures• failure loads considering a 20% rate of fastener driving failureEvaluation of technical data and design according to the single point design approach basedon fractiles and a safety factor is not feasible for such systems. The characteristic valuewould become zero at a variation coefficient of about 50%.The evaluation of the data and the determination of the design resistance is therefore basedon a multiple fastening, i.e. a redundant design, in which the failure probability not of a sin-gle, but of a number of fasteners supporting a structure is calculated. By this system, loadmay be transferred between the fasteners, if slip or failure of one of the fasteners occurs.

Computer Programme toSimulate Load CarryingBehaviour of the Structure

Computer programme tosimulate load carryingbehaviour of the structure

7 / 2009 4.69


Calculation methodThe calculation method usedis the Monte Carlo method,by which holding powers tak-en stochastically from themaster curve are attributed tothe individual fasteners of thesystem and the system ischecked to determinewhether the imposed lineload can be supported. Byperforming a large number ofsuch simulations, statisticalinformation on the failureprobability of a system undera given line load is obtained.

Design parameters

The design is based on the following parameters:• Failure probability: 1 × 10-6

• Number of fasteners: 5• Line load uniformly distributed• Failure criterion: 2 edge or 3 central fastenings

The result is expressed in recommended load per fastening.

Distribution of holdingpowers of one application andone type of nail «Masercurve»

Model of a static system(suspended rails)

(directly fixed batten)

Failure criterion(failure of three adjacent or

two edge nails)

Apply line load to the system

Choose holding powers from themastercurve at random and

assign them to each fasteningpoint («Monte Carlo method»)

Apply line load to the system

Redistribute the load withinthe structure when failure of

fasteners occurs

Check for the failure ot the structure

Check for the failure ot the structure

Frec Recommended load per fastener for agiven failure probabilty of the structure

Num

ber of runs (function of p

recison)Until failureor stab

le


4.70 7 / 2009

10.4 DX fastenings to concrete (DX-Kwik)Failure loads in tension and shear are log-normally distributed and the variation coefficient is<20%. The test data is evaluated to yield the 5% fractile based on a 90% probability. Therecommended working loads are obtained by applying a global safety factor of 3 for tensionand shear. The determination of technical data for cracked concrete (tensile zone) is based on tensiletests. Shear tests in cracked and uncracked concrete give similar results and are thereforenot performed.Failure loads in cracked concrete show a higher variation coefficient. Test data is also evalu-ated to yield the 5% fractile. The recommended load for the tensile zone is taken as thesmaller of the following values:• Nrec = NRk/γγGLOB γγGLOB = 3.0 for 0.2 mm crack width• Nrec = NRk/γγGLOB γγGLOB = 1.5 for 0.4 mm crack width.

Effect on a fastening designThe overall condition for a fastening designin practice is that redundancy of the com-plete system has to be ensured. The effectof the Monte Carlo approach on a design isillustrated with two examples below.

Example:Fastening of a plumping with five ceilinghangers.1. Due to the stiffness (EI) of the plumping a

redistribution of the dead load (g) to theremaining hangers is given in case of twofasteners failing.� Fixing of each hanger with one nail is

sufficient.

2. The plumping is not stiff enough to redis-tribute the dead load to the remaininghangers in case of two fasteners failing. � Each hanger has to be fastened with

five nails.

Static system

7 / 2009 4.71


10.5 Fastener design in the USA and CanadaTesting of powder-actuated fasteners is carried out according to the ICC-ES AC 70 accept-ance criteria and ASTM E 1190 standard test method. The test procedure covers tensile andshear testing in steel, concrete and masonry. The determination of the allowable (recommended) load is shown below. The recommendedworking load is derived from the test data by taking the average failure load or the calculatedcharacteristic load divided by a global safety factor.

Three different options have to be distinguished:

COV ≥ 15% COV < 15%based on based on based oncharacteristic load lowest ultimate load mean ultimate load N = 30 tests N = 10 tests N = 10 tests

Frec = = Fu,m Frec = Frec = Fu,m

ννminFu

νν1–2COV

ννFu,m –2s

νν

The application range of the fastener is determined by application limit test where fasteningsare made on concrete of varying strength and age according to the application conditionsspecified (pre-drilling and setting). The attachment height is kept at the lower end of therange specified. The application limit is reached, if the failure rate exceeds 3% or the pull-outvalues strongly deviate from a lognormal distribution. The sample size is 30 per condition.

with a safety factor of νν = 3.5 with a safety factor of νν = 5where: Frec = allowable (recommended) loadCOV = s/Fu,m = coefficient of variation in a test seriess = standard deviation in a test seriesFu,m = average ultimate load in test series

Tips for users

4.72 7 / 2009

Fastener penetrates toodeep

Fastener properly fixed

DX fastenings on concreteFault

� Proper*) length of fastener

� Proper cartridge

� Proper power setting

� Fastener too short*)

� Too much driving power

� Fastener too long*)

� Too little driving power

� Use longer fastener

� Reduce power setting� Use lighter cartridge

� Use shorter fastener

� Increase power setting� Use heavier cartridge

Cause Possible remedial measures

Fastener does not pene-trate deep enough

*) Rule of thumb: The higher the compressive strength of concrete, the shorter the fastenerProper length (mm): Ls = 22 + tl (compare, “Fastening Technology Manual” Part Product section)

�

7 / 2009 4.73

Tips for users

Base material is spalling

Nail is bending

DX fastenings on concreteFault

�Hard and/or large aggre-gate in concrete

� Rebar close to surface ofconcrete

� Hard surface (steel)

�High strength concrete�Hard and/or large aggre-gate in concrete

�Old concrete

� Too much driving power

�Wrong piston used

�Damaged piston)

�Use shorter nail�Use DX-Kwik (predrill)�Use co-acting princi-ple/fastener guide

�Use stepped shank nailX-U 15

�Change cartridge

� Stud application:Use spall stop X-460-F8SS / - F10SS

�Nail application:Use shorter nailUse DX-Kwik (predrill)Use X-U 15 (for high-strength precast concrete)

�Reduce power setting�Use lighter cartridge

�Check nail-piston-combi-nation

�Change piston


Damaged nail head

Wrong pistons can cause all the above faults: match pistons to nails!

Fastener Piston Piston headX-U, X-C Use piston X-460-P8

Tips for users

4.74 7 / 2009

Nail does not penetratesurface

DX fastenings on steelFault

� Too little driving power

� Application limit exceeded(very hard surface)

�Unsuitable system

� Try higher power setting orheavier cartridge

� Short nail application:Try X-U 15

� Long nail application:Try X-U

�Use co-acting princi-ple/fastener guide

� Switch to heavy systemlike DX76PTR


Nail does not hold in basematerial

� Excess driving energy inthin steel base material(3 to mm steel)

� Try different power settingor different cartridge

� Try ENP2K or X-EDNK22THQ 12 for fastening sheetmetal

Nail is breaking � Too little driving power

� Application limit exceeded(very hard surface)

� Try higher power setting orheavier cartridge

�Use shorter nail�Use X-ENP19�Use stronger nail (X-...-H)�Use stepped shank nail:X-U 15

7 / 2009 4.75

Tips for users

Nail head penetratesthrough material fastened(metal sheet)

DX fastenings on steelFault

� Too much driving power �Reduce power setting�Use lighter cartridge�Use nail with Top Hat�Use nail with washer e.g.X-U ...S12


Damaged nail head � Too much driving power

�Wrong piston used

�Worn-out piston

�Reduce power setting�Use lighter cartridge

�Check nail-piston-combi-nation

�Change piston

Wrong pistons can cause all the above faults: match pistons to nails!

Fastener Piston Piston headX-U, X-C Use piston X-460-P8

Approval listing

4.76 7 / 2009

Summary of approvals and listings ofDF fasteners and DF fastening systems

Techno- Seg-Approval logy ment Product Country ApplicationABS 01-HS156800A/2-PDA DX PS X-EDNI, EDS, X-DNI, DS, X-ALH, Int. Fastenings to steel

ENPH2, ENP2K, X-ENP-19, X-EDN,X-EDNK, X-EM, X-EW, X-EF

ABS 01-HS156800B/1-PDA DX PS X-CR, X-CRM, X-CRW, X-FCM-R, Int. Fastenings to steelX-FCP-R

ABS 03-HS 369456/1-PDA DX PS X-BT Int. Fastenings to steel,off-shore

ABS 03-HS 369864-PDA DX PS X-BT Int. Fastenings to steel,shipbuilding

BUTgb ATG 03/1824 DX SM NPH2, ENP2, ENPH2, ENKK, B Metal deckEDNK, ENP2K

COLA RR 25646 DX BC X-EDNI, EW6, EDS, EW10, X-DNI, USA Fastenings to steelDS, ESD, X-ZF, X-CR, X-ALH, X-CF, and concreteX-DW, X-DAK, W6, W10

COLA RR 25651 DX IF CC27ZF, CC27ALH, CC27ALH-Kwik USA Ceiling hangerCOLA RR 25675 DX IF X-GN, X-EGN USA Dry-wallCOLA RR 25662 DX BC X-U USA Fastenings to steel

and concreteCOLA RR 24836 DX SM ENP2, ENP3 Cal. Metal deckCSTB AT 1+3/03-801 DX ME X-EKB, X-ECH, X-EFC, X-HS, X-JH F Electrical fasteningsCSTB Pass0087 SF SM S-IT 01C4.8xL + S-IW4.9 AZ80x40 F MEFAWAMECSTB Pass0088 SF SM S-IT 01C4.8xL + S-IW4.9 AZ40x40 F MEFAWAMECSTB Pass0089 SF SM S-IS 01C4.8xL + S-IW5.6 AZ80x40 F MEFAWAMECSTB Pass0090 SF SM S-IS 01C4.8xL + S-IW5.6 AZ64x64 F MEFAWAMECSTB Pass0091 SF SM S-IS 01C4.8xL + S-IW5.6 AZ40 F MEFAWAMEDIBt Z-14.1-4 SF SM S-MD, S-MP D Metal deckDIBt Z-14.4-407 SF SM S-CD, S-CDW D Sandwich PanelDIBt Z-21.7-1512 DX SM X-CR M8, X-CR48 (DX-Kwik) D FacadeDIBt Z-21.7-670 DX IF M8H, X-CR M8, X-DKH48, D Ceiling Hanger

X-CR48 (DX-Kwik)DIBt Z-26.4-46 DX SM X-HVB D Shear ConnectionDIBt Z-14.4-456 DX SM X-CR14 D Glas facadeDIBt Z-21.2-1763 DX BC SX-FV D ETICS-Verwendungs.zul.DIBt Z-33.9-652 DX BC XI-FV D ETICS-Verwendungs.zul.ETA-03/0004-English DX BC XI-FV EEA ETICSETA-03/0004-German DX BC XI-FV EEA ETICSETA-03/0005-English DX BC SX-FV EEA ETICSETA-03/0005-German DX BC SX-FV EEA ETICSETA-04/0063-English DX SM ENP2-21, ENPH2-21 EEA Metal deckETA-04/0063-German DX SM ENP2-21, ENPH2-21 EEA Metal deckETA-04/0101-English DX SM X-ENP-19 EEA Metal deckETA-04/0101-German DX SM X-ENP-19 EEA Metal deckETA-04/0101-French DX SM X-ENP-19 EEA Metal deckFM DX ME W10, EW10 USA SprinklerFM SF SM S-MD 10, S-MD 12 USA Sidelap screwsFM 0W8A6.AM DX SM X-EDN-19, X-EDNK-22 USA Metal deckFM 2Y6A7.AM DX SM X-EDN-19, X-EDNK-22 USA Metal deckFM 3021719 DX SM X-ENP-19 USA Metal deckFM DX SM ENP2-21, ENPH2-21 USA Metal deckFM SF SM Kwik-Pro Screws USA RoofingFM DX ME X-EW6H, X-EW10H USA SprinklerGermanischer Lloyd DX PS X-BT Int. Fastenings to steelIBMB 003/03 + 031/03 DX IF X-GN, X-GHP, X-DW D Fire rating

7 / 2009 4.77

Approval listing

IBMB 3041/8171 DX IF DX-Kwik, X-CR, X-DKH, D Fire ratingX-M6H, X-M8H

IBMB P-1433/1043-MPA BS DX ME DX-Kwik X-HS D Ceiling hangerICC-ES ESR-1663 DX BC X-EDNI, EW6, EDS, EW10, X-DNI, USA Fastenings to steel

DS, ESD, X-ZF, X-CR, X-ALH, and concreteX-CF, X-DW, X-DAK, W6, W10

ICC-ES ESR-2184 DX IF CC27ZF, CC27ALH, CC27ALH-Kwik USA Ceiling hangerICC-ES ER-1290 DX BC X-DNI72, X-ZF72, X-CF72 USA Sill PlateICC-ES ER-4373 DX SM ENPH2, X-EDN-19, X-EDNK22 USA Metal deckICC-ES ER-4373 SF SM # 10 sidelap screws USA Sidelap screwsICC-ES ER-4780 SF SM Kwik-Flex screws (Elco) USA General purposeICC-ES ESR-1414 DX SM ASC Deck + X-EDN-19, USA Metal Deck

X-EDNK22, ENPH2ICC-ES ESR-1752 DX IF X-GN, X-EGN USA Dry-wallICC-ES ESR-2196 SF SM S-MD Selfdrilling screws USA CFS connectionsICC-ES ESR-2197 DX SM X-ENP-19, X-EDN-19, X-EDNK22 USA Metal deckICC-ES ESR-2199 DX SM X-EDN-19, X-EDNK22 + USA Metal deck

Verco HSB, SheartranzICC-ES ESR-2269 DX BC X-U USA Fastenings to steel

and concreteICC-ES ESR-2347 DX BC "X-EW6H, X-EM8H, X-EW10H; USA Stud connections to steel

X-CRM, X-BT"ITB AT-15-5095/2001 DX BC X-DNI Pol GP concreteLR 03/00070 DX PS X-BT Int. Fastenings to steelLR 97/00077(E1) DX PS X-EDNI, EDS, ENK, X-DNI, DS, Int. Fastenings to steel

NK, X-ALH, X-ZF, ENP2, ENPH2,ENP2K, ENKK, EDNK, X-EDN,X-EDNK, EM, EW, EF, X-HS,X-CC, X-FF, X-FCM, X-FCP

LR 97/00078(E1) DX PS X-CR, X-CRM, X-FCM-R, Int. Fastenings to steelX-FCP-R, X-HS-R

MA 35-B 103/86 DX BC NK, X-DNI, DS, M, A Fastening to concrete,Ceiling hanger

MA 35-B 540/91 DX IF DNH37, M8H, NPH2 A Fastenings to concrete,metal deck

MA 35-B 592/88 DX SM X-HVB A Shear connectionMLIT 1990 DX SM ENP3 Jap Composite deckMLIT 2005 DX SM X-ENP-19 Jap Composite deckSocotec PX 0091/3 DX SM X-HVB F Shear connectionSocotec PX 0091/4 DX SM X-HVB F Shear Connection -

RehabilitationSocotec WX 1509 DX IF DNH37, X-CC DKH48, F Fastenings to concrete

X-HS DKH48, M8HSocotec WX 1530 DX BC X-IE F InsulationSocotec TX 8710 DX SM NPH2 F Metal deckTZUS 070-024042 DX SM X-HVB Cz Shear connectionUL E201485 DX ME X-ECH/FR-L/-M/-S DNI-H42 PH, USA Electrical fastenings

X-EKB, X-ECTUL E217969 DX ME X-HSW6/10 & DNI, AL, EDNI USA Mechanical fasteningsUL EX 2258 DX ME W10, EW10, X-EW6H, X-EW10H USA SprinklerUL R 13203 DX SM ENPH2, ENP2K, X-EDN-19,

X-EDNK-22, X-ENP-19 USA Metal deckUL E 257069 DX PS X-BT-M10, X-BT-W10 USA Grounding

Guide to finding the approvalsInside Hilti > Departments > Bas > Business Area Fastening Protection Systems > BU Direct Fastening > Product Documenta-tion > Approvalshttp://intranet.hilti.com/irj/portal?NavigationTarget=navurl://c6aa6b69a62ae5e0121a7656717660c7

http://www.eagle.org/typeapproval/contents.htmlhttp://www.icc-es.org/Evaluation_Reports/index.shtmlhttp://www.cdlive.lr.org/information/default.asp?preOpen=Approvalshttp://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

4.78 7 / 2009

Contents

7 / 2009 5.1

Product index 5.1–5.3

Alphabetical list of DX/GX fasteners 5.2Alphabetical list of steel and metal screws 5.3

DX/GX fasteners

5.2 7 / 2009

DNH 2.137

EDS 2.43

ESD 2.43

M10 2.131

NPH 2.27

SDK2 2.25

W10 2.131

X-BT 2.49

X-BX 2.189

X-C 2.1012.115

X-CC 2.163

X-CC MX 2.169

X-CR 2.107

X-CR for steel 2.207

X-CRM 2.143

X-CT 2.127

X-DKH 2.137

X-DFB 2.189

X-ECH 2.181

X-ECT MX 2.195

X-EDNK22 THQ12 2.39

X-EDN19 THQ12 2.39

X-EF 7H 2.55

X-EKB 2.181

X-EKS MX 2.195

X-EMTSC 2.195

X-EM 6H 2.55

X-EM 8H 2.55

X-EM 10H 2.55

X-EMTC 2.189

X-EGN 2.121

X-EKB 2.181

Alphabetical list of DX/GX fasteners

X-EKSC 2.195

X-ENP 2.11

X-ENP2K 2.19

X-ET 2.201

X-EW 6H 2.55

X-EW 10H 2.55

X-F7 2.131

X-FB 2.189

X-FCM 2.61

X-FCP 2.85

X-FS 2.159

X-GR 2.69

X-GN 2.121

X-GPH 2.121

X-GR-RU 2.75

X-HS 2.163

X-HS MX 2.169

X-HS-W 2.175

X-HVB 2.31

X-IE 2.151

X-MGR 2.81

X-M6 2.131

X-M 6H 2.137

X-M8 2.131

X-M 8H 2.137

X-S 2.115

X-SW 2.155

X-U 2.912.115

X-W6 2.131

A-Z Fastener PageA-Z Fastener Page

Steel and metal screws

7 / 2009 5.3

Alphabetical list of steel and metal screwsA-Z Screws Page A-Z Screws Page

S-CD63C 5.5×L 3.142

S-CD65C 5.5×L 3.145

S-CD63S 5.5×LS-CD73S 5.5×L 3.130

S-CD65S 5.5×LS-CD75S 5.5×L 3.134

S-CDW61C 6.5×L 3.148

S-CDW61S 6.5×LS-CDW71S 6.5×L 3.138

S-MD51LS 5.5×LS-MD61LS 5.5×LS-MD71LS 5.5×L 3.67

S-MD51LZ 4.8×L 3.16

S-MD31PS 4.8×19 3.90

S-MD31PS 5.5 3.95

S-MD33PS 3.101

S-MD35PS 3.107

S-MD01SS-MD03SS-MD05S 3.82

S-MD43S 5.5×L 3.76

S-MD51S 4.8×LS-MD51S 5.5×LS-MD61S 4.8×L 3.62

S-MD53SS-MD63SS-MD73S 5.5×L + 6.3×L 3.70

S-MD55SS-MD65SS-MD75S 5.5×L 3.79

S-MD01ZS-MD01Y 3.34

S-MD03ZS-MD23ZS-MD2310Y 3.44

S-MD05ZS-MD25Z 3.57

S-MD21Z 3.54

S-MD51Z 4.8×L 3.10

S-MD51Z 6.3×L 3.13

S-MD53Z 4.8×L 3.19

S-MD53Z 5.5×L 3.22

S-MD53Z 6.3×L 3.25

S-MD55Z 5.5×LS-MD65Z 5.5×L 3.28

S-MP52S 6.3×LS-MP62S 6.3×LS-MP72S 6.3×L 3.124

S-MP53S 6.5×LS-MP63S 6.5×LS-MP73S 6.5×L 3.120

S-MP52Z 6.3×L 3.115

S-MP53Z 6.5×L 3.112

S-MS01Z 3.31

S-AW 3.151

Dir

ect

Fast

en

ing

Tech

nolo

gy

Manual

Direct FasteningTechnology Manual

www.hilti.com

Hilti=

registered

tradem

arkof

HiltiC

orp.,Schaan

|W

3479

0709

00-en

|PrintedinGermany|©2009

|Right

oftechnicaland

program

mechangesreserved

S.E

.&O.

76

13

02

35

07

64

2

Edition July 2009 | 387113

Manual DF 2009

Documents

Transcript of Manual DF 2009